Glossary and Index of the Pahlavi Text of the Book of Arda Viraf 9781463215071

Citation preview

Glossary and Index of the Pahlavi Text of the Book of Arda Viraf

Gorgias Historical Dictionaries

18

The difficulty of locating historical dictionaries has long been a source of frustration for scholars. Gorgias Press seeks to address this difficulty by the introduction of a series of historic dictionaries. The Gorgias Historical Dictionaries series makes available classic sources at affordable prices.

Glossary and Index of the Pahlavi Text of the Book of Arda Viraf

Martin Haug

1 gorgias press 2009

Gorgias Press LLC, 180 Centennial Ave., Piscataway, NJ, 08854, USA www.gorgiaspress.com Copyright © 2009 by Gorgias Press LLC

All rights reserved under International and Pan-American Copyright Conventions. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning or otherwise without the prior written permission of Gorgias Press LLC.

2009

-

A

ISBN 978-1-59333-938-8 ISSN 1935-3189

Printed in the United States of America

P r e f a c e . This glossary contains all the Pahlavi words which are found in the Book of Arda Viraf and the two other texts which have been appended to it, viz. Gosht-i Fryano and Iladokht N ask. Besides I thought it desirable to add all those Pahlavi words which occur in extracts from the Dra-kard and iTirangistan which have been inserted in my former works on Pahlavi.

The glossary is, in its present form, prin-

cipally the work of Dr, West who made, however, very largely use of the valuable index glossary which had been prepared by Destur Hoshangji Jamaspji to his MS. of the Arda Viraf.

My own share in this

work has been considerably less than it was io the former publications, since I found it this time advisable to confine it only to a thorough revision' and correction and the addition of occasional remarks which might seem to be to the point. As this glossary is intended to be of some use to readers of other Pahlavt texts, the words are arranged in the alphabetical order of the original Pahlavt letters, and without regard to the transliteration, or any diacritical marks; so that the glossary can be easily consulted by those who read the words differently, or are uncertain about their pronunciation; while an alphabetical index of the transliterations is appended to the glossary, for the convenience of those who may find it difficult to read the Pahlavi letters without pronouncing them. The alphabetical order which has been adopted, is based upon that of the Persian alphabet, bo that the fourteen distinet Pahlavi letters are arranged as follows:

IV

Preface. et* t4»

V

Si

Çi

h

And in accordance with this arrangement, the letters with all their usual modifications and compounds, will be found in the following order, observing that the forms enclosed in parentheses are classed along with that one which precedes the parenthesis: *

( - » , _ ) > ) , -HY 4

a ? ) ' -DO»' «X>0r, 4 ^ 0 » ,

9

0

»

X '

0;

(«);

K ^

^

V (

,

o»,

"u',

J ^ '

((L.' e / , e ) ; ^

- A

à, & ^ (J)

5, rf, rf, if, * («o),_jo (

( f Ô , tÔ),

-V

-»0000

wooo,

kjoo-

pz (

>0). fti),

«5?,

-HJ- / v , çooo,

e*>o-

yo),

-poo-

5

K^oo-

(«, i X

^

(o),

000 1

* (5, ^

A), ^

WO,

^>0,

w

-oo,

r^"' h

o

u

^ O -

(tf>6), ex: (e>o, ex3),

j);

(^f), ^

,40, ro «*(X3,

rtto KXJî U

id,

^

s,

so £

(£),

«I

A l e w of

(«£>'

!"!• When final, it is -written _»>', and when

it stands for final h, or kh, it often becomes y .

When not final, it

is always joined to the succeeding letter; and if that letter b e ^ j , 1>, S ,

¿5,

,

3 , or j ,

the form of the jj re-

mains unaltered, as in the compounds

am,

an, ^ y> III,

etc.;

but if the succeeding letter be a», ^o,

or j , the last turn of the

it is nearly always enlarged, so as to form the compounds j ^ y , 4)» and

5 and a similar enlargement often takes place before ¿j and

•J^J in some MSS.; the letters

are also often condensed into ¡ y .

In some MSS. a diacritical dot is written over a it, wlrch indicates that it has the sound of kh.

It may be noticed that the compounds

J^y and •£)» can also be read as compounds of

or J , and

«¿jJ

so that some words beginning with ya, will be found under this letter It also appears that m is used, in a few common words, as a substitute for S 3, or 5 S zd,

see the remarks on S

z.

*> a-, a privative particle, equivalent to the English un-, in-, dis-, non-, often prefixed to substantives and adjectives, to form adjectives. Before a vowel, and usually before ¿5 s, it becomes y* an-. Z, .u, )j>| Sans, a-, an-) Gr. «-, av-. it is also sometimes used for ji,

y 2 in A .

200 and ^Ui

or j>) 1 homanih); £ — , Z, -hi.

also written -10 -ih, -JQ -ih, or j^y -yih.

2000. or Pers.

2

o r 2 , ( P a z . do,

II,

1 0 0 , i. num. ciplu t w o ; metimes

written

W

or d w ) A Y .

see also

or ^ J i ,

7 9 , t.

-ju)^ kola

y

and

its

G F . 2 , 65, 68. 3 , 6 * . This

II.

tail is

occasionally

MSS.

I t is o f t e n u s e d to r e p r e s e n t t h e c o m p o t t n d ^ j i tb.

texts,

and cannot be distinguished

F o r its ordinal form j^y

( t r a d , khd)

akh

CI

"N,

AV.

'

1

C l i n M . Pis', S y r . ^ L j ,

-o

Ar. ^ J ,

AV.

P a z . syn. f ^ y J j

70,2.;

pret.

******

q&W

' a section',

jClfOO)

pF

S y r . j;«.,

Ar.

Akht-i 9, 4 6 , 1 9 , 60, 63, 6 1 , 6 1 , 83,

sorcerer, who

ash a,

->aO'

9, io, i s .

P a z . syn. ^ GF.

enigmas

5,6.

pt.

for Gosht-i F r y a n o

A Y . 7 0 , 2 , s. a t h o r n , a s p i n e , a p r i c k l e . (trad,

or

ashij

yasharubo

akhar,

0 8 , H , SO, 22,

Z.

ahl,

. ^jj^a^w

dhl;

see

or

dhar,

har)

H.

fravyashar.

1,3,19,28,33,36,42,

7 , 1 , 1 0 , 8, I I . 1 1 , 1 , 1 3 . 101,1,27.

GF.

3,35,47.

tile

to a n s w e r

cor-

Yasht

Huz.

16,1.

2,1,7,9.

Akht

5, «2;

Pers.

syn.

for

yashardish,

and ^ o ^ y ^ j )

AY.

GF.

1 , 2, s, 1 1 , h - i g , t i , as.

khdr, yashar

for

khuk.

of

17,18, 4,6. 5 , 1 , 6 . 54,2.

A Y . 2,

4 , 3, 7, 10, 14, 26, 24, 27.

death.

It also stands

A Y . 2 , 2 , 3 2 , 3 < , 36. 3 , 5 . H e b . n m x ,

^

ydtuk,

propounded

or shebkuntano.

pain

«s/ic,

^yy^j^y

MSS.

^ O O *

-

a n d ))?>)) j j M j

khdtman)

5

past part.

j^jjuuy).

pi. y j u ^ ^ j - y ) akhtmandn,

C h a l d . nriN,

Yi^y

Z.

(trad,

okhtman

s. a s i s t e r ;

on

hdmanyth),

r e r s

shedkantano

)^OO*

rectly

Heb. brad,

(see

a v a r i a n t of ^ O O 3 y o s h t i n s o m e

3,

MSS,

to

\

verbs

in

in p r i n t e d

gab,

v . to l e a v e , to d r o p , t o h a n g ;

^^jjciJ»; H u z . syn.

hat,

reversed

3 , III, for this cipher, and its compounds, see a + after -tu.

j , next

This cipher is sometimes used, in printed texts, for the

compound

ab. abü, AY. 65,4,8,9. s. a father. Heb.

iON; Syr.

Ar.

yo-^6)

CJI;

AS.

abu; Päz. syn. pid.

abürd-farmän,

^ ^ ¿ J fl^JJ-« abürd-farmänö,

99,9. adj. intolerant of commands, disobedient. imni (p. p. of

biirdano) -fabürd-farmänih,

compliance. ^ ^ j j i i abidar,

Chald. DN, emph.

abürd-farmän

AV.

Priv. ji a - +

^Jj

farmdn. AY. 63,7. s. disobedience, non-f- abst. suf.

-ih.

AY. 42,5-7. GF. 3,31. s. a f a t h e r l y » » abi, for

afrw, -f- Sqo -dar (term, of Pers. ^ J o ) ; Päz. syn. pidar. at, Hn. 2,29,30. unattached pron. suf. thee, thy; of (to, for, or by) thee. Pers. o ^

, anc. P. -taiy.

All the pronominal suffixes in

Pahlavi, though usually attached to some particle which begins a clause in a sentence, are also found occasionally to begin a clause unattached, when no particle is used. tfy

hat (trad, at) AY. l,4o. GF. J, 13. 2, 81. 3, 20, 54, 55, 68, 71, 75,

76. 4,2,9,15. Iin. 2,36. conj. if. ~ whose inf. suf. is

Sas.

hat;

Paz. syn.

ayar.

or -ado, suf. of past part, and pret. of verbs adano\ also of conj. 3 d sing, of all verbs.

^ j j i ^ y dtash, A Y . 2,32. 4,26. 10, e, 11. 13,5. 17,17. 20,5. 34,5-7. 37,6, 7. 38, 5. 41,7. 54,4. 55,1. 72,5. ^

dtdsh-i

Vdhrdmdn,

G F . 3,7,10,15,19-21. s. fire; A Y . 55,5. the fire of YahrAra

(Behram), the most sacred fire; e / ' X J ' " ^ ^ atashich, Hn. 2,29. the fire also. PI. y'OO^^O' dtashdn, Huz. syn.

nurd

^O1

AY.

14,12.

and

Pers. j i o l ,

(trad.)

Z. nom.

^it^iu]

nagalyd.

hatat (trad, atat) GF. 2,6. conj. with suf. if of (to, for, by,

or through) thee; if thy, or thee,

^ y

hat

+

pron. suf,

-at

of

d

2 pers. sing. pj^^y

hattdn

(trad, attan)

AY. 1,38. conj. with suf. if of (to,

for, by, or through) you; if your, or you. fty hat + pron. suf.

-tan

4

of 2 pers. pi. Ataro,

s. and pr. n. the angel of fire, F i r e , sacred

J

-m^tf

))9t>* Atard-i

Frobdg,

AY. 1,21. j j u ^ g

Ataro

fire;

Frobdg,

AY. 1,28. the fire of Frobag, an ancient sacred fire removed, by king Yishtasp, from the mountain Gadman-homand in Khvarizem, to the mountain Roshan in Kabulistan, see Bund p. 41; yidato, , 3 .

AY.

13,

4.

4,

3,10.

16,1,6.

5,2,6.

17,3,4.

6,3,4.

18,1,14.

7,4,5. 19,4,0.

8,3,4.

Ataro

9,5,6.

10,6,9,11.

11,10,

20/21, 25-30, 32-35,38,39,42,

45-47, 51, 52, 58, 59, 61, 62, 74, 75, 84, 86, 93-96,4.

22-24, 31, 36, 37, 40,

41, 43, 44, 50, 60, 63,66, 70, 76, 77, 80, 81, 85, 87-89, 6 .

48, 49, 67, 71, 73,

5 5 - 5 7 , 7 2 , 8 2 , 8 3 , 9 0 - 9 2 , 97, 98,3.

64, 6 5 , 6 9 , 7 9 , 7 .

78,6.

53,I,

6

,8,IO. A

99,8.

101,i. Ataro the angel, the angel of fire, whose name is given

to the ninth month and ninth day of each month in the Parsi year. PI.

dtaroan,

AY.

I Pers. ^ o ! , or M^CV -adano,

14,12.

the sacred

fires.

Z. nom. acc. pi.

.

inf. suf. of verbs whose Pers. equivalent ends in

cpf-. KVfil))^^ Ataro-pad,

AY. 1, ie. l ^ V e ) ) ) ) ^

144,6. 145,6. 152,2. pr. n. (the

fire-protected)

Atdrd-pdto,

Dk.

a Parsi man's name in

former times; Ataro-pad-i Marspendan was a celebrated destur and prime minister of Shahpuhar-i Auharmazdan (Shapur II. AD. 309-379). Z. nom.

^ j u i ^ j j ^ j w ,

Pers. o L ^ o f .

8

jffcy

M^tV Ataro-Frdbdg, 0» dv,

ut?

see

Atard.

AV. 10,i2,i4. s. water; pi.

dvdno, N. 7 6 , 2 , 3 .

P e r s . i ^ l , y , anc. P .

dvdn,

AV. 14, 12.

dpi, Z. S a n s , ap\ H u z . syn.

mctyd. ty

as, A Y . 6, s. 05,7. s. a v a r i c e , covetousness, greediness.

ty

a f - (trad. uv-\

Pers.

conj. also, a n d ; an i n s e p a r a b l e particle to which

t h e pron. suffixes a r e affixed, as e n t e r e d below in a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r ; m a y b e distinguished f r o m t h e p r e p , j y az-, a c l a u s e in t h e sentence.

Sas.

af-,

it

by its always c o m m e n c i n g I l e b . Chald. F)N> Syr. „ ¿ j ;

va-.

Paz.

O» az,

prep, f r o m ; occasionally substituted for t h e H u z . £

min

in P a h l a v i , but o f t e n e r with pron. suffixes affixed, as e n t e r e d below in a l p h a b e t i c a l order. I I u z . syn. £

Pers.

Paz.

ezh, anc. P . hackd,

Z. - u ^ j j o » ;

min,

apdkhtar,

I.) A V . 17,11,24. H n . 3, is. a d j . n o r t h e r n , r e -

mote f r o m t h e zodiacal signs

alchtar)

which a r e s u p p o s e d

p r o t e c t t h e good creation (see M k b . 8,18,21.); comp. ^ ^ ^ x y o * dlchtartar,

A Y . 17,24. m o r e n o r t h e r n .

apdkhtardn,

H n . 3, is. t h e p l a n e t s ,

II.) s. a p l a n e t ;

to a

P~

pi.

w h i c h a r e said to b e m a l e v o l e n t

c r e a t u r e s of A k h a r m a n (see M k h . 12,7,10). Z. -u)i>y>(/yjutgji. ftyty

H n . 2,23. a d j . n o b l e , g e n e r o u s , liberal.

dsdd,

P e r s . olpT,

Z. -U^jU^AU.

-XSHXi^RPW a a- + yoftyty

apddakhshahih, A Y . 5 5 , ? . misrule, a n a r c h y . P r i v . pddakhshahih.

dvdddn, A Y . 15,11. a d j . cultivated, inhabited, p r o s p e r o u s .

Pers. (¿jloLi, ^ t J y T ,

or ^ ( ¿ f j f ,

•Hiy^^tyty dvddanih, A V . 15,12. s. cultivation, population, p r o s perity.

yoftyty

dvdddn - j - abst. suf.

-ih;

Pers.

^loLl.

9 -^jfCVW tivudih, AV. 14,16. Hn. J, 2,6,86. s. welfare, prosperity; blessing, benediction; J ' ^ ^ J

-j^J^VW uvadlh vazlund,

AV. 101,22. go

Pers. oLf + abst. suf. J^J -ih.

in happiness, go and prosper,

{yyi avdz, adv. back, backwards, behind, again; seethe following. Pers.

or

HUZ. syn. ^ayJS

Z.

WW avdz-kun, buttocked, lean-hipped,

lakhvar.

AY. 17,12. adj. with deficient buttocks, flatw

avdz +

kun.

Suqy hazdr, AY. 54,3. num. a thousand; generally expressed by the cipher

Pers.

t^Jigy avarun,

, Z.

Sans,

AY. 62, e. 71,8 101,19.

sahasra. avaruno,

AY. 17, is.

47,7. adj. improper, irregular, unnatural, wrong; opp. of Z.

+ Pahl.

y ^ l , or

run; comp. Pers.

^ j f j , or j u ^ t j 'inverted';

'injustice'; ^ j ^ l j l 'a wicked man'. avarunytsh,

avarun

frarun.

AY. 60,6. adv. improperly, wrongly.

+ adv. suf. j ^ y j --¡fish. t^O*

cohabiting.

avanun-marzishnils,

avarun

+

AY. 95,7. adj. unlawfully

marzishn

-f- adj. suf. JJ ik.

As

this compound is already an adj. without the suffix, it is probable that the adj. suf. J) -ik

is substituted for the abst. suf.

- ih, and the

compound is intended for a substantive, like the following. avdruno-marzishnih, unnatural marzishn

AY. 88,0. s. unlawful, 01*

cohabitation; illicit intercourse. + abst. suf.

^Q^itty

avakih,

avaruno

-f- ^ f t ) ^

-ih. AV. 5,2. Dk. 144,3. s. assistance, aid, help, co-

operation. ^ii^y avdk (Pers. I s , L f , or 1^1) + abst. suf. j ^ j -ih;

comp.

Z. avanh and Pers. d L . }A>t>> avan.

j ^ t y dvdno,

pi. of

dv.

Also the name of the

eighth month and tenth day of each month in the Parsi year. 2

10 l.r>2, i. s. a palace,

yjqy dvd?i, D k . Pers.

a court, a council, a tribunal.

,jl5!, or ¿iynty avarik,

AV. 3, n. 5,4. 6,12. 7,9. 8,6. 11,2,3,15,16. 12,3,6.

14,4. 17, 17. 19, 3. 25, 6. 30,

13,5.

GO, s. 6 5 , 3 .

69,4. 8 0 , c .

81,2.

5.

8 9 , s.

3G, 3 . 37,

38, 2. 53, 4.

3.

98,6. 101,1».

55,1.

GF. 2,»i.

Iin.

58,5.

2,23.

Dk. 144,3. 149,4. 151,1,7. adj. other, the remaining, the rest of; avdrikich,

Dk. 151,8. and other.

Z.

, Sans, apara.

This adj.

always precedes its substantive. J t D ^ l V avdyast,

avayastano,

v. to be necessary, to be requisite, to be avdyast, G F . 3 , 7 5 . H n . 2,5,10.

wanted; past part, used as a s. ft})^^ what

is wanted,

pres. 3

d

avayastano.

s.see pastpart, of

avdyast,

a desire, a wish; pret. pQ^-UO*

sing, (nearly

always

connected

with

AV.

an |inf.f, or

a

49,9.; contracted

avdyad, A Y . 1 , 2 s .

inf.*, with the meaning of the auxiliary 'must') ^u^y 2 3 , 9 * 3 9 , 6 . 4 6 , 7.*

5 5 , 9 . 6 4 , 1 3 . 7 7 , 1 0 . 9 9 , u . f Q ) * « ) » avdySd,

68,21 *.

.

Pers.

MyHavdyishnik,

AY. 22,3.adj.requisite, suitable, desirable, avdyislmiktar,

s e e m l y ; c o m p .

S

u

• S i i O » avdy ( c r d . o f ^ ^ ^ Q ) ' ' O adj. suf.

,

A Y . 4 , 2 0 . H n .2

avayastano)

+

, 2 3 , 2 4 , 30.

abst.suf.

-ishn

—

+

-ik.

^ ¿ J O » azvar,

A Y .

12,3,5.

above,aloft, over; sup. -^^¿JO* premest.

AY.

Pers. ^,

M^MSJW

AV.

H n .

93,2.

azvartum,

AY.

1,34.

22,3.; pres. 3

a d v . a n d p r e p ,

14,7. uppermost, su-

; Z. -upuigy 'from'

offiintano ( t r a d , apapunatan) affund,

pret.

or ^

31,3.

-|—'above'.

v. to cook,to boil, to stew; d

affund, A Y . 6 0 , 2 .

pi.

l l e b . r i B N , C h a l d . H S X > S y r . ^ ¿ j - P a z . s y n . M ^ O ' l f c J pokhtan. a

f a t ( t r a d , avat)

A Y . 3,13. 4 , 26-32. 5,8-10,12,13. 1 7 , 20-24.

68,11,19. G P . l,io. 2 , 6. 3 , 1 5 , 3 9 , 4 6 . 4 , n . H n . 2,29-31. c o n j . w i t h s u f . * T h e contracted inf. may be taken as the p. p. if

avdyad,

taken as a substantive meaning 'what is requisite, a necessity'.

or

avàyéd,

be

W

11

-

also (or and) of (to, for, by, or through) thee; also thy, or thee, +

d

pron. suf.

-at of 2 pers. sing.; Paz.

af-

vat.

a » a t , Hn. 2,29. prep, with suf. from (with, by, or through) thee.

az

pron. suf.

-at

of 2 a pers. sing.; Huz. syn.

minat. haft, AY. 1,33,34. 2., 9,10,19,

piy

seven; often expressed by the ciphers

IT,

ss,

84-SS.

53,5. GF. 2,73. num.

yt j m ;

^ojy

haft-salak,

AY. 10, 9. adj. seven years old. Pers. o^iiC, Z. - u ^ i t ^ t , Sans, sapta-, Huz, syn.

shibd.

^ o Q i ^ y » apatiyarak,

or apaitiydrak,

AV. 10,4. adj. unopposed, ^OQI^

undisturbed, unmolested, unafflicted. Priv. a a—(t^j^y^ty

apatiyarak-homand,

2,36. adj. see the last. Priv. .u a - -favitakht, avikht;

see

patiydrak.

or apaitiyarak-homand, ^afy^g

Iln.

patiyarak-homand.

AY. 77,2. in B. His, K20, P . , a variant of ^XJO* avitakht.

haftum,

AY. 3 , 2 . GF. 2,37. num. seventh;

expressed by the ciphers

. — ^ogy haft +

sometimes

ord. suf. ^

-iim;

Pers. jviftio. -j^O* « f r « (trad, avrd)

AY. 101,20. -MtS^y afrayd,

27,2,6. s. dust, earth, soil, rubbish. Chald. N'lDX, or Heb.

-lBy; Syr. ¿ a l , o^jjj^y» afrayd,

or afraih,

or afrak, A Y . emph. NISI?;

Ar. y U , AY. 101,20. s. see the preceding, or

it may be 'dustiness, earthiness, state of dust'. Probably -u^gy a / r a -fabst. suf. j y

-th.

dzardano,

v. to injure, to harass, to distress, to trouble,

to molest; past part. fl^ty azard, azard,

AY. 58, 6. 72,5,7. Pers. •^jy dzarm,

AY. 69,10. 76,9. 82,5.; pret. or

fl^^y

(j^j)'«

G F . 3, 34. s. respect, reverence, honor, favor. Pers.

12

V ^oQi^^y apcrcndyik,

-

Sty

AY. 43,2, G. S. one who is not of full age,

a non-adult, a youth, a child. Z. bj.^,

Paz. apurndi,

iJbjj, dljjjl, afravdft,

able, unpraised;

i j L j j J , or abj_s.

AV. 17,21. adj. unpleasing, disagreeable, blame-

unobservant of rites and ceremonies, unholy;

plained by

-KA

by Sans, aprasdrita,

13

ex-

saryu ddsht 'considered bad', and translated

but the reading of the word requires confirmation.

Priv. it a- +

fravdft afravaftik,

afravaftiktar,

Pers.

(p. p. of jj^egy^g)

fravdftano).

adj. see the preceding. Comp. ^ ^ V ^ t y ^ O '

AV. 17,21. —

afravdft

+ adj. suf. J) -Ik.

This

form requires confirmation, and Hi7 omits J) -ik. afrank, hu-ctfrank.

adj. ornamented, decorated, adorned; see

Pers. JCysl.

fl^j^O* khefruntano

(trad, azrunatan,

or avrunatan)

v. to dig,

to excavate, to cxtract, to scoop out, to root oui, to demolish, to penetrate, to furrow, to rake; past part. 79,2. 95,i.; pret.

khefrund,

khefrund,

AY. 23, 3. 55,5.

AY. 44,2. 49,3. 50,2. 59, 2. 78, 2.

87, s. 99,5.; pres. 1 st sing.

khefrunam,

AV. 87, 8 .

Chald.

Paz. syn.

fy

Syr. j L * , Ar. yu*.;

\uSty

afzdr,

kandan.

Dk. 149,3. 151,7. s. a tool, an implement, a wea-

pon, arms, equipment, means, appliances, resources; see zen-afzdr.

lieb. ~isn,

Pers. ^lyil,

SuSqyyS

I, or j j i ,

afzar-homand,

adj. possessing means, appliances, or

resources; competent, skilful, clever.

PL used as a s. y^^yoSst

afzdr-humanddn,

afzar -f- pos. suf.

^O^HAJ

AV. 1,9. — afzdr-barehmtd,

AV. 12,11. adj. appointed by

means, skill-produced, material-fashioned. D^JKXJ^J

barchmidaud.

hdmand.

S f y afzdr

+ p. p. of

— ^uSiy

afzdyad, afzud,

Sufity

pres. 3 d sing, of ^ ¡ S ^ y

p. p. of

dv-zdhar,

13 afzudano.

afzudano.

N. 76,6. s. the zor water, water consecrated and

made into holy-water.

av +

afzudand,

zohar.

or

afzudano,

v. to increase, to augment,

to abound, to enlarge, to swell, to add, to exceed; past part. afzud,

see

^¿iji gohar-afzud;

AY. 16,8.; fut. 3d sing.

afzunik,

pres. 3d sing. ^jiS^y -jujj bard

afzdyad,

Hn. 1,8.

Pers.

Hn. l , i . 2, i. adj. abounding, excelling, over-

flowing, bountiful, munificent; sup. ^^oAJj^jy afzuniktum, Pers. ( j ^ i ! +

afzdyad,

AV. 101, is.

adj. suf. M -ik.

MflE^SJ^iy?

avaspdrdanv,

or

v. to deliver up, to

consign, to intrust, to resign, to hand over; fut. l B t pi. ^ M Q & t y bard

avaspdrem,

Z. ava

+

AY. 2, is.

Pers. ^ J o ^ l x * ; ,

-ujj

j j ^ L x « , , or

spar.

^"JtDiy

avistdk,

AV. J, 7. 2,32,35. GF. 5,2. Dk. 150,1,4. 151,9.

s. scripture, the sacred writings of the Parsis in their original language, and hence applied to the language itself, which is commonly, but erroneously, called Zend; any quotation, or text, from the same scriptures; also written

avistdk.

Pers.

or

Z. a +

vista,

'known'; see Pahl.-Paz. Glos. p. 78—81. avaspdrishntk, intrusted to. abst. suf. \iiyi

avaspar -ishn -f- adj. suf.

afsar,

(crd. of

afsurd,

avaspardano)

+

-ik.

GF. 2,13. s. a.crown, a diadem.

MflE^W afsurdand, past part,

Dk. 150, s. adj. delivered, consigned,

Pers. ^ j ) .

v. to cool, to chill, to freeze, to extinguish; AY. 55,5. GF. 3,19.

bard

GF. 3 , n . cooled down, chilled; pres. 3 sing. ^jViiy» afsurcd, d

Pers. ^ i ^ l » ! , or ^JO^MS.

afsurd, GF. 3,20.

14

— D^o^g^t

^y^O»

avasrudand,

avasrud,

v. to recite, to repeat, to intone; past part.

GF. 5,3. Z. ava, or apa, -f- sruta;

Pers.

.

-OHJO* afsds, AV. 100,2. Hn. 2,2s. s. ridicule, derision, contempt. Pcis. ^ O O ^ ' O K J W afsoskaryish, contemptuously.

-0)00*

AY. 100,5. adv. derisively, mockingly, -f- adj. suf. ^

-fear -)- adj. suf.

- ytsh. y^ffOty

avi-guman,

AY. 13,9. adj. undoubting, undoubtful, un-

sceptical, unhesitating; comp. ^ ^ ^ J i y ¿ty avi +

gumdn;

Pers. ^ L J C a j .

(tvt-gumdnih, avi-guman

AY. 1,29. Priv.

avt-gumantar,

-f- abst. suf.

AY. 1,2. s. undoubtfulness, faith, -Ih.

JJOW a Vhfi tu 'i ^ • 84,5. s. opium. Gr. oVrtov; Pers. ^yjol, (j^-ojs, Syr.

(j^ol,

or ( j ^ - o , Ar. ^ / j i l , Heb. Tal. Jer. p'"©N,

Sans, aphcna;

but the word seems foreign to all these

languages, although it can be etymologically explained in Greek. afash (trad, avash)

AV. 1, 82, 83, 91,5. 2,31. 8,22. 4,1,3,

12,16, is, 23. 10, 38, 81, 85, 88,7. 11,2,8,10. 15,6,1-1. 17,6,12. 19,8. 23,3, s. 24,3,7. 28,2. 29, 46, 62, 84,«. 36, 40,3,7. 44, 65, 70,3. 60,2,7. 63,7, 8. 6 4 , 3 , 9 , 1 3 . 8,16,22.

6 7 , 3 - 5 , 10. 6 8 , 4 .

2 , 5 , 9 , 4 1 , 4 2 , 45-48, 64.

7 8 , 8 , 9.

79,4-6,9.

9 6 , 6 , 7. 1 0 1 , 1 3 .

GF.

1,3-6,

3 , 6 , 7 , 11, 4 7 , 4 8 , 5 6 , 6 2, 7 0 , 7 3 , 7 5 , 7 8 , 7 9 , 9 4 .

4 , 7,

11,27. Hn. 2,3,5,7,12,23,24,35,37. 3,3,34. conj. with suf. also (or and) of (to, for, by, or through) him (her, or it); also (or and) his (her, its, him, or it); and thereby. sing.; Sas. 22-Q-^J afash;

$)» of-

+

pron. suf.

-ash

of 3d pers.

Paz. vash.

-j^jjy azash, AY. 4, u , 36. 7,2. 12,12,15. 14,12. 15,19,22. 33,6. 70,2. 81,7. 101,ic. GF. 1,5. 2,5. prep, with suf. from (with, by, or through) him (her, or it); therefrom, thereby, therewith, d

-ash of 3 pers. sing.; Huz. syn.

minash.

{y az + pron. suf. It is sometimes doubt-

ful whether afash, or azash, is the correct reading of this word.

15 yOQty

(trad, avshari) AY. 1,21,28-30. 2,3,30. 3,6,20,23.

afshdn

6,12. 7,3, 5,8. 8, 41, 55, 99, 7. 11, 14. 13,4,6. 14,5, 17. 15, 12. 37, 88, 3. 54, g 65, 75, e. 69,4,«. 73,5, s. 74, 2 . 76, 4, s, 9. 77, 80,4. 89,7,9. GF. 2, 14,37. Hn. 2,28.

afshdno,

GF. 3,50. conj. with suf. also (or

and) of (to, for, by, or through) them; also (or and) their, or them, jy af- + pron. suf.

of

pre^- pi-! Paz. vaslia.

azshdn, AY. 49,4. GF. 3,75. prep, with suf. from (with, by, az + pron. suf. y ^ ) -shdn of 3d pres.pl.; Huz.

or through) them. syu. yOiij^ minshdn.

Perhaps afshdn may be the correct reading in

both places. MWOOV a-fshdnda.no, or

afshdndand,

y. to scatter, to

disperse, to sprinkle, to shed, to sow; past part. ^>»000* afshdnd, AY. 96,6.

Pers. ^ JoLi.il, or j j j o l & i ;

and

Huz. syn.

peskhuntano

pezkuntand. M^OOW dvikhtand,

v. to hang, to suspend; past part. ^ J O W

dvikht, AY. 26, 67, 77, 88,2. 79,3. 80,,. Pers. afam (trad, avara) AY. 4,9. 5, 9, 78,5. 6,2,3. 7, 77, 80, 81, 85, 87-89,4. 8, 58, 84, 86, 94-96,3. 10,10. 11,7,15, is. 12,1,5-7,10,11,13,

14,17-19. 13,1,3,12. 14,1-3,6,7,10,11,13,14,18,19,21. 15,1,8,9,15-18,21. 16,2,5. 17,1-3. 18, 6,11,14. 19, 22-24, 31, 36, 37, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 60, 63, 70, 73, 76,i,4. 20, 21, 25-30, 32-35, 38, 39, 42, 45-47, 51, 52, 59, 61, 62, 66, 74, 75, 93,1,3. 48, 49, 65, 67, 69, 71,i, 5 . 53, 79, 99,«. -54,i. 55,56, 82,83,90-92, 97,98,2. 57,72,1,2. 64,I ) 8 . 68, i,«- 8 . 101, n,12. GF. 2,13,16. conj. with suf. also (or and) of (to, for, by, or through) me; also (or and) my, or me. sing.; Sas.

af—f- pron. suf. £ -am of 1 st pers.

afam; Paz. va$m. afmdn (trad, avman) AV. 10,2. conj. with suf. also (or and)

of (to, for, by, or through) us; also (or and) our, or us. pron. suf.

qy af- -f-

st

-man of 1 pers. pi. dvordand,

y. I.) to bring, to fetch, to convey; II.) avdr-

dand, to carry off, to abstract, to extort, to pillage; past part. dvorto, AY. 3,19.

dvord, or avord, AY. 45,6. Pers. ^jO^t and

16

(0* — ¿0»

^J^J;

Z. a

bar-, IIuz. syn. I.)

lipammuntcmd,

yaityuntano

and

II.) M^i^C^O sochruntand, or

shochruntano.

In Zand there are two roots bar, the one signifying 'to bring', Skr. bhri the other 'to take off Skr. hri; see Zand-Pahl. Glos. s. v. bareta pag. 107. ozurih, or dzvarih, AV. 55,7. 91,6. s. coyetousness, greediness, avariciousness.

azur (Pers. ^ f ) -f- abst. suf.

-ih.

))TQMW dpustand, AV. 64,8. 78, 7, 8. adj. pregnant, going with child, big with young. Pers. JJJ01 dfrin,

dfrino,

See Pahl.-Paz. Glos. p. 67-68. AY. 10,2. 14, 15. 15, u . s. a blessing, a

benediction; a formula for blessing the spiritual existences; dfrino hard and, or

dfrino vddiintand, to offer blessings.

Pers. j - J j i l , ,Z. nom. dfrinagan,

or dfrinakan,

AY. 1,26.

afrinaganb,

AY. 3,2i. adj. pi. used as a s. benedictions; a formula for blessing and glorifying angels and departed souls; also a ceremony for the same purpose, in which wine and fruit are consecrated by the priest, and tasted by all partakers in the ceremony; see AY. p. 147, note. dfrinagan

guftano,

to utter the benedictions.

POJMW

Pers. ^IXlo^i!; jjjjy

dfrin -j- adj. suf. ^ -ak -f- pi. suf. ja> -an. Sty avi- (trad. avc-~) a privative particle often prefixed to substantives and adjectives to form adjectives, and equivalent to the English un-, in-, dis-, non-, -less, without.

Pers. ^ , anc. P. Z. Sans. vi.

afd, Dk. 144,3. s. a wonder, a marvel, a prodigy, a miracle; pi. o q o ^ afdthd, awad,

Dk. 144,9. Pers. J o f , crd. of ^ J u i M l ;

Paz.

Mkh. l,io. avi-bar, AY. 49,8. adj. unfruitful, unproductive, fruitless.

Priv. 34)» avi^jjjAjy

bar] Pers.

avi-bxin, AV. 49,8. adj. without foundation, unsupported,

unsettled, useless.

Priv. ¿4)» avi-

bun.

17 or

i

j

-^jSj^i)»? avi-bcsh, A V .

4,25. H d . 2,20,27.

adj. undistressed, unannoyed, untroubled, unharmed. Priv, ¿(y avi-

+

besh. ^yW

ovi-btm, adj. unalarmed, undismayed, unterrified, fearless;

unendangered. Comp.

Q

avi-bimtar,

GF. 2,54. Priv.

avi- -f-

bim. avi-bimyish,

disturbedly.

AY. 53,11. adv. fearlessly, intrepidly, un+ adv. suf. j ^ j

avi-bim

^ y ^ J O » uvitakht,

-yish.

AY. 77,2. in He, a variant of ^JOi)*

perhaps the past part, of t j ^ y ^ j s ) ' avitakhtano,

avikht;

v. to melt, to liquify,

to flow forth. Z. vi -J- tach, Pers. jJc~>.|

k l i a d i t u n

(crd. of H ^ J t i ) 4 *

k h a d U x m t a n o )

(Pers. ^.w*®). These words can also be

h a s t a n d

'to be in existence, to occur', or

h a s t o i - l i a s t a n d ,

+ abst.

f r d z

h a s t

'being up and subsiding, rising and setting'.

M^MJti)^

k h a d i t u n t a n o

(trad,

a s l u n a t a n )

AY. 4, is. v. to see, to

observe, to perceive, to behold, to look; past part.

k h a d i t u n d ,

AY. 3,5,14. 4,6,13,22. 6,2. 11,4,16. 12,1,7,11,14,18. 13,1. 14,1,3,7,11, 14,19. 15,1,9, IO, is, 21. 16,2. 17,2,11-13. 18,3,4,6. 19-52, 54-56, 58, 59, 61-92, 94-98, 100, i. 99,1,3. GF. 3,74. H11. 2, 6, 24, 28. 3,5. ^ J t i ) « -jMJ b a r d

k h a d i t u n d ,

Dk. 152,5.; pret.

16,19. GF. 3,36.; pres. 1

st

sing.

k h a d i t u n d ,

k h a d i t t i n a m ,

AY. 3,8. 17,

AY. 7,8,2. 93.;

ftjJJÍ pres. 3d sing. 24

25

— ¿tfil

khadítünéd,

AY. 64,13. GF. 2,41,42,48.; pres.

AY. 10,5.; pres. 34 pi.

P'- ^CJMftD-" khadítúncd,

khaditund,

AY. 54,7. Heb. Hill. Chald. NJPI, or n m , Syr. didano.

This verb is sometimes written

Páz. syn. khazítúntano,

which

corresponds exactly with the Semitic equivalents quoted above, and its alteration into

khadituntano

interchange of S astñndí,

z and 5 d.

arises from the common Pahl.

The meaning of the Sas.

Is. II. ins. lin. 21, is too doubtful to allow of its identification

with this verb. $0001 death who is them to hell, throw off the

• 3 fti)' u Astí-víhád, GF. 2,41,42,4s. pr. n. the demon of said to cast a halter around the neck of the dead to drag but if their good works have exceeded their sins, they noose and go to heaven (Dad. b. Dad.). Paz. Ast-vahúd,

f, oLjjXwf, ijlyCt^l, or M^Oj'fti)^ astinidand,

z.

.

.

Dk. 151,11. v. to make stand, to establish,

to confirm, to steady, to fix, to settle.

Caus. of

astádano-,

Pers. jjJo0Ui.u,t, or ^Jólx-wt. asp, AY. 101,2o. GF. 2,10. s. a horse; see ¿jjSjj asazak,

AV. 18,13. adj. unworthy, undeserved, unmerited,

incongruous, incompatible, inconsistent. Priv. it a- -f Vttii asar, eternal.

sazák.

AY. 101,3. Hn. 2,34. 3,33. adj. unlimited, boundless,

Priv. J1 a - +

jfjbibji

asp.

asryü,

sar.

GF. 2,76. num. ten; generally expressed by the

c i p h e r ^ with a circumflex, which is here classed with the letter ^ k. Heb. Ifri?, Ar. yxS,

Chald. N*)Dj;. "lpj;, Syr. f j m i , ¿ i i , As. f. Hsriti, Páz. syn.

D ^ j ^ ü n asrúntand,

or

dak. asrunastano,

v. to bind, to tie,

to fasten, to close, to shut, to confine, to captivate; past part. asrund, AY. 73,8 ,

hará asrúnd, AY. 17,20.,

.jjjj

26 bard

— I l n . 2,23. shut u p ,

asriinast,

/^flfi) pummun

asrilnd,

A Y . 75,5. muzzled. Heb. 1DN. Chald. *1CN, Syr. ¡ » j , Ar.

Paz.

syn.

bastand,

whose term.

-stand

is often adopted by its

H u z . equivalent. dsydv, or

AY. 44,3. s. a mill-stone, a mill. Pers. L-wf,

. p ^ i J i i , or yo^pa,

usman,

AV. 14,5. 72,«. GF. 2,10, si. H n . 1,3«.

s. the sky, the firmament, the heavens; the 27 th day of each Parsi month. Pers. ^ U - l , anc. P . ace. asmdnam, shcmayd, fQu asiin)

or

Z. acc. £{}.u£j>.u; Huz. syn.

shemayyd.

adin,

(trad, agin,

or aigin)

H n . 2,29,30,32.

GF. 3, so. adv. then, thereupon, at that time.

Heb. TN, ^vS, Chald. pHN, Ar. used)

)Qi}y>> an-gdh, jftu

uytn, bamk-dyino.

^ j O - " adinat

Sas.

+

a

din,

dno-gdh.

s. custom, usage, a h a b i t , a rule;

Pers. ^ j j o I , Z. (trad, aigit)

-ujitjjiJ

see

' a w a y ' , Sans, ay ana.

AY. G8, is. GP. 1, is. 3,68. 4,9. adv.

with suf. then of (to, for, by, or through) t h e e ; then thy, or thee, adin

(trad.

¿ t ; P a z . syn. (rarely

or ^ yOU))** dylno,

adind

^jn

d

pron. suf.

-at of 2 pers. sing.

dyintum, j q ^ j j » adinash

see • f l y y O ^ g » )

bazak-dyintum.

GP. 2,6. 3,21,36,74. adv. with suf.

(trad, aigisli)

then of (to, for, by, or through) him ( h e r , or it); then his (her, it, or him); then so. jtyu adin admshan

+

pron. suf. j y

(trad, aigishari)

-ash of 3 d pers. sing.

A Y . 2 , 4 . G F . 3,59. adv. with

suf. then of (to, f o r , b y , or through) t h e m ; then their, or them, adin

-f- pron. suf. y ^ y -shdn adinarn

j^ji»

d

of 3 pers. pi.

(trad, aigim)

AV. 1,38 . 55, 56 , 58, 77 - 92, 94 - 98,

100,i. 99,3. GF. 1, 19, 26. 3, 54, 76. adv. with suf. then of (to, for, by, or

rtJ.0

through) m e ; pers.

then m y , or me.

jyi)

jO"

27

adin

+

pron, suf. £

of l 6 t

-am

sing,

diUno

and dyino,

asinin, ^jasjj untroubled.

ascj,

see ^ j j j adin

and Ctyht.

A Y . 70, 7 8 , 2 . in Kao, a variant of

asinin.

A Y . 10, j. adj. imperishable, indestructible, incorruptible,

Pnv.

j^ywyjiu

asSj

—

a

a—f-

yis

ascj-hotnand,

scj;

Z.

jjc^J-" •

I i n . 2 , ee. a d j . s e e t h e p r e c e d i n g ,

- f pes. suf. i ^ p i h&mand) ahjivisrcm,

Z . acc,

N.

y i l u

'

126,3.

a

variant

of - ^ j s ^ j ^ U j i

atji-

pirmrcm. ^jJiw

«sim,

AY,

1 0 1 , so. s. s i l v e r .

Pers.

lluz.

syn.

has pa. j j ^ i - B i » asimin, asimin-pcsid,

adj. m a d e of s i l v e r , silvered, s i l v e r y j

AY.

12,9.

asinin, -jyi^jiij o r akdcndih,

13,2,

silver-embroidered,

^¿ttg)

l'ers.

A Y . 5 1 , 2 . in K s e , a v a r i a n t of ^ j o j j

l>k. 1 5 2 , —

jyj^Jxt

agdinoih

s. e v i l r e l i g i o n , h e t e r o d o x y ,

asinin,

— j y ^ ^ A i

infidelity,

akdinSVi,

irreligion,

(in

the

p h r a s e : 'they s h o u l d not a l l o w the infidelity of a n y o n e w h a t e v e r ' ) . agdino

(often

p^iijj 9 9 , s.

written

Z.

-f

abst.

snf.

A Y , 5 1 , 2 , 6 7 , 9 , t . 7 0 , 2 , 7 1 , 4 , 7 8 , 2 . 7 9 , &, 8 5 , 2 . 8 7 , 2 , 3 .

asinin,

j^yJJiJ

akdinS,

asinindf

AY.

02,t,

adj.

made

of iron.

Pers.

^j^t,

Z. - H j i t ash,

Hn.

1 , i s , as, s i , 3e, 33«, 2 , 4 , r , l i , i s , s i , s s , i f , 3 , 6 , 1 7 , s t .

u n a t t a c h e d ¡iron. suf. h i m , his, h e r , it, i t s ;

him, her, or it. f. - set.

Pers.

anc. P . acc. -shim,

S e e the r e m a r k s on

j y n

khayd

(trad,

of (to, f o r , b y , or

add)

gen, -shaiy:

through)

A s . m,

-su,

at GF.

2 , se.

lin.

1 , 1 0 , ss.

s.

life,

vitality.

28 Heb. ¡ r m Chald. N>n 'living'; Syr.

( J 'living'; Ar. ¿ Z ^ ;

Paz.

syn. p^O 1 "

as

hdn,

lin. 2,28. JJ'OO»» ashdno,

Dk. 145,9. unattached

pron. suf. them, their; of (to, for, by, or through) them, -^ji» -ash -fpl. suf. yj -an.

See the remarks on

at,

^ X J J ' ha-sht, num. eight; often expressed by the c i p h e r s ^ y u )U>. Pers.

, Z.

.jj^j^jj,

fO^^OO 11 Ashtad,

Sans, ashta;

Huz. syn.

tomanyd.

AY. 5,3. pr. n. a female yazad, or angel, who

is said to promote, increase, and utilize, the settlements, or colonics, of mankind in the world; her name is given to the 26 th day of each Parsi month. Pers. ¿Uoif, Z. gen. hashtth,

GrF. 2,74. s. an octade, an assemblage of eight.

hasht + abst. suf. -j^ -ih.

The Paz. hashtdah,

'eighteen', is

similarly written. dshtih, andshtih.

Pers.

s. concord, peace, harmony; see /-vj^OO'"^*'

(5££f,

Z. j ^ t y ^ u u .

adddyish,

AY. 1 6 , 8 , n . 23, 6 . 30,5. 74,5. 77,7. adv.

unlawfully, unjustly, irreligiously. tJHOIJ -JO^OO^

Priv. a a—|-

dshtih-bavihiin,

j ^ j ^ v ^ j

adj. peace-seeking, conciliating,

pacifying, appeasing; pi. used as a s. yo)-"O^OO1" AV.

15,18.

bavihun

peace-seekers,

(crd. of

jvXwjc, Z.

^-j^ji

dshtih

+

GF. 2,41. num eighth; sometimes expressed by Sans,

aydftano, procured.

conciliators.

. — ^ X J ' " hasht

find; past part.

dshtih-bavihundn,

bavihunastano.

•^I^OO^ hashtum, the ciphers

dadyish.

+

ord. suf.

-wm; Pers.

ashtama).

v. to obtain, to acquire, to get; to discover, to aydfto

in

j^o^xjd

bard aydfto,

S . 77,1.

Pers. ^ x i l j , Z. a + ap, Sans. dp. hikhar, AY. 38,5. 41,7. 49,2. s. any waste, or impure, matter

-Hj-V" — j f o »

29

separated from the living bodies of mankind, or dogs, such as saliva, skin, hair, nail-parings, etc.; bodily refuse, Z. -uifj^i^y'i or hihar;

ashgahan, ^ i ) ! ,

Paz.

hihar,

Pers, ^¿o 'a pustule',

^ f ,

^¿ijjyu

AY, 32,1,5, adj. lazy, slothful, indolent. Pers. or

ashkdrak,

ashkarako,

Dk. 144,4. adj. evi-

dent, manifest, clear, open, public. Pers. s ^ b ^ t , t^lSCwl, or ^ISLif. Ashkanan,

yn)aj^-iqjj

Dk. 150,4. pr. n. pi. the Ashkanians, or Arsa-

cidan dynasty of Persian kings.

Pers. j j U j b C i l .

hashkckhunadam, (trad, ashkahunatan)

or

a

hashkckMnanot

v. to obtain, to get, to acquire, to find; past part.

hashkekhunad,

GF. 2,13.

v,M'j»f; Paz. syn. D ^ X J ) ) vindddand,

Ghald. aph. ¡'DLi'N, Syr. aph. whose term.

ddano is usu-

ally adopted by its Huz. equivalent. The initial h is used in accordance with the usual Sas. orthography in verbs of this form. ashkombo,

AY. 48,4. 75, 76, 84,2. GF. 2,31. s. the

belly, the abdomen. Pers. ^ P ^ kresman,

or ^ ¿ i i

or i%JCi; Huz. syn. krcsman

(sometimes corrupted into ^p

krezesman). ^ j i » khcshm, see jfo^M

AY. 91,6. s. anger, rage, wrath, fury, indignation;

kheshm.

Z. iiffQ** ashem,

Iln. 1 , 1 1 , 1 3 . s. n. nom. truth, piety, righteous-

ness ; the first word of the sacred ashem-vohii •jq^jAaqi

yasharaish

formula of the Parsis;

in Pahlavi.

hem-vohiik,

as

Hn. 1,3,9,16,18,23,26,28,33,350,38«. s. the

sacred formula which is most frequently recited by the Parsis; it is so called from its first two words, and is as follows: Ashem vohu vahishtem ushtd asti;

ushtd

hyad

vahishtai

ashai

asti,

ahmai ashem.

30

w

—

This formula may be translated t h u s : 'Righteousness is the best good, a blessing it i s ; a blessing b e to that which is righteousness towards Asha-vahishta, (the b e s t I t is called in Pahl.

-HjiJ^j^y

'praise of righteousness'; g^it

Pers.

Z. ^ w i l ? • Cf^Q-u«

dshuftkarth,

D k . 1 5 0 , 6 . s. disturbance,

rioting, devastation, ravages.

dskuft

turbulence,

(Pers. jUa^I) - f

kdr

-ih. aslxnuvcd,

pres. 3 d sing, of ^ j ^ . » )

ashnudand.

^ ¿ I V O " ashnuvand,

pres. 3 d pi. of j ) ^ ) ^ . »

ashnudand.

a

s h n i i d a n o , v. to hear, to h e a r k e n , to listen, to attend t o ;

past part.

ashnuil,

ashnud, nuvecl,

discord,

u . ,

-'Ob'jV&W**

-f- abst. suf.

yashctraish-stdyishnih,

AV. 1 , 1 2 . s. confusion, t u m u l t , d i s o r d e r ,

ashtip,

disturbance.

righteousness).

A Y . 1,36. 2,4,17. GF. 2,7. 3, go, 83.:

AV. 53,5.

G F . 3,74, so.; pres. 3

d

sing.

d

A V . 6 4 , i o , i 2 . ; pres. 3 pi. ¿ ^ j ^ m ashnuvand, ^jtXxA-wf,

^¿yXjM^

or ^ ¿ U x i ; Z. surunaoiti

(Sans, s'rinoti)

pret. ash-

AY. 54,7. P e r s .

j j l X U i , j^IX-OLA..*/,

^jtXiyJuM^

'he h e a r s ' ; IIuz. syn.

vashammuntano. ^jj -dk,

adj. suf. affixed to crude verbs to form adjectives with t h e

meaning of present participles; see rubak, etc.

j ^ S

zahdk,

burzdk, sazak,

Sometimes affixed to substantives. Su^m

akar,

tukhshdk, sojdk,

Pers. I

dandle,

t

G F . 4, is, 27. adj. inactive, ineffective, inefficient, in-

operative, inert, impotent, powerless, useless, extinct. Priv. u a- + akas.

kdr.

A Y . 101,20. a d j . aware, intelligent, acquainted, know-

ing, attentive; see ^ j j ^ m dkds'di,

dino-akas.

Pers. s l f f .

AY. 1,24. Dk. 145,7. 151,3. s, intelligence, a t -

aju

—

31

tention, understanding, k n o w l e d g e ; see ^ . ^ . u ^ u i ^ e •(¡•ii^ii dkds

-f abst. suf.

o^^ii^ji judiciously.

-ih]

dkusjjish,

«O-u^-u dkds

Pers.

+

adv. suf.

Priv. u a-

akaraz,

+

—

^ I j f .

Dk. 149,6. adv. intelligently,

^ j - u akdmak-homand, uncoveting.

tars-akasth.

attentively,

-yish.

AY. 1,38. a d j . undesirous, unwilling, ^ ^

kamak-homand.

A Y . 4,22. 11,4. 17,2,13. 18,4. 32,5. 53, 9. 54,4. 70,7.

G F . 2, 32, 36. 3,4 ,48. I i n . 2,21,24. 3,20. adv. e v e r , a l w a y s , perpetually, continually;

always u s e d with a negative, except in the

f r o m the Avesta.

Comp. Pers.

akdtnoih,

or akdenoih,

akankhtano, f O ^ - u akankht, ,

see ^ ( j ) y i i s i .

v. to h o o k , to s u s p e n d , to h a n g ; past p a r t .

A Y . 24,2. 37,2. Comp. P e r s .

^ . i " , ¿IsxS^,

^ j j ^ j j akandrak, akandrak-darim,

translations

or sjsS

1

,

'a hook'.

a d j . unlimited, boundless, infinite;

A Y . 17,12. unlimitedly spotted, or scaled. P r i v . Ji a-

- j - ^ i i ) ^ kandrak akoraz,

( P e r s . s^L5); Z. - u ^ J j i t ^ u . A Y . 11,4. in K20, K26; a variant of ^ . u

dkustand, past part.

akUst,

akaraz.

v. to tie, to bind, to fasten, to chain, to f e t t e r ; AY. 69,3. 74,1.

Comp. P e r s . xXwS'f, x i & S ' f ,

iU-i/S^I, ' b o u n d ' , or ^ j X « ^ ' t o seize'. akvin

A Y . 66, c. J^)^.« akvino,

(trad, aknin)

or adv. once, one time or place, unity, union, unison; akvin,

A Y . 68,4. s. ))&

pavan

in union, together, in company, ^ j j ak ( P e r s . J o ) + JJ), or ))J),

whose reading is d o u b t f u l , although it must m e a n ' t i m e ' , as it occurs in yyy times',

llcin

' t w i c e ' , J ^ y t Illvin

\ k a b e d

o f t e n ? ' , etc.

vino

'thrice', j p j y

'many times',

- u ) ^ kold Ilvino

'both

c/wrod vino

'how

In G P . 2,68. )y) m e a n s 'air, breath' (comp. Z . - P a h l . Glos.

32

$

p. 8,3.) and is read vayo

-

(Z.

being a synonym of Pers.

but as this latter word also means ' a moment, or period of time " ( i n (•«J^JS and |*JOo), it is possible that it means 'time'.

may likewise be read vayo when

The word )J) ' t i m e ' may, however, be connected with

the Huz. -uy)

vidana

'time', in which case it should be read

vidan,

and compared with Chald. ju

AV. 65,4,8,9. 78,4. s. a mother. Heb. Chald. EN, Syr.

am,

„ ^ o } , As. ummu,

Ar. j*f or

s

ham, AY. 52,7. Hn. 3,3. adj. and adv. the same, equally, alike, likewise, together, mutual, (for compounds see in alphabetical order). Pers. jv®; Z. Cay», - u C- u i) , 5 sam, or

or

Sans.

sama. hamkhdk,

s. a companion, an associate, a comrade, a fellow-

creature; pi. ^ J t f y ^ w hamkhakdn, sakhd.

ane. P . hama\

The adv.

Hn. 2,28.

Z. - i t ( j y * S a n s . nom.

hami shale is often written in the same manner.

^ » • O i ^ m n d c a n d , AY. 4,7. 5,3. adj. strong, powerful, mighty; see

amdvand.

The reduplication of the medial a d appears

unnecessary. ^

hamdk,

AY. 1,7,2s. 2,8«. 4,13. 10,9. 12, 14, 19, 24, 37,3. 13,

99,5. 32, 34, 45, 47,2. 54,4. 60,7. 68,15. 101,15,24,25. GF. 2,12,67. 3, 21, 04. 4, 1, 15, 18, 22. 5, 6. Hn. 1,2,6. Dk. 150, 1, 12. 151, 11, 13. 152, 1, 8. adj. all, every, the whole. Pers. sama.

Often substituted for

anc. P . hama, hamdt

Z.

Sans.

in K20, as in AY. 7,2. 15,19.

19,3. 20-22,2. etc. fyamdk-khvarih, all-radiant, ^uju hamak humdndk, a variant of ^uytfy)

-f

AV. 3,8.

khvdrih.

AV. 36,3. in H6, K20, K26; GP. 2,55. in K20; humdndk.

amahraspend ahraspenddn,

AV. 10,1. 15,21. adj. all-glorious,

(trad, amhuspend)

t^tej))^

s.; pi.

amahraspendand,

o-mDk. 144,2. the

— ^

33

ameshaspends, or archangels; variants of

ameshospend

and

The medial yi is probably merely a mis-

ame§hospcnddn.

writing of y n j , although common in many MSS. AY. 12,4. Hn. 2,23. adj. strong, powerful, mighty;

amdvand, see

amdvand.

Z. acc.

AY. 12,15. 14, p. 15,13. Hn. 1,8. ».strength,

amavandth, power, might.

.

amuvand

o Q y i j ^ j ^ / amdvandyish,

-f- abst. suf. j ^ j

-ih.

AY. 15,20. in E20, adv. strongly, power-

fully, mightily; substituted for j ^ j h o m a n d y i s h . +

adv. suf.

amdvand

-yish.

hamdi,

adv. ever, continually, always, perpetually; used with

the pres. in AV. 12, 65,4. 19, 41, 43, 80, 100,3. 21, 22, 27, 28, 30, 38, 46, 52, 58, CO, 96, 99, 2. 40, 7. 42,2,7. 48,2,4. 55, 90,1. 64,5,6,,12. 68, 2,5. 87, 8 . with the pret. in AY. 7, 23, 25, 32-34, 39, 43-45, 59, 62, 66, 76, 88,2. 12, 1 2 ) 15. 14,12. 15,19. 16,4. 22,31, 37, 65,70, 77,8. 29, 47,2,6. 4 9 , 3 , 4 , 9 . 50, 63, 71, 73, 78, 81, 87, 8 9 , 2 , 3 .

56, 57, 83, 9 1 , 1 .

64,2-4.

95,i,2. 99, 5. 100,2,6. GF. 4,23. with the past part, in AY. 23, 44, 67,3. 26, 35, 40, 49, 51, 94,2. 66, e. 72,1. 76, 1 ) 8 . 79,4. and with the perf. in AY. 15, 20. 20, 2. 99,4.; it is often, however, widely separated from the v e r b , or used independently, as in Mkh. 7,17. 15,6. 62,36,3s, 40. etc. Pers. (^»Ja, or

comp. Z.

ham-actun, same reason.

GF. 2,15. adv. in like manner, so also, for the

ham -(-

j y ^ w ham-babd, dam ham-babd,

.

actun\

Pers. ^ ( X x + j s ,

Dk. 145,8. in the adv. phrase ^ J J ^

on the same subject, in like manner.

J^G

ma-

+

j^Jj

ham

baba. ham-budik, herent.

ham

Dk. 144,1. adj. coexistent, simultaneous, inhud (Pers. j J ,

or

-f- adj. suf. a -ik. Neither

the reading, nor the meaning, is quite certain. ham-pursishn, the s.

ham-pursakth.

AY. 4,35. in K20, adj. substituted for ham + y ^ i J ^ ^ j

pursishn.

34

Qg ham-pursakih,

AY. 4,35. Hn. 2,32. s. mutual inquiry,

conversation, colloquy, communion; see sakth.

ham + amat,

1 0 1 , 10, 2 4 - 2 6 .

(Pers. x-w^J) +

abst. suf. j ^ j

-ih.

AY. 1, ie. 4, s, 35. 8, 9,1. 16, u . 17,ie, 19. 18,5,11. 42, e.

GF.

2,

18, 23, 28, 33.

pursak

dush-ham-ptir-

1 , 2, 4, 1 8.

2 , 26, 34-36, 61.

3 , 8, 16, 80.

adv. wlien, aS; AY. 4,

2, 28, 37.

28-32.

4 , 21.

Hn.

1,7,13,

17, 2 1 - 2 4 . 54, 4 . GF.

4,20. though, although; AY. 4,25. 17,15. 64,6. that; AY. 18,2. so that, whereupon; AY. 68,19. even, yet; sides, when, moreover; 5,3.

A ) ^ chand amat,

bard

SjOc^chigun amat,

amat;

amat,

GF. 3,55. be-

AY. 3,3. 17, u .

GF. 2,8. as though, as when, as if. Sas.

Heh. TO» Chald. Tin, TJ^N, no"1«, Syr. ^ilof Ar.

which words are generally, but not always, interrogatives. ka,

or

GF.

he, which being also the Paz. of

roneous interchanges of humat,

mun and

Paz. syn.

mun, often leads to eramat.

adj. used as a s. what is well-thought, a good thought;

see ^ ^ O V dush-humat. omatat,

A variant of

humat.

AY. 4,4. adv. with suf. when (as, or though) of

(to, for, by, or through) thee; when (as, or though) thy, or thee. amat

-f- pron. suf.

-at of 2 a pers. sing.

amatich, though even.

Dk. 144. 2. adv. with conj. when also,, and when, amat

amatash,

-f-

ich.

AY. 1 2 , 1 2 . GF. 3,60,83. Hn. l , i o . 2 , 4 , 3 7 . 3,37.

adv. with suf. whr-n (as, or though) of (to, for, by, or through) him, her, or it; when (as, or though) his, her, its, him, or i t , chigun amatash, •jfj -ash

GF. 2,7. as soon as by him.

JfOCy

amat

+ pron. suf.

of 3 pers. sing. d

amatshdn,

AY.

2 , 4 . 4 , 9 .

GF. 2,12,13. 3 , 4 4 , 5 1 . Hn. 2,28,32.

12,is.

14,15,20.

amatshdno,

15,13.

GF.

3,

17,2.

58, 59,

as. adv. with suf. when (as, or though) of (to, for, by, or through) them; when (as, or though) their, or them. -shaii of 3 pers. pi. a

amat

+

pron. suf. y^JO

~ amatam, when (as,

- V g

35

A V . 12,9. 101,4. GF. 2, u . 3, bd. adv. with suf.

or though) of (to, for, by, or through) me; when (as, or amat +

though) my, or me. ^^^^

pron, suf. jÇ -am

omatmân, A V . 54, n . 68,4.

of 1 st pers. sing.

amatmunô, Dk. 152,5.

adv. with suf. when (as, or though) of (to, for, by, or through) us; amat -(- pvon. suf. y^yÇ -man

when, (as, or though) our, or us. of 1 st pers. pi. ç^u +

ham

hamich, Dk. 149,3. adv. with conj. together also.

(O^ -ich. ham-zamân,

ham-zamdno,

jai^^» pavan ham-zamân,

in the adv. phrase ))£) pu van ham-

GF. l , i s . 3, 8i,sb.

zamâno, G F . 3, 60, 61, 68, 83. 4, 2, 9, 19, 27. at the same time, at once, imham +

mediately, simultaneously. fÙ£

ham-dmâ,

GF. 3,49. adj. of the same opinion, unanimous,

ham +

acquiescent.

zamâu.

-HfO

dtnd-,

Pâz.

syn. ^fÇJJ^OO.Ç'

ham-

dâdistân A

JJO^

ham-dino,

or ham-dcno, A V . 101, is. of the same religion,

having the same form of worship.

ham

M^IJ'^OOO^' Dk. 151,8-9. probably

-f

j f y dind)

Z. .^GjuSo»

for H ^ t y ' ^ - X J ^ '

yuntano, s. bringing together, combination, union. ^

ham-yait-

ham + —

ydityuntand. ^ J t D ^ O O ^ ham-dddistdn, A V . 2,20. l ^ J t i i ^ O O ^ ham-dudistand, N. 78,9. adj. of the same opinion, unanimous, acquiescent, consenting. jv

ham

+

/V^ftii^OO^

dddistun; Huz. syn. - u j ^ ^ * » ham-dadistdnih,

cence, concurrence, consent. -U

ham-dind.

A Y - 1,2». s. unanimity, acquiesham-dddistun

+

abst. suf.

-th. ^jO^yOL^'

umeshospend, A V . 58,6. s. an amesMspend, immortal

benefactor, or archangel; one of the seven principal good spirits whose

36

^

-

g

chicf duty is the preservation of the universe, and whose names are: Auharmazd

(who being the creator, is usually mentioned Vohuman,

separately from the other six), (Z. ash a vahishta), Horvadad,

Shatvcro, Amcrodad;

and amahraspend.

Ardavahisht

^e^jj^jiS

Spendarmad. ameshospcnd

see ^ q j ^ j ^ »

and

PI. ^ ( ¿ j i i ^ y ^ . amesliospenddn, A V . 3,21. 0,11.

1 1 , 2 , 1 5 . G F . 2,59. 4,25. j ^ i ^ j i J ^ j ^ amcshospendund, G F . 1,25. Z. nom. a c c . p l . - j u ^ a ^ g j i . fuiftjjtfu; Paz. ameshdspencl; or

Pers.

ja^wLkof,

, A

jt

ameshospend, A V . 11,1. GF. 2,73. s. see the preceding;

ameshospcndan, AV. 3,21. 5,10,12. 101,3. GF. 2,55,57.

pi.

amcshospcnddno, G F . 1 , 1 s, 19. ^

hamak, see

bar-hamak.

khcimrd (trad, amnu)

GF. 2,49,51. s. an ass, a donkey.

Hcb. lion, Chald. ion, N^fn, £Ocn, Syr. j - i a l , Paz. syn.

Ar. ^tU-;

khar.

dmukhtand, v. to teach, to instruct, to learn; past part. fty g

dmiikht,

AY. 68,19. see also f t V ^

khup-dmukht

and

dush-dmukht. Pers. ^iik^jof, or ^./.s^xl; Huz. syn. alpuutano. L

hamvdr.

.'.tntinually. Peri,

AY. 38.«. adv. at all timos always, constantly . or s^L+s:.

amuzdnulanu.

A^.

u> wake ieach. dmurzislm. AY. 05,9. s. forgiveness, pardon.

(ml. of Pers. ^JovJoT) -j- abst. suf. -is/m;

dmtirz

Pers. JL-^T.

g dmurziddr, s. a forgiver, a pardoner; (used as adj.) forgiving, merciful. Oomp,

dmurzujdrtar,

GF. 3,94. more

X

-

3 7

^

of a forgiver, more merciful, more compassionate. dmurzidand

From

(Pers. ^ J o j ^ j o l ) , hamd-kun,

Dk. 150,12. probably for J ) » ^ hamd-gun:

gon, s. every kind, all sorts, everything; every kind also.

hamo-kunich,

hamo (Pers.

-uG-uy», ^G-uy», Sans, sama)

+

orhamdDk. 150,5.

'all', anc. P. hama, kun ( - -

Z.

gun, 'kind, sort'). The

same word might be taken as an adj. 'of the same kind, alike, similar', but it must be a s. in Dk. 150,5,12. as it is followed by an idhafat; and the Paz. hamoin ^j)

appears to be merely a misreading of it. AY. 3,21. 23, 6, 8. 72, 5. GF. 6,1. Hn. 1,13. pr.

Amerodad,

n. the ameshaspend, or archangel, who is said to have special charge of vegetation, and is styled

Gy^

bar-hdmandtcir,

'the more fruitful',

as he supplies herds of cattle (He extra fol. 10-11); his name is applied to the fifth month and seventh day of each month in the Parsi year. Z. nom. du. - u ^ a u ^ ) ^ - " 'immortality', Paz. Amcrddd, amidar, ( f o r ^ am) -f ^

olo^el.

AY. 42,5. 78,4. GF. 3,31. s. a mother. -dar

ami

(term, of Pers. ^¿»U); Paz. syn.

humidakdno,

mddar.

AV. 6,5,11. Hn. 1,35... s. pi. the departed

souls whose sins and good works have been exactly equal, and who are supposed to remain stationary,

till the day of judgment, in an

int.rinediate place between heaven and hell; the term hamtstakan,

'the

stationary', is also applied to the locality itself in some cases, ju

ham

5

T ^itJ)- ^stah (fr. Z. std) -f- pi. suf. )yo -and- comp. Sans, or

hand may perhaps stand for harnishak,

constantly.

hamdi.

adv. always, ever, continually,

perpetually,

Pers. h a m i s h a k - s d j , AY. 2,32. adj. ever-burning.

Cyrt3 hamtshak

sanstha;

-j-

soj. hum - yekavimundd,

in the adv. phrase

AY. 6,2. adj. standing together; pavan

ham-yekavimundd,

in the

38

- y>

same position, stationary.

ham + fCy)

yekavhnund(Jano); ham-daman, Kan. variants of

Paz. syn, ^ J t i ) ^ »

GF. 3, si. ham-zamdn

hamtno,

yekavlmiindd

ham-istad.

ham-damdno, and

(p. p. of

GF. 3, «8. in

ham-zam&nd.

N. 77,9. 126,6. s. summer, tlie summer time, the

hot season. Z.

or ^ J j f i ^ i y *

ham-gtiMik, AY. 2,23. GF. 3,76. adj. and adv. of a like kind, similar, alike, such; so, accordingly;

tyf^

pavan ham-gCmak, AY.

101,25. in such a mode, in like manner, similarly. Sas.

ham -f- yy

gunak;

ham-gunaki. yj an-, a privative particle used for a ~a before vowels and ¿J s.

Z. -(.»>) Sans, an-,

Gr. «»'-.

y> an, pron. that, that one, those; he, she, it, him, her, they, them; see

anicho and yi -an,

ana.

-and, the plural suffix, used with both animate and

inanimate objects, and with adjectives used as substantives; it is also added to the pron. suffixes to form their plurals. As. emph. pi. suf. -ami, -dni, -dna.

Sas. ^

The suf. j ^ j

-an, -iha

Pers. is also

used to form the pi. of a few nouns. )A> -an,

))*> -and,

patronymical adjectives;

patron, suf. affixed to proper names to form see

Atiharmazdakdnd,

yfji^yjyt

Auharmazddn,

Pdpakdno,

.ttyA^* Mdrspenddn,

j^Aj^jAiii^yj

jy^u^yiy) Zaratiihashtdn,

Vishtdspdno,

etc.

yi -An, \y» -and, pr. p. suf. affixed to crude verbs to form present participles, see j j a ^ j baramano, )a>£)0>) ntydzdn, drdyan, The suf.

giryan,

etc.

Pers.

Z. -ana,

ndldn, -an,

y^uSi

Sans. -ana.

-and (Paz. -ind) is also used sometimes to form a present

participle. yt hti-, adv. pref. well, good, right, proper, opp. of

dtish--,

y,> — -uy>

39

S6fe compounds in a l p h a b e t i c a l order. A n c . P . « - , Gr. si-.

S o m e t i m e s £)}*> khup

yo han,

iS

zak

zak and,

-»»}*> and,

han

su-,

is substituted for this prefix.

H n . 2,20. pron. other, a n o t h e r ; see yyt

b a b l e that }A> i S

-uyt

(Pers.

Z . _>$)», S a n s ,

han.

is m e r e l y a variant of -tuiS

I t is prozaJcdi,

comp.

Hn. 2,2».

or hand,

Hn. 2,21,27,32.

3,20.

D k . 1 4 5 , 3 . pron. t h i s ;

used as interj. G F . 3 , 8 2 . Hn. 2 , 2 c . this is i t ! l o ! b e h o l d ! ; in A Y . 5 4 , 1 0 . -ujAi and

may b e substituted for -jui ac.

or khad,

' t i m e , period' (see t h e n e x t w o r d ) ; account of t h i s , for this r e a s o n ,

-*ty*

because;

2 , 2 8 . appears to stand for -uiiS han,

Hn. 2,20.

Huz. w o r d ,

rdi,

whose P a ? , syn. is e ,

— -a»)*» and,

A Y . 68, c. on

))£) pavan ~uyi

$S

and,

zak

but,

AY.

and,

Hn.

yo

¿5

zak

as

it is

' a n o t h e r ' , comp.

Z. inst. sing. m. n. -m)j>? or uiwji» 5

Chald. ¡H ' t h i s , t h e s e , ^jn.

zakdi,

and

-uy>

5 3 , 5 . 5 4 , 8 . 6 4 , i o . in this way, t h u s , b e c a u s e ;

'one', or it m a y mean

a

it is probably S e m i t i c , comp. H e b .

there! lo! behold!';

Heb.

'behold!';

'this', and -*u ac,

or khad,

Syr.

' o n e ' , being both

e x p r e s s e d by the P a z . syn. e , are s o m e t i m e s confounded b y t h e writers of M S S . 6

-uy>

and,

G P . 1 , 2 . s. time, period, occasion.

¡"Dip, Chald. NJiy 'stated period (for cohabitation)'. be a miswriting o f ^ j ) * > anbam,

or -uy)

vidand,

Ar. ^ f ;

comp. H e b .

T h i s word can hardly as it occurs also in

D k . , see H130, p. 3 4 3 , 1 4 , 1 5 . -j\tyn a variant o f khvdp, or for either

or khvdb,

$fOV>)»

H n . 1 , 2 a . in K20. H n . 1 , 1 0 , 2 3 , 2 8 . s. sleep, slumber.

Z.

Sans,

svapna.

The

final^^j»

Pers. stands

» or^ji».

^•»{yyi khvahar, P e r s . ^jtl^-ia.,

yy*

s. a sister; pi. yiSj^yyi

or

khvdhcnd,

, Z . acc.

pres. 3d pi. of

khvdharan, ,

Sans,

svasri.

khvastano.

AY. 2,17.

40 tfyyt

AV. J , « . 2,30. 4,7,3.1. 8,1. 11,2. 68,7. 101,17.

hukht,

GP.

2,09. Hn. 1, u , 19. 2,32,33. adj. used as s. what is well-said, good speech, good discourse, good words; a word often spoken on solemn occasions; in AY. 8,1. Hn. 2,33. it is also used as the name of the second place, or grade, in heaven, which is called hiikht gali, speech', in Mkh. 57,13.; see dush-hukht

ftyyybt}

and ^ y p O O ^ dush-hukht.

MitVMitVh 0 hankhetunddano, andtunatan)

frd-hukht,

dam hankhetundd, yin hankhetundd,

Z.

Sans,

or

AY.

1,7. 10,12. 94,1.

AV. 2, u .

^M^OT'

J*^ • ma-

j^j yin hankhetund,

sing. •£))#)>)*> 0»)£J f ^

hankhettmam,

forth, I stretch forth; pres. 3 sing. d

pres. 3 pi.

AY. 34,7. AY. 10,9,14.;

hankhetundd, r z

hankhetun,

(trad

AY. 31,2. placed upon, laid upon,

d

3,39,40.;

sukta.

hankhetuntano

put in, introduced, fixed; pret. pres. 1

^OWOKjta)

v. to put, to place, to set, to deposit, to lay; past part.

^ M f O T ' hankhetund,

st

' t h e place of good

AV. 7-10,1.

hankhetuned,

hankhetund,

AY.54, 4 .

85,3.

GF.

I put 2,20,22.

Sas.

Heb. hipli. i r n j n 'thrust down', Chald. aph. riHN, Syr. aph.

2uJj; P?i7. syn.

nihddano,

whose term.

-ddano

is often

adopted by its Huz. equivalent. hu-afrank,

AY. 14, s. adj. well-ornamented, well-decorated,

much adorned, yu hu- + khvdr, ^WOP

GF. 2,42,4s. adj. 1.) easy, facile, comfortable; see

dush-khvdr.

khvdrtar, j^uyv

afrank.

11.) (sometimes) radiant, glorious. Comp.

AV. 6, s. 16,10. I. Pers. ^lyi*. II. Z. - u l ^ m y n . khvdrlh,

s. I.) ease, comfort; see

II.) AY. 5,7. radiance, glory; see - j ^ L ^ u ^ t J

u l

• 0^ Y 00y

dush-khvdrih. yo khvdrylsh,

II.) radiantly, gloriously.

\uyn

khvdr

dush-khvdrth. hamak-khvdrih

-f- abst. suf.

and

-ih.

AY. 5 , 2 . 1 6 , 4 . 1 8 , u . adv. I.)easily, comfortably, khvdr

-f- adv. suf.

-yish.

41 andsdnih, Hn. 3,5. s. disquietude, uneasiness, discomfort. Priv. yn an-

+

asanlh. AY.

anast, irreverence, profanity.

40, 55, e. 90, 97,4. GrF. 3,29. s. dispraise,

Priv. y) an-.

'praise'); comp. Z.

JtJ)^ dst (Pers.

orlx.*/f,

. This word is usually associated with

some other noun meaning 'falsehood', and it can itself be read

ardst,

'untrue', but in that case, it would be properly an adj.x JtD-U)« khvast, p. p. of

khvastano.

s. a demander, an entreater, a petitioner, a

khvdstar, suitor, an applicant; pi.

ft»*)*»

khvdstdrdn,

From t)fQ) iU )t w khvastano-,

vajir-khvastardn.

andstareto,

see

Pers.

anddstarcto.

A Y . 31, 45, e. 46,5. 63, 8 . 87,7. 89,10. GF. 3,

5^2)-")*» khvdstak,

95,97. s.

A V . 91,«. see also

wealth, riches, treasure, property, opulence. Pers.

c w l ^ ;

Huz. syn. -u^)) varka

and

niksaya.

khvdstdko-kdmakih, wealth, cupidity.

yfQkhvdstak

))ft}) khvastano,

or

+

A Y . 91,6. s. a desire for

t^^ kdtnak -f- abst. suf. j y

4h.

v. to wish, to w i l l , to desire, to want, to

require, to demand, to summon, to solicit, to beg, to petition, to entreat, to implore; past part.

jiJ^o khvast,

A V . 1,21.; pres. 3d pi.

j^^i^m

khvdhSnd, Hn. 2,35. Pers. ^ j J ^ f ^ i . ; Huz. s y n , ) ) ^ ^ ) ) t ^ b a v i h u n a s t a n o . fti)M)*)

cmdst-gubishn,

profanely; pi. used as a s. yjjq^y irreverent speakers.

+

speaking

f Q ) ^ ) ^ andsl-gubishndn,

A Y . 90,4.

p£2)J>}A> anast +

/"\j hu-bodtar,

Hn. 2,20. — yo hu- +

b o b m ,

- j y i j j ) « hu-boiih, hu-boi

Iln. 2,21.; sup.

yya

hu-bodlum,

bodj Z. j Q j i j i j ) ^ .

AY. 5,7. s. sweet scent, perfume, fragrance.

-f- abst. suf. j y

-ih.

klmp, AV. 2, 4,24. 12,14. 15,9. Hn. 2, so. adj. and adv. good, fine, excellent, pleasant ; well, perfectly; c o m p . ^ ^ j ^ u khuptar,

Hn. 2, so.

Z>

Pers.

-'O'HJOO^iCyS)^ good government,

hu-pddakhshahih,

^w hu- +

aupardano, aupdrd,

AV. 9,8. s. good monarchy,

AV. 61,2.

up. Pers. ( j i X ^ b j i ,

pddakhshdhih.

v. to swallow, to devour; past part. bard

aupdrd.,

or ^ J U i L j t .

AV. 61,2. swallowed

45 ^y g formed.

Hn. 2,39. adj. well-instructed, well-in-

hhüp-ämükht,

£))*> khüp +

dmukht

or auftudano.

avapatädanö, or aüftadanö,

(p.p. of M ^ C V ^

ämükhtanö.)

or

v. to f a l l , to drop, to descend;

avapatadanö, imper. 2 a sing1.

or aüft,

G F . 2,3, 18, 21, 24, 28, 33, 38, 43, 50, 53, 56, 63, 66. 3, 2, 13, 18, J J 28, 37, 42, 65, 87, 90, 93, 96. PerS. ^¿LiÜ^f, (jiXXj^l, ^ Ä i j l , (jOLXit, ^tXXat, 9 t ^ J u O i l , or ,j«Äit; Z. avi -f- pat] Sans, ava pat.

avapat,

\scQyo

comp, of gj)A> khüp.

khüptar,

v. to make fall, to throw down; fut. 3d pi.

aüftinidand, bard

aiiftinand,

AY.

2,12.

Caus. of

aüf-

tädanö. hü-frdishmo-däto, fräshmö-dätö,

N . 76,8.

l^OO,-^-"^^

N. 7 7 , 8 , 1 1 . 126,5. s. the forth-going, onward progress,

or withdrawal, of the sun; sunset and evening twilight; the first quarter of the night (see Z.-Pahl. Glos. 42, rX

Z. j y j A U j . ^ C f f J ^ f t ) • ^O* 5

see further H a u g , Ueber den gegenwärtigen Stand der Zendphilologie, p. 17-21.

hü is the same as Z. hvarc

'sun'; fräshmö

( t o be derived

from as 'to reach') probably means 'arrival'. Hu-parsh,

GF. 3,36,40,47,49,53,60, ei. pr. 11. the sister of

Gösht-i Fryänö, and wife of A k h t the sorcerer. Pärsi y i ^ i C , or but this reading wants confirmation, and perhaps Hü-fryä,

'the well-

beloved', would be preferable. hu-fravad,

Dk. 145,6. variants of the following, yo hü- +

fravado,

hu-farvard, vardö,

A Y . l , i e . in all MSS. but Hi7,

or hu-fravard,

A Y . 1,1 e.

Dk. 144,6. adj. having an excellent fravashi,

hüfravad. hu-fra-

spiritual counter-

part, or guardian angel; a term of respect applied to deceased persons; blessed.

hü- +

flj^gj

aüpastanö,

fravard. v. to fall, to drop; past part.

aüpast,

46

ei)*» -

AV. 9 3 , i . ; pret. dandj

aupast,

vr*

AV. 43,2.* Sec

ciuftd-

and perhaps this verb, which is also traditionally pronounced

hupastan, astand,

might be better read aufdidano\ or

^^

IIuz. syn.

n(

fl'* i n -

neflunidano. Qyj khup-kartl,

Qyo khup +

kard

?0 J )4)) A ' hii-pokht, pokht (p. p. of ^ ^ M S J

AY. 14,8. adj. well-made, well-constructed. (p. p. of

kardand).

AV. 3,19. adj. well-cooked.

adj. well-believing, firmly reliant, stead-

fast in faith; pi. used as a s. ywynj-5^

flE^PCD)

+

pokhtand).

¿jja) khup-varoishn,

5,io. firm believers.

hu-

¿J^A) kb/up -f-

khup-vastard,

khup - varohhnan,

AY.

varoishn. AV. 14,20. adj. well - clothed, well-

draped, well-carpeted, g^w khup

+

fl^JtJ))

vastard

(p.p. of

vastardano). foy* khud., pron, self, himself, herself, itself, (or with any other personal pron.); see Sans,

Pers, J y a . , Z. ^^»jj^w ,

khud-pcddk.

svatas. -u^yM khudd,

AV. 1,13. s. a ruler, a sovereign, a monarch, a lord,

a master; see -u^o^A)^ rad-khudd; kadak-khudddn.

Pers.

pi. y^y^oyn khudadn,

see — ^ ^

More commonly written -ui^o^u

khuddi. i^yfy^cyi

khuda-homand,

loyal, obedient.

khuda

y* khudaih,

AV. 1,20. adj. having a master, subdued, +

pos. suf.

humand.

AV. 1,6. s. rule, sovereignty, monarchy, empire,

lordship; see -j^jjj^^m khuddyih. Artakhshatar,

~

khudd -f- abst. suf. j ^ j - lb.

see ^OO^)^ 0 }**

* This sentence may be more literally translated: several children, and ever screamed',

Artokhshatar.

'who fell at the feet of

tr» Artakhshatarmi, y^si^yj

khuddyan,

47

see

pi. of -tu^yn

Arotakhshatardno. khudai.

hti-tak, AV. 55,5. adj. well-flowing, quick-running, rapid. yihu- +

Pers. ¿b", crd. of ^ J o O o ; comp. ^¿».Is - ),

tdk (Z.

-juj^^j

khudai,

AY. 3,8. GF. 3,34,72,79,85. s. an autocrat, a ruler,

a sovereign, a monarch, a lord, a master; see and u u ^ ^ w ^ J i arad-khuddl;

pi. yQitpyt

99,9,io. see also y^u^cyi

rad-khiiddi

khuddyan,

AY. 12,14. 14,19.

kadak-khuddyan.

Pers. ^ ( t X ^ , Z.

-u^jjujQuy). Sometimes written -u^>y> khucld. •i^at^cyi 1 or -i^tii^yi)

khudayih,

AY. 7, s. Dk. 144,8,10. 145,4.

s. rule, sovereignty, monarchy, empire, reign, lordship; see khudaih.

— -uj^yj

khudai

-f- abst. suf.

^Ai^Ofi) y>y> khud-pcddk, +

^u^yi

-ih; Pers. ^ ( j X .

GP. 2,40. adj. self-evident,

khuil

peddk. ^-jQQu^y)

hu-tukhshdk,

adj. well-endeavoring, properly industri-

ous; pi. used as a s.

hii-tilkhshdkdn,

AV. 14,19. artizans,

workpeople, laborers; the fourth class, or caste, of the Mazdayasnian community,

yt hu- +

tukhshak;

Artokhshatar,

syn. of Z. ¿(jJ^J^i)»»

Dk. 150,11. pr. n. the first king of the

Sasanian dynasty, who reigned A.D. 226-240; also written ^ O O ^ ) * * Artakhshatar,

and

Artakhshadar,

or

ArdakhsMv,

other kings of the. same dynasty, as well as some of the Achsemenians, bore the same name. Sas.

Artakhshatar,

shathrd (Z. areta + khshathra), atizpatak, + pat.

, Gr. ^fna'i-iQ^g.

Dk. 145,4. s. upsetting, overthrow, fall. Z. us

The reading is uncertain. hu-cluhar,

^St^-D^0

Pers.

ane, P.Artakh-

hu-cluhartar,

adj. well-faced, handsome, beautiful; comp. AV. 4,2 2. — y: hu- -f

chihar.

48

A> — hu-chashmyish,

V »

A V . 91,5. adv. with a kind eye, with

a good aspect, f a v o r a b l y , propitiously, +

chashm

adv. suf.

indulgently.

hit-

+

-yUli. A V . 1,21. 2 , 6 . 101, s.

hctnjaman,

A Y . 8,2.

hanjamano,

s. an assembly, a meeting, a convention, a council, a congregation. ^jsvil,

Z . acc. pi.

o ^ j ^ j ) ^ kenishayd,

Pers.

5 Huz. syn. ).iAu (trad.) arsan or

kinshyd,

ICy)** anicho, D k . 152,4. pron. with conj. those also, them yo an +

also.

)£^-ichd. auzdistar,

an idol.

and

A V . 68,11. s. an i m a g e ,

a graven image,

means originally 'built up, or made lofty', and hence

Auzdist

any building which has high towers, or minarets, such as idol temples and tombs for the dead, which have always been objects, or places, of worship among idolatrous people; but the erection

of lofty

buildings

for such purposes, is as much opposed to the spirit of the Mazdayasnian religion, as idolatry itself.

[Dest.] T h e form of the noun appears to be

that of the agent, 'a setter up', from a verb auzdistand, to erect'.

Z. - u y j ^ j ^ ) c o m p . uzdest,

stitutes uzdezar

'to heap up,

Mkh. 2,93,95. 36,11.

(comp. Mkh. 2,95. 6,7. 27, ci.) the

H i s subof Bund.

41, 15, 17. u^yu

avla,

A Y . 3,15. 4,2. in IC20,

adj. first, primary.

tum\ •flfcta

substituted for

Chald. "piN, N^IX,

Ar.

^fl^g

S^l;

fra-

P a z . syn.

fratu™khurdak,

G P . 2,6i. adj. small, little, minute.

Pers.

sO^X,

SO^ia., or Dit^

khurdand,

A Y . 20, 51,2. 76,7. G F . 2,12. v. to eat, to devour,

to f e e d upon, to swallow, to consume, to drink; past part. ^y*

khurd,

A V . 96,7.; pret.

khvav,

H u z . syn. D ^ l j ^ O O )

khurd,

AY.

vashtamuntano.

73,2.

Pers.

^o^«.-»., Z .

V khurdiA-,

iJ^^w

49

A Y . 3 , 1 9 . s. broth,

soup.

Persi. ^eO^-ia..

form of the word is that of an adj. from

The

(Per?.

idtard

'meat') meaning 'belonging to, or extracted fi.om, meat, or food'. y^yi

A V . 2,22,28. 3,10,20. 1 5 , 3 , 0 . 4S, 7. GS,17. 70, 8 f , r„

khurhhn,

77, s. H n . 3,38,39.

U H i ^ ^ khtìrishnìi,

AY.

3 m. O F . 2, »7,29, :n, 02,04.

H11. 2, as. 39. s. eating, food, victuals, eatables. - f - abst. suf. y^

khurdano) ^y^Sy)

OMS) yfy^Syo

P.

see ^ y ^ y s

AV.

khurshed,

bisraid-khitrishnih

9,4. 1 T>, 19. 72, g. O F . 2, ei,

day of each P a r s i m o n t h ;

3,4,7,10,15. ^^JSyt

^-QJG)

A Y . 9 , 7 . the s u n - t r a c k , the firmament of the s u i \

pdyuk,

; Z. (trad.)

oQ^JOj

fraz-kharishnih.

the aim ; the eleventh

khurshed

-ishn.

khiirishnih,

and

Syo klntr (crd, of

.

5 IIuz. syi\

Pers.

-u^S^S

zabzubd. A Y . 3 , 4 , 5 . adj. j o y f u l ,

"^yo kharam., eomp.

khuramtar.

glad,

A Y . 4 , 1 4 . Pers.

cheerful, or

'

delighted; 7>- Itu

+

ram. ^jfjSS-^yo

G F . 0,5. pr. TI. a P a r s i mobad, or pnest,

Hórmazd-yar,

who lived in the 1 3

th

Auharmazd-atyydr,

'a friend, o r ' a d h e r e n t , of A u h a i m a z d ' .

-Hy^yt delight.

khuramth,

The

A Y . 5 , 7 . s. j o y f u l n e s s , gladness,

hu-ravukh-minishmh

n c s s , h a p p i n e s s , b l i s s f u l n e s s , felicity. vanh,

comp. also ^ p j

aùrvur,

P à z . form of ^ ¿ y f t j j u y ^ y n y j

•+• abst. suf. - j y - t i r , P e r s .

khurani

•¿(¿ytoy^iy^y*

century A . I ) .

-f A V . 4, 1 4 , is. 1 3 , 6 .

cheerfulness,

^ ^ .

, A Y . 1 4 , 7 . s. j o y f u l - m i n d e d huminishn

+

J ^ y ^ ravukh +

abst. suf. j y

A V . 14,12.

ra-ih,

15, is. 1 7 , n . 2 3 , 0 , a. G F . 2 , 7 0 .

H n . 1 , 6 . 2 , 1 8 , 2 8 . s. a tree, a plant, vegetation, v e g e t a b l e s ; atlrvaran,

(Z.

pi.

Z. _ulu»)>. 7

y^^yt

50

V

—

ftM-rosi, AV. 4, is. 18, u , Hn. 2, stature^, beautiful,

yt hu- +

yMfSy* huzvSn,

adj. well-grown, high-

rost (p.p. of

rostano);

Z.

AV. 26, 33, 63,79,2. 81, 97, i. Dk. 149,«. 150, T.

AV. 90, 96, i. OF. 3, so. s. the tongue; a language,

huzvdnd, speech. Z.

; anc. P . izdva ?; Per8. ^ L j ,

or ^ l i j ; Sans.

Huz. syn, -«>M> shand.

jihvd;

N. 77, s. a. the Uzayeirina Gah, or period

auzayerind,

of the day, which lasts from 3 P. M. till dusk. Z. khust, highway.

GF. 1,3,8. s. a beaten road, a trodden track, a

Pers.

i t H f t l ) ^ austdd, master.

.

GF. 6,5. s. a teacher, a preceptor, a tutor, a

Pers. aliLwl, or ¿ b L ^ f . ,

j

AV. 47, a. p. p. used as adj. shaven, shaved.

aunturdak,

Pers. bO^juJ . hUstovdr, or austovar,

adj. strong, firm, secure, steadfast,

constant, faithful, trusty; pi. used as a s. jjuVujj-^^u hustovdrdn, 15,16. Pera.yyCwl, (Sans,

° r S j f j - i * ; perhaps

M - + Z.

sth&vara). or austobdr,

hustobar, Muz. syn.

^ustGrdak, AV. 47, ¡j. in Kzo, a variant of ^ ^ J t l ) ^

qjjju =

y j ^ o , which see in alphabetical order. ansipds,

+

GF. 2,si. adj. see the preceding.

sharira.

austurdak.

}u an-

AV.

-y^iyj

AV. 61

adj. unthankful, ungrateful.

Priv.

sipds,

htirsrob, adj. well-famed, well spoken of, of good repute,

respected, honored, renowned; hH-srobtar, _«»i>)x>jy.

-¡or»

51

see^jj^jflynj^ Kai-Khusrobo.

AY. 1,32. — yu hu- +

J ^ i i srob;

Comp. Z. nom.

This is also a pr. n. of two kings of the Sasanian dynasty,

and of others; Pers. ^ssyn =

.

o y ^ i ^ o , which see in alphabetical order. AY. 1,22. Dk. 151,11. 152,2. adj. used as a s.

hu-sikal,

good thinking, careful consideration, deliberation, a good idea, +

sikal.

Perhaps

as in hu pddishah,

y* hu-

hu may be here read as a separate adj.,

Mkh. 15,26.

^tAfi)TO)** ausofrid,

AY. 13,7. s. a religious duty, a duty [Dest.];

an offering up with prayer, or consecration, probably of food to some spiritual being; the word occurs several times in the Nirangistan, but without explanation, and is occasionally written ^ j ^ g J T t D ^

austafrid,

Z. )$)»*

hu-dino,

Hn. 2,25,27,3s. adj. of good religion, ritualistic,

religious, godly. }*> hu—|-

dino; Z.

_

u

•

•JQyt khush, AY. 2,26. adj. and adv. pleasant, agreeable, delightful, sweet, good, well; j f j ^ ) - X J ^ khash va bastm, and good. Pers.

or (ji-4-; comp. Z. nom. J

H

AY. 3,is. well u

z

.

syn.

basim. htish, GF. 3,84. s. the understanding, intellect, sense, consciousness. Pers. j ¿ y e , or ( j i j o , Z. j ^ y ) . aosh, GF. 4,23. s. destruction, ruin, perdition, death. Z.

,

Pers. j i j j d , or ,j£je. M^OOOO}*» Dk. 151,9. for M^JOO)*' anddkhtano, to accumulate, to amass, to gather together; see jj^yy^w

v. to collect, anddkhtano;

(this Pahl. verb has rarely the meaning of Pers. ^jJCikfJul). Pers.

52 aftshbSm

(trad, hoshbam)

AY. 4,15. Hn. 2, vs. 3 , 1 1 . s.

daybreak, the dawn. Z. - t ( S a n s , usha) M^OO)*' andakhtand, andakht,

+

-ujjg-mj (Pers. p l j ) ,

v. to throw, to cast, to hurl; pret. ^ y i j y o

AY. 49,3. The MSS. have

the text can be read andakhtand, ^ojj^yy^w Aushtuvat,

(for

afshan,

etc.

^OO^**))

Pers. ^ A ^ - l J o f ,

Hu. 2,5. adj. and s. the Ushtavaiti Gatha,

collection of metrical versos (Yas. 43-36), so called from its beginning with the word ushtd.

Z.

.

ndazishno,

Dk. 144,7. s. a conjccture, an estimate, an

a

opinion.

&Q)*) andaz

(erd. of

anddzitland)

+

abst. suf.

-inhno. ^DO)*' andazali, A.Y. 27,5. s. a measuring rod, a linear measure, a measure of length. Pers. 5^1 J u f . anddztdand,

v. to put together, to conje ture, to estimate,

to compute, to calculate, to measure, to weigh; comp. dakhtano;

pret. ^j^O^w anddzld, angdrdano,

AY. 15, a.

~

.AY. 5,5. Pers. ^ j j o y j o f .

v. to enumerate, to recount, to repeat, to

relate; pret. ^-»(3)*» angdrd, raid,

an

AY. 3,21.; pres. 3d pi. S^S^y*

Per?. ^ t ^ L D I , or ^ J o ^ l X i f ;

Z. hankcre,

angdSans.

sahskri. hUshydryish, whilst conscious. s if.

AY. 2,31. adv. consciously, intelligently,

hushyar

(Pers. ^Lyksc, or

+ adv.

-ytsh. f-Hjy* lthushlc, GF. 3,40,89,91. adj. dry, arid.

- j y ^ j f j y o khushkih, -f- abst. suf. -j^j -ih; hangam,

Pers. ¿ L i X . , Z.

AY. 18,3. s. dryness, drought,

khfishk

Pers. AY. 15,3. N. 76, 3. 77, 6. 126,3. s. time, period,

53 season, hour.

Pers.

or

; Paz. ogam;

comp. Z.

—i^iu

'winter'; Huz. s y n . ^ y a j arib&m, which may,however, be merely a variant produced by writing andam,

AY. 19, 65, 89,3. 30, 45,2. 58,5. s. a part of the

body, a limb, a member. handm,

or andm,

yo for ^^J*» •

Pers. p t J u f , Z. -»fiju^j^-up* ] Huz. syn.

which is probably a mere variant. hoshmurdand, v. to count, to enumerate, to recapitulate,

to recite; pr.st part.

hoshmurd,

Die. 152,4.

Qtyity'i Huz. syn. J ) ^ 0 ) ) ^ ) ^

Z. part.

anshuta,

Pers.

^o^co,

mamtuntano.

AY. 1,2. 7 , 9 , 4 . 16,5. 55,7. GF. 2,41,46,54, ei.

Hn. 1,31. s. man (without distinction of sex), mankind, a human being, a person, an individual; pi. yyiqcy^yo

anshutdan,

AY. 6,7. 88,2,5.

40, 47, 84,6. 46,2. 51,5. 80,2,7. GF. 1,18,24. AY. 1,3. GF. I,i7. people.

Heb. t ^ m , Chald. tWN, NtfJK. rW-UN. Syr.

As. nisu, khushniid, pleased.

anshutddnii,

Ar. ^ U L o ^ ; Paz. syn.

mardilm.

AV. 70,7. adj. contented, satisfied, acquiescent,

Pers. OyXj&yi, OyX&L., or ( X L i X , Z. - n y ^ y ^ » •

^j^ymyo

khushnudih,

AY. 13,8. s. contentment, satisfaction, ac-

quiescence, pleasure.

khUshnud

-f- abst. suf.

-ih;

Pers.

9 ( g O j i M j j * - , Or ^¿yjMl.¿> . ^yi khUk, ijty,

G F . 2,49,51. s. a pig, a hog, a sow.

Sans, sukara.

ilarly-written

Pers.

Z.

This word must not be confounded with the simkhulc — Pers.

hu-kunishn,

'a sister'.

Hn. 2,25,27,3s. adj. well-doing, well-acting,

well-performing, doing good deeds,

po hu-

•+-

kfttiishn]

Z. syn.

hom, Hn. l , i s . s. the name of a plant, brought from Persia, whose j u i c e , extracted by bruising it in a mortar and called -^yij^i}

54 pardhom,

fy is tasted, as an essential rite, in the most solemn religious

ceremonies of the Parsis; the Brahmans use another plant, with the equivalent name soma, for a similar purpose.

The word

horn is

also applied to the juice itself, and to a yazad, or angel, supposed to preside over it. Z. - u ^ l j j ^ t , Pers.

Sans. soma.

Hum, or 2um, GF. 2, n. 3,92. num. second. ord. suf.

y II, or 2, -f-

-um. homdsto

(trad, hilmast)

N. 78,1. s. (probably) some por-

tion of a religious ritual, or ceremony.

This word occurs frequently

in N. and its meaning seems to be defined in the following passage (Hs, fol. 54 b): J^J)))^

ItfJ*

»tfjm^

I^OO-5

^

'there are (some) who utter part of a Yasht, that is, there

are (some who) utter a homast';

one homdst

of the Visparad, one of

the Had6kht, and two, ten and twelve homdst UtD'H^jW^J

are

likewise mentioned.

'

or

In the Pahl. translation of Yasht

11,18. (L12, fol. 112 b) the first Yasht is said to be the Navar (\>*) ) ; the uppermost, the Visparad; the middle, one homdst of the Hadokht; the foremost, twelve homast p. 23, the name of the 20

th

(fCD^-^jO»^).

in the Pahl-Paz. Glos.

Nask is given as

SO^^OO''

which may be 'the twelve homasts of the Hadokht', as the name dodzdahomast

does not occur in the list of the Nasks given in the Din-kard,

although it is substituted for damddd Paz. Glos. p. 108).

in some later lists (see Pahl.-

In a Paz. Rivayat, copied by Peshotan bin Fredun

in A.Y. 1020 (L s, fol. 72 b), the words buni hvmdst, of the homast\

'the beginning

have had a Pers. gloss (struck out by a later hand) as

follows: tXAjf^iXAvo j . L o f ^ l j*Lx«jjc 'that is, after the Yesnim (ycsntm,

y

Yas. 21) and just the place where

they recite the Homanam-uzdatanam' ( h a o m a n a m uzddtanam,

Yisp. 10,

which follows Yas. 21 in the Vendidad-sadah); from this it would appear that Yisp. 10 is the beginning of the homdst Perhaps fy*

hom -f-

(Pers. c u l , or

of the Visparad. 'praise').

55 humdndk,

AY. 8,7. 9,4. 15,19. 19,48, 70,2. 36, 43, 44,3.

GF. 2,55,57-61. s. often used as adv. a likeness, a resemblance; in appearance, like, alike, resembling. Pers. bL*c, or b L c , Z. Sans,

upamdna. N. 77,2. probably a miswriting of Mmat,

homanac.

AY. 1,43. 2, so. 4,7,33. 7,1. 11,2. 68,7. 101,17. GF.

2,69. Hn. 1,14,19. 2,32,33. adj. used as s. what is well-thought, a good thought, proper thinking; a word often spoken on solemn occasions; in AY. 7,i. Hn. 2,33. it is also used as the name of the first place, or lowest grade, in heaven, which is called humat gdh, good thought', in Mkh. 57,13.; see ^-Gyfj^i) dUsh-hiimat.

Z. - u ^ J i p g y , Sans,

homan,

frd-hiimat

'the place of and

sumata.

crude form of the verb 'to be, to exist', used for in Hn. 2,27. Pres. 1 st sing.

hdmanam*

homanam,

AV. 4,

5,24,25. 17,14,15. 18,10. 54,8. 101,7. GF. 3, 62, 78. Hn. 2,25. am, I am; (used as an aux. to form a perf.) AY. 4, 7, 8,28-32. 5, 54,2. 6, 19, 20, i. 1 0 , 8.

1 1 , 4, 15.

1 2 , 1, 9.

16, 1,2.

1 7 , 1, 21-24.

1 8 , 2, 5.

5 3 , 5, 11.

6 8 , 9.

78,8.

101,io. GF. 2 , u . 3,62. Hn. 2,30,31. have, I have; (to forma pas. pres.) AY. 4,28-32. I l , i 4 . 17, 21-24 . 68,18. GF. 3,7s. Hn. 2,3o,8i. am, I am. Pres. 2d sing.

homanih, AY. 17,13. GF. 2,9,10. (in AY. 12,5. _u

becomes -w by the addition of the idhafat) /«O^^A» homanyih, a pert.) Hn. 2,36.

homanih,

Hn. 2,24.

AY. 4,22. art, thou art; (used as an aux. to form

homanih, AY. 4,4. 10,3,4. 11,8,9. hdmanih,

Hn. 2,29,35. 3,34.

68,13,19. GF. 4,25. -*0»i£y> hdmanyth, GF. 3,63. 4 , u . hast, thou hast.

AY. 3, e.

,

'I', as in Hn. 2, s s . Vend. 2,

Yt. 1, 6 . etc., and occasionally where

homanih,

AY.

homanyih,

These various forms of the suffix of

* In translations from the Avesta used to express azem,

homanih,

or

is sometimes

33 . 19, 39 . 22, 2 , S1 , u ,

S4, JS .

azem does not occur, as in Tend 18, 1 9 .; but

it iB doubtful if any instances of these words being clearly used as pronouns can be quoted from pure Pablavi works. The most usual form in old MSS. is

56 the 2 d sing, appear to be used quite indiscriminately, thus IÍ20 substitutes -juj for - u in AY. 10,3,4. 11,8,9. GF. 2,10. 3,21. and for ^

in

GF. 3,63. 4, n . , _u for oqi in AY. 3,6. and for rfy in AY. 4,22., and y

for -xu in Hn. 2,24,35.; it may also be remarked that the suf.

-u ,

y,

-ui, or

of the cond. can hardly be distinguished from

that of the 2 a sing., unless the nom. be in the 1 s t , or 3 d , d

Pres. 3 sing.

hómand,

7,8. is, there is, be there

Tin.

1,35«,

38«

person.

hómanto,

N. 78,

if there be; this form is that of the pret.,

or p . p . , but it appears to be used as a substitute either for ^ j j í

ait

at the beginning of a phrase and often in a cond. sense, or for ^ j j ^ j j ) yekavímüncd

as an aux. forming the perf.; the form ^ j ^ ^ o

hómattéd,

d

which might be expected to represent the 3 sing., is usually confined to the 2 a pi. in old MSS. Pres. I- 1 pi. d

are, we are.

Pres. 3 pi.

hdmand,

hómancm,

AY. 2, 9 ,ip.

AY. 1,25. 6,2,3. 7,4, e. 8, 13,

47, 1)1, 74, 75,3. 9, 5,7. 16,5,9. 42, ?, 5. 66, 77, 4 . 99,6. GF. 1., is, 25. 2, ei. 3,75. N. 78,8. are, they are; (used as an a u x . to form a perf.) AY. 1 , 2, 14, 18-2 0, 2 9, 33. 2 , 2, 4 - 7 , 2 0, 33, 34. 3 , 4 7 , 5. 4 , 2 . 5, 9 , 3. 1 3 , 5, 9, 11.

14,20.

1 5 , 10, 20.

6 9 , 9.

16,3,4.

2 0 , 2. 3 2 , 7 4 , 1 . 4 1 , G, S. 4 2 , 6 .

49, 55, 8.

6 1 , 6 , 7.

70, 7. 7 5 , i , 2 . 99,4,9,io. GF. 3, 49. 4, 25, 26. have, they have; (to form a pas. pres.) AY. 1. 28. Iln. 2,2s. are, they are;

hómanand,

AY.

37,4,6. a r e , they are; (used as an aux. to form a perf.) Dk. 149,6. have, they have; this form is also used as a pos. suf. as detailed below. Conj. 3d sing, ^ y ^ * » hómanád, hómanáe,

GF. 3,21. would b e ; (used as an aux.)

AY. 68,20. •MjqY* hómanáé, Hóman

GF. 3,71. would be.

is used for hóvan

Cond.

-ju^aj*

-u^yo* hómanáe,

N. 77,2. h a d , would haye, might have. (v and m being indistinguishable in Assyrian),

Chald. pres. part. m. pi. ]]in from NVj, Syr. ^ ¿ o í fr. }©*>) ndv

liazdr. or Uiim, num. ninth;

yiy> yt IXum,

y> y i y> j

th

G F . 3,(14. hventy-ninth, 29 .

IXum,

Paz. syn. £y))

A'A va

/A"-j- urd. sul.

-um;

nuhum. or 600, (Paz. shash raz) G F . (!, i. num. cipli. six

DC, hundred

X

VI

(1, or 100; Paz. syn. fQ) -JQ-JQ «/¿asA sad. Vlum, or 6«m, num. sixth: ^ y ^ w G F . 3,22. twenty-sixth, 26»'.

)

Y A va

1 7 + oid. suf.

VIum,

-twi; Paz.

syn. -Gy^-t(j shashtim. Hlum, or Sum, Ilium,

01F. 2, 20. num. third;

G F . 3 , 1 . twenty-third, 23 d ; d

3,95. thirty-third, 33 . IV,

y> III

+

)

)

XX

A A A va IlKim,

ord. sui'.

va GF.

-um.

for this cipher, and its compounds, see jlu

next after (he words beginning with y y . QU 101,12,15.

^a»

ait (trad, hed) XV. 2,22. (J, 10, 22, 52, 7 . 1 0 , 1 4 . 1 1 , e. 54, GF.

1 , 9, 24. 2, 22, 44, 65, 57, 59-61. 3, 73, 79, 82, 91 . I l n . 2, 3,38.

aito, G F . 2,19,39. v. s. 3 d pers. is, it is, theie is, there are, are,

be it, be there, if there be; A Y . 16,4. there are who, some;

^ j j j ait mun, A Y . 1,35. a

^t?-" ^

there are who are of them, some of them; ^ j j j

ait-i,

synshdn, A Y . 16,4. i^V^ —

WCXJ^y

66

-

amatshdno

— hvatman

they have;

all,

— £

proceeds from;

GF. 3,59. whep there is with them, when

OMfi) fraz

-

— aito, A V . 2,14. is forth from,

K rai — ait,

me, I have; ^ j j j - - -juA — ^

GF. 3,97. there are for

lak — rat — ait,

(or are) for thee, thou hast;

— -uA —

A V . 2,13. there is for us, we have.

GF. 3,6,95. there is

lanman — rat — aito,

ait is also used as a suf., or

aux., in certain verbal forms which have a pas. pres. signification ('it is said') and appear to consist of the crude verb - f abst. suf. i t - f ^jjj

ait ('there is a saying'); see

yemaleluni-ait.

Sas.

bavih&ni-dit

aiti,

and

Chald. fVN. TPN, NfTN,

Syr. 2uf;

Paz. syn. fgj)^» hast. aitih, A Y . 5 , u . s. existence, being, reality, continuance, permanence,

^ ¿ i ait +

abst. suf. j ^ j -ihj

comp. however, Syr. (.Lf

Paz. syn.

hastih;

'eternal'.

aito, see yfyu ait. actun, A V . 16,5. 18,7-10. 19, 9. 23,8,9.54, 2. GF. 1,2. 2,9,41. 3,4,44,45,54.

Iln. 2,36.

actuno,

A V . 1, 4,1. 1 2 , 5 . Hn. 2,25,39.

3,3,3«, 38,39. adv. thus, so, such, as; ll^g)*^ — t ) ^ ? - d^tiin — aetun, GF. 2,15. as — so; 5,2,3.

M)^) 1 "

—

U^J-"

octiaid — chigun,

26,27. so as, such as, as — as, so — as. aityuntano,

chigun,

GF.

3,3,5,43.

A Y . 4,20,25. 18,13. Hn. 2, 23, Pers.

or haUyuntano,

^tXjl. (trad, didgxlnatan)

bring, to fetch, to convey; to cause, to produce; pres.

3d

v. to

pi.

aityund,

A V . 80,2. Ileb. hiph. Tin, Chald. aph. VPH» Syr. aph.

Ar. ^ f ;

Paz. syn. hich,

ham-

dnidano.

A V . 2,36. 4, 22. 32, 6. 10J,ie. adj. (generally used with

a negative) any. aS, hi, or khad + hichih,

Pers.

1

or

g f J j probably

a compound of -ut

-ich. G F . 3,34. s. anything,

^ j i hich + abst. suf. -j^j -ih.

— - J 0) J 1 00 , U ayazishnih,

67

J3*

GF. 5, Z.

meaning

want confirmation. J^OO^^ 5 - " d i r t s h t o ,

Dk. 145,2. adj. u n i n j u r e d , unimpaired,

deteriorated, irrefragable, unimpeachable. o ^ j j ^ j i j i agdinoih, -iqJjj

khadili,

khadi!:,

or agdenoih,

or khadijd,

Z.

.

see

(trad, adash)

G F . 2,39. 3, u . D k . 145,5.

AY. 15,22. IT, ic. G F . 3,34. pron. anyone, one, anybody,

some one, another person; (O-j^jJas khadlhich, anybody w h a t e v e r ;

D k . 152,5. anyone even,

A Y . 1,24. some one person, a

khadih-I,

single individual; -jq^a» ftj) hdn khudih,

AY. 78,7. 89,10. -JQ-i-u

hano khadth,

A Y . 83,;,. another p e r s o n , some one else;

kola

A Y . 18,10. 54, s.

khadlh,

everyone.

PI.

2,35.

un-

ftu^iii

khadthdii,

khadihan,

- u ) } kola

-j^Ojj

khudih,

AY. 18, a.

A Y . 62, 94, 6. 64, 8 . 71,9. 73,7. H n .

AY. 24, 88,7. 46,5. 7 1 , 8 . J f t J O ^ "

A Y . 50,6. any others, others,

-ut ac,

or lcliad,

or it may be compared with Chald. N"in> Syr.

khadihano,

-f- abst. suf. - j q

-lh;

If it were not for

the 5 (Z,which is not only trad, but also often circumflexed in the oldest M 8 S . , it would be better to read atsh, H e b . ii^X. P a z . syn. kheshm, indignation; see

or aeshm,

^-ui aigh

A Y . 55,7. s. a n g e r , r a g e , w r a t h , fury, -g^- 3 -" kheshm vakhdund,

kheshm•••.

seized a n g e r , became angry.

leas.

Pers.

(trad, dgh) conj. and adv.

, Z. - j u g y j

G F . 3,60.

.

I.) thus, t h a t ; used after verbs

and adj. of speaking, thinking, seeing, showing, knowing, etc., and before the detail of what is spoken, t h o u g h t , etc.; thus it is used a f t e r : »(jJi^ii H^M/Hi

dkus ychevuntano,

'to be aware', in A Y . 101,20.;

69 khavitimastunu, atiileshidano,

'to know',, in AV. 1,25. 101,12. Hn. 2,24.; 'to think', in G F . 3,4,44,53,70,75.;

farmudand,

'to order', in AAr. 2 , 8 R . 3, is, 22. 4 , 2 . : 'to answer', in AY. 4,24.; 6, 8,3. 7,4. 9,5. etc.; MW^OO

^^OSJ

tano,

pursidano, -peddle,

pctkham

1,12,1-.;

srudand,

'to ask', in A Y . 4,22.

'to send a message', in G F .

J^JO-'O

'to chant', in Hn. 3 , 4 . ;

yakhscnun-

'to posses, to consider', in AY. 5 4 , 8 . 64,10.;

vudunlano,

drdtdanv,

ycmaJcluntano,

i'y«) rang

kardano

mmidand, and MffOM

V»)

'to make an outcry', in A Y . 23,2. 54, u . 80,3. 87, s.

G F . 3,62.;

'to shout', in GF. 1,3. 4, n , 12,14.;

'to say', in A Y . l , i . 2,8. 6 , 5 , 8 . 8,5. 0,7. 1 0 , 3 , 1 2 . etc.;

duijulano, tanu,

da darn,

'declared', in G F . 3,66. H n . 1 , 2 . ;

sheduutano,

'to think', in A Y . 18,10.; vang

pasukhd

or dvadano,

'to shout', in Hn. 3,37.; and

'to say', in A Y . J, 31,3s. 2, is, 22. 3,6,8,13,15. etc.

gufI I . ) that, so

that, as, (at the beginning of a phrase) AV. 1,25. 3,16. 54, 10. GF. 2.5, o, a, 15,41,47. 3, 6, 1 5, 39, 44, 54, 75. Hn. 2,18.

I I I . ) that is, i. c., that is to say,

(before a gloss, or explanation of a preceding word, or phrase) AV. 4 , u , i 8 . 17,12,21. Hn. 1,4, i4. 2,5, 23,25,28, so, 31,37,39. 3,4. used after a comp. instead of £

min)

IV.) than (sometimes

G F . 2,17. 4,10,22. (also when

the comp. snf. is omitted) AV. (!,. G F . 2 , 4 , 2 9 . Hn. 1,38«.

Y.) where,

that, A Y . 7, 8 , i . GF. l , i s . Hn. 2 , 4 , 3 3 .

aigh,

9 , i . 17,5. GF. 3,39,40. there where. lative, instead of J

r f f V tamman

VI.) that, who, which, (as a re-

but rarely) G F . 1,4. A Y . 86,3. V I I . ) where? what?

(interrog.) Hn. 2 , 2 , 7 , 1 2 . 3,2,20. ^¡u £

min

aigh,

Hn. 2,21. N. 76, s.

77,5. from where? from what? whence? ^au i ) val aigh, what? to where? whither? — Sas. \0iiJ 0* A. Syr. f*f,

Ar.

written ~uj,

oi

^ayw aighat

AV.

aik,

Hel>. (Jhald.

Paz. syn. (very rare in Palil.) kit. ,

Hn. 3,4. to ^H,

This word is also

at.

(trad, dghat)

Hn. 2,30. conj. or adv. with suf. thus

(that is, or that) of (to, for, b y , or through) thee: thus (that i s , or

70

VOL ~

that) thy, or thee,

^au atgh +

p -at of 2d pers. sing.; Paz.

proD, suf.

syn. hut. -Yj^ui atghash (trad, dghash) AY. 4,19. 11, 11. Hn. 1,6,15. 2,2, 23,35,37. 3,2. conj. or adv. with suf. thus (that is, or that) of (to, for, by, or through) him, h e r , or it; thus (that is, or that) his, her, its, him, or it.

atgh + pron. suf. j y

of 3d pers, sing.;

-ash

Paz.

syn. hush. ftj^yjjj

afghshan

(trad, dghshdn)

Hn. 2,28,35. conj. or adv. with

suf. thus (that is, or that) of (to, for, by, or through) them; thus (that is, or that) their, or them, ^u pi.; Paz. syn.

atgh + pron. suf.

-shdn

of 3d pers.

kusha,

atgham

(trad, dgham)

AY. 53,7. Hn. 2,24. conj. or adv.

with suf. thus (that is, or that) of (to, for, by, or through) me; thus aigh + pron. suf. £ -am of 1 s t pers.

(that is, or that) my, or me. sing.; Paz. syn. hum. pj-^^-m aighmdn

(trad, dghman)

AY. 1,23. conj. or adv. with suf.

thus (that is, or that) of (to, for, by, or through) us; thus (that is, or that) our, or us. syn.

^ju atgh -j- pron. suf.

-man of 1 s t pers. pi.; Paz.

humd. khim, s. nature, disposition, temper; see gyy* dvsh-hhtm.

Pers.

JO j i y aiwandcn

hu-lchim

.

(trad, admitdin)

s. often used as adj. or adv.

every kind, all sorts, the whole; altogether, entirely; fo uy aimandcn,

AV. 1,29. from the whole number.

U j f , As. aiumma; moin.

and

£

min

Comp. Ar.

and

see Pahl.-Paz. Glos. p. 45-46; Paz. syn. jj^«

ha-

This word occurs frequently in Mkh. and K11. with the meaning

given above, but not with that of 'thus, in this manner', which appears to have been attributed to it through an erroneous identification of hamoin

with Pers. ^ , t .c. It is possible that the word is not Semitic,

but m e r e ^ a miswriting of hdmdk-gun,

and a variant of

Destur Peshotan (Gram. p. 376} suggests hdmodcn,

Z. hamd +

hamoin; dadna,

-

K*

71

which, derivation is however scarcely tenable; and both the second and fifth letters are usually circumflexed. Hf?í)Jgy hémnunastanó,

v. to believe, to credit, to trust in, to

have faith in; past part. Jti)^^)* hémnunast, ^ J H J p hcmnüníd,

AY. 61,5., corrupted into

Dk. 145,9. Heb. hiph. pSNH, Chald. aph. J W l , or

I^H, Syr. aph. ^so«cn, Ar. ¿-«1; Paz. syn. term.

varóstano,

whose

stand is adopted by its Huz. equivalent. In the inscription

on the ancient cross at Mailapur in the South of India it is found in the Arabised form aman

see the inscription in A. 0 . Burnell, 'On

some Pahlavi inscriptions'. or

yCf) khadii,

nun), one; a contraction of

khadCik, used

in some of the following compounds. ^ j j ^ y ísvár,

Dk. 150,6. probably for

asvár, s. a horseman,

a cavalier, a rider, a trooper, cavalry. Pers. y ^ J , khadú-bár, a single time;

^"y-^i or x^y+u,

AY. l , i . 22,7. s. often used as adv. one time,

once, once upon a time.

ftf

khadii

+

Stí^

bar;

Pers. Q)ty aWÍ tofo

khadúf,

(trad, adup,

or adóv)

AY. 48,7. GF. 1, is. 2,2, 27. Hn. 1,9. conj. or. See Pahl.-

Páz.-Glos p. 48-49; the Huz. iu khad ay.

AY. 1, 26, 27. 6,12. GF. 3, 52, 68. is often substituted for the -¿)>

Destur Peshotan (Gram. p. 382) suggests Z. yad va (Yend. 17, s).

Páz. syn. ay cm. khadü-ták, LxjQ (the Huz.

AV. 46,1. adv. single, alone, solely, only. Per?.

khadü

being substitued for Ab).

Dk. 144,3. probably a miswriting of ^ftf

khadük

(trad, adúk)

3,9?. Hn. 1,9,31.

khadmnako.

AY. 2,9,30. 101,15, is, 21. GF. 2, 65, 67.

khadtik, AY. 2,13. GF. 3,97. Hn. 1,9, ie, 21,26,36.

kfiadúko, Dk. 145,1,5. 150,2,3,13. num. one; often written jQf khadú,

¿tí,

, or -ui, khad,

or aü, when used as a prefix, and uu>

w khad,

or the c i p h e r ^ 7, or 1 ,wlien alfixed to a s. as the ídháfat of

unity;

^ ^

man

AY. 1,12.

tanid,

^

A Y . 1, io. 2 0 , 5

^o^

,6V ^

^yj

levatman

G F . 3,r>4. one with the other, with one another; £ .3)^

i^fo

khaduk

^

1) khadúk

^jflj

AV. 1,32.

Heb.

dadigar,

£

A Y . 25,2.

AV. 30,2. one from the other;

val

tanid,

taiman

Jj^jij

khadúk-I,

:

)

Chald. "in, Syr.

Eth. akhadit:

khaduk

Jcvat-

min tanid,

one only, Peí s. first.

khaduk

AV. 54,7. one unto the other; A Y . 1, »4. only one, a single one,

XXX ?

va khadük, As. f. ikhit,

G F . ' 3 , 8 9 . thirty6 G „® Ar. or

the final ^ k may be either the usual final guttural after

a vowel, or that of Paz. yak.

As all the other numerals, from 'two'

to 'ten', aie Semitic, it would be strange if the num. 'one' were not so also; otherwise, by altering the trad, pronunciation to acvak, might be traced to Z.

the word

on Pa hi. coins, this num. occurs in

forms like

J

and in forms like

3)JJJ

anc

^

J

3'JU''

and

comparable with

comparable

with

khaduk,

acvak;

see

Mordtmnnn's essays in JL)MG. -Kj^y^yjU

khadükánakíli,

harmony, coucord.

AV.

Paz. cwjanal.

Pers.

13, s. s. unanimity, ^XJLXJ

conformity,

(the Muz. ^fty

khaduk

being substituted for CXJ). khaduk-bar,

A Y . 38, G. adj. carrying (the dead) alone;

applied to those who carry the dead in an unlawful manner, or without attending to all the proper observances, see AV. p. 177, note 2. — 5KJ1

+ ^

bar

khadtikd, khadúkúm, K20, num.

first, aínman,

0 a Ar. yj-yfc; Paz. syn.

(Pers.

see ^ j y

crd. of

burdano).

khadük.

substituted for ^ f e khaduk khaditk

+

in G F . 3,89. by

ord. suf. ^T) -urn.

AV. 16,7. s. an eye. chashm.

Heb. Chald.

Syr.

fiy khadu-muk

adj.

7 3

If the reading be correct, it must mean

one-shoed, with only one boot, or shoe; My^Si^y dubarishnik,

AY. 25,5. adj. used as s.

bably a corruption for avi-muk

unning with one boot' is pro-

'without shoes' as Destur Hoshangji

suggests in a note to the Translation pag. 172.1. WKf

khaduinak

18,4. 36,2. 101,io.

(trad, aduduk, fffo

khadu-muk-

Ichadu + ^

or adiidunak)

AY. 18,3

milk.

AY. J, 15. 2,3«. AY. 1,22. Dk.

khadumukd,

144,9. 145, 149,3. s. a mode, a manner, a degree, a kind, a sort, a fashion, a form;

comp.

AY. 28,G. Pers. Paz. syn.

khciduino.

PI. u ^ y y ^ y

khacluinakihd,

(the HUZ. ftf khadxt being substituted for

(> cl);

aincik. khciduino

(trad, adudun)

GF. 3,55, ee. 4,7. s. a custom, a

usage, a practice, a law, an ordinance. Pers. ^j-wt, or ^ j j ! , (the Huz. j f j khadu

being substituted for ^ f ) ; Pa?, syn.

Sans, ayana, khaduinak

'a way'. It is doubtful whether

dino, Z._Mji»jjJ», khaduino

and

ffltfj

are used indiscriminately, except by mistake.

>m IV, or 4, (Paz. chihdr, num. ciph. four. Paz. syn. Sj^y^

or chcthar)

GF. 2,51, €5,70. 3, c,4.

chahar.

VII, or 7, (Paz. haft) AY. ],*> }

XX

p» IV - f ord. suf.

va

IVum,

-um;

Paz.

chahdrum.

b. j b is the second letter of the Pahlavî alphabet, and the usual equivaleut of Sas.

j , Pers.

stands for the final > in Z. » .

Z.

j , and Chald. a ; it also often

Its form remains unaltered in all situa-

tions, as it does not join a succeeding letter; but it sometimes interchanges with ) v (as in

for^5j^), and this letter, like Pers.

and o , occasionally (though very rarely) joins a succeeding letter and becomes J or J J in this way, probably, the Y ^ t f mchablûn, mekadlûn

J b in

has become the s d in

shebkûn, shsdkûn,

(which are instances in which both foims occur), as well as

in other words, of which only the form with i d is extant, such as hhaldd,

'milk'; \yS

dânar);

mezadnun,

lûdân,

'young'.

zcdnun, 'buy'; '.v. 11";

The final s d in

dâr, yezderun,

neked,

'a time' (see ^ynj 'drive'; and

may also have arisen

from a diminutive final ^ I , for this cipher see under i y , the last letter of the alphabet. ^y*

In some MSS.,

IV,

j j gab,

^ I and its compounds

y II,

y» III and

can hardly be distinguished f r o m ^ j b and its compounds ji) ab and

jiu alb.

bakht,

AY. 1,8. in all MSS. except Hi7, a variant of ^ y j

bakht. AY. 31,7. 39,5. s. a portion, a si are, a part, a lot, a division.

Pers. ^ j ,

or

. The word la'idr,

'spring', is simi-

larly written. ^ ¿ j ^ y j Bahrain, form of

GF. 6,5. pr. n. a Parsi man's name; the Paz.

Varahrdm,

or ytSuS)

Varahrdn,

the name of several

Sasanian kings: a yazad, or angel, whose name is given to the 20th day of the Parsi month, and to the planet Mars; also written ^Sj^y) rdm.

Ptrs. p t ^ J , , Sans.

Sas.

^2^22,

or

Varahrdn,

adj. used as s. one who bears a share, a sharer,

a partner, a shareholder; pi. ^ j ^ J ^ y j baharvardn, (,r •

AY. 39,5.

^ y j bakht, s. fate, destiny, fortune, luck; see ^gyj Pers.

Z. - w y ^ i i j j Huz. syn.

^ y j bad,

sul stituted for

fty)))^

JMJ , Sans. bar,

Pers. scirijd-

gadman.

yehevunad

MSB., except Hi 7, conj. 3d sing, of -ujyij bd~di,

Z.

Vritrahan.

bdharvar,

bakht.

Vdh-

in AY. 3,13. by all

budano.

lin. 2,23. s. an arm.

Pers. ^ L ,

o r j j b , Z.

bdhv. AY. 1,43. Hn. 1,4,10. s. a time, an occasion, an op-

portunity, a repetition; see Suyfi} See the remarks on

khadu - bar.

Pers.

, Sans.

ddnar.

Sii^ bar, AY. 77,7. s. a load, a burden, a weight. Pers. ^ L , 6ar 'to carry', Sans,

vara.

Z.

bhdra.

-uAiJj, or -ui^jjj, fca/ai, AY. 12,12. adj. high, lofty, tall, elevated; • J U J ^J

dsman

bdldi,

AY. 14,5. sky-high; juli^oj gj)^ Uof

bulai,

76

^jjj —

AV. 18,12. mountain-high ; in both which cases baiai is an adv. 'above' Pers. 51b, yiQj^uj, eminent;

bdlist,

AV. 9,2. adj. highest, loftiest, supremest, pre-

pi. used as a s.

bdlist an, AY. 9,2. Z.

(the Pers. bdl- being s-ibsiituted for the Z.

, as in the preced-

ing word). bdlishn,

GF. 1,23,29.

AY. 15,9.

bdlishm,

GF. 1,24,2s. j ^ n j ) ^ GF. 1,24,28. s. a pillow, a cushion.

Pers. ( j à J L ,

or o>~«JL. AY. 4,9. 17,5. s. a summit, the crown of the head.

j^Amj bulino,

Coinp. Per?. Silo, Z. -JQiJj He, Lis,

E^jM •

substituted for -^.u))}*^ yehcvwtdsh, imper. 2 a sing, of

in GF. 3, is. by

badano.

bumik, AY. 14,14,20. 15,10,21. adj. brilliant, splendid, magnificent, beautiful.

Z. -jjjjgxuj ; comp. Pers. ^ L 'dawn'. bckhunastand,

lekhunast,

AY. 78,3.

v. to cry, to weep, to wail; pret. TfDJ^J Chald. iOS, Syr. \ks,

Iieb.

P à / . syn. JJpQJ^^ giristand,

whose term.

-stano

Ar.

is adopted by

its lluz. equivalent. bdnukih,

see

kadak-bdnùkth.

^ J j babd, s. T.) AY. 1,6,21,28.

11. 17,20. GF. 1,12,14. Hn.2,2s.

a door, a gate, a residence, a metropolis. II.) a way, a mode, a manner, a reason, a subject, a chapter; J - ^ j j £ milt babd-i, way of, by means of; seej-xyj_^ ham-babd. 3

As. bdbu,

1 1 Ar. i_jU 'a door' and

( J - f j V j j babdihich,

G

"

GF, 2,64. from the

Sas. ¿djj babd, Chald. i C 2 ,

'a sort'; _ Pàz. syn. JJ c/tf/\

Hn. 2 , 2 8 . s. with conj. the gateway also, even

the entrance; the phrase 'and even their gateways were made trees', is not nnlike the English university slang phrase 'sporting the oak', j i y j babà + abst. sui.

-Ik -f- conj. ^

-ich.

^

Jj

77

AY. 98,5. s. an otter, a beaver.

buvrak, thuanian bebrus,

-

Z.

'a beaver', Old Sclavonic bcbru, bobru,

;

Li-

Lat. /?6er, the

same; comp. P e r s . ^ o 'a wild animal like a cat', Sans, babhru

'an ich-

neumon . In Yend. it is called udra updpa 'water-otter' XIII, 16. 51. X Y , 1. •j^j^jjOj fession. bhcshaja)

Dk. 151, 5. s. medicine, the medical pro-

bezashMh,

Pers. v d i j - j , or ¿JLiLsaj, (Z. -J^upp

^(jjjj,

Sans,

bhishaj,

+ abst. suf. j y ~',h.

^(Q j bazak, Sas.

AY. 87, e. s. a ciime, a sin. Pers. syj,

bazako,

bachak. f j Q ^ g » ) bazaU-dyino,

bazak-ayin,

AY. 17, is. adj. sin-

accustomed, sinful, iniquitous, criminal, vicious, noxious; sup. bazak-dyintum,

AY. 17,12. — ^¿»j bazak

-f

tfj-u

uytn.

AY. 85,7. a contraction, or miswriting, of

bazakar, bazak-kar. ^ ^ j O j bazak-kar,

AY. 60,7. adj. sin-committing, sinful, criminal,

wicked; see the preceding and yw^^oj bazak-kardn,

vazuk-kar.

PI

used as a s.

AY. 5,8. in K20. — ^(Oj basafc +

adj. suf.

S^ - Icar. ^(Oj bazako, bar,

see ^ g>)

bazak.

AY. 15,6,12. Hn. 1,2. s. fruit, produce, resul , effect,

improvement, profit, advantage; see ^ ¿ O * avi-bar.

Peis. ^.j.

bar, AY. 15,7. s. (perhaps) an eminence, a district, a tract, a domain, an enclosure. bar bar,

^p^gj

SyfiS^

Pers.

, Z. _u/ulf.

~ ^ J J bur, crd. of petkhambar,

mozdobar,

and ^ I P Q P dasluf

burdano, ddtobar, ar.

see ^jtajj^"

khadukmdsrabar,

78

AY, 2,9.

brad, syn.

j^y

brddar,

S a n s . bhratri,

Lat.

P a z , brad;

Huz.

A Y . 12,9.

Pers.

Pers.

an",

P.

Z.

frater. A Y . 1 2 , 2 . 1 4 , 2 « . 1-5,7. a d j . d e c o r a t e d , e m b e l -

l i s h e d , o r n a m e n t e d , adorned, beautiful;

Sans,

brother.

G F . 3 , 5 1 . s, a b r o t h e r ,

bttruzishali,

tum,

a

akh.

^VD^j brdtar,

G F . 3 , 9 . s.

jipfj.j

+

adj.

sup. suf.

bardzishah-

^ -afe;

comp. Z.

-u^-uAuj,

bhrajishnv. /"V^-XioAj

adornment.

bardzishak

Pers.

(vfl^J +

M ^ O ^ J burzidand,

'exalted',

•OO^J barcsom,

a b s t , s.if.

a d j . suf. ^ or

to e n n o b l e ; p r e s . 3 d s i n g . or j i j j ,

+

-ill. combined,

mingled,

v. to e l e v a t e , to

btirzldano, ^ ^

embellishment,

-afc.

A Y . 12,4.

burzed,

, ' g r a n d e u r ' ; Z . barez,

exalt,

Comp. Pers.

v^j,

S a n s , frerr/i.

G F . 2 , 3 0 . s. t h e s a c r e d t w i g - b u n d l e w h o s e p r e s e n c e

is r e q u i s i t e in t h e r e l i g i o u s c e r e m o n i e s 'growth';

j^j

A V . 1 4 , ; . adj. associated,

bar-hamal;, together.

A Y . 1 4 , 1 2 . s. d e c o r a t i o n ,

bardzishahih,

of t h e P a r s i s ,

as a

symbol of

at p r e s e n t , it is u s u a l l y a b u n d l e of t i n n e d c o p p e r wires t i e d

t o g e t h e r , a n d d e p o s i t e d on t h e c r e s c e n t - s h a p e d c l a w s o f two s t a n d s , w h e n n o t h e l d in t h e h a n d ; f o r m e r l y , a c c o r d i n g to t h e ¡Siirangistan, t h e b u n d l e consisted of slender t w i g s ,

from o n e to t h r e e s p a n s

in l e n g t h ,

and a

b a r l e y c o r n in t h i c k n e s s , cut f r o m a n y t r e e w h o s e t r u n k w a s sound, a n d t h e y w e r e 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, 15, 21, 3 3 , 6 9 , or 5 5 1 , to t h e c i r c u m s t a n c e s o f t h e c e r e m o n y . barsvm,

Z. { . u G ^ l u j ,

Sans,

baresom-chino, c u t t i n g t h e barcsom; j o i n i n g t h e ft} and chJdano).

in n u m b e r ,

Pers.

Pa',

according

bares urn,

or

- gathering,

for

brahman. G F . 4 , 2 7 . a d j . barcsom

c o r r u p t e d into J ^ Q ^ U ^ J barescm-chnid — - O O ^ J barcsom,

+

^ff^chtno

in K 2 0 b y

(crd. of

•H^j burislino, exhalation.

-

Jt»j

79

G P . 2,68. s. bearing, carriage, conduct, conveyance,

bur —

bQr (crd. of

burdano)

+

abst. suf.

-ishno. barehinidand,

v. to o r d a i n , to a p p o i n t , to c r e a t e , to

form, to p r o d u c e ; past part. ^ j J O O ^ J barehlnid, afzdr-barchinid.

D e n o m . fr. P e r s .

baramand,

see ^ j ^ X J ^ J

^uSty

, or XyQj , 'lot'.

A Y . 64,2. pr. p. w a i l i n g , l a m e n t i n g , mourning,

moaning, groaning.

baram

'griei') + p r . p. suf. yo -an;

(conip. P e r s .

'expectation',

tlie pr. p. of a verb ^ ^ r ^

baramidano,

which may be an imitative foim like P e r s . ^iXa-UX) . i j f ^ j baramvand, woeful,

j ^ j baram

A Y . 42,2. adj. l a m e n t a b l e , m o u r n f u l , piteous,

(see the preceding) -f- pos. suf. Sj)

j y ^ j Brohach,

-vand.

G P . 6,6. pr. n. B h r o c h , or B r o a c h , a city in G u -

j a r a t on the n o r t h e r n b a n k of t h e river N a r m a d a , or ISerbudda; it contains a considerable n u m b e r of P a r s i s or

Gu

> bularul,

J-

p a s i part,

Pers.

biiland.

G F . 2,30. in K20, a variant of J l ^ j S j

bund,

JC^J barfjan,

its inhabitants.

Bharuch.

A Y . 12., 4. see

ll^CJ^ buridand,

among

buridano;

A Y . 81,1.

A Y . 6 3 , 2 , 3 . MO^J barijano,

pan, a portable s t o v e , an oven.

A Y . 93,5. s. a b a k i n g

P e r s . ^ s x j ^ j , ( J ^ j ^ j , or ( j ^ j

Sans.

bhrijjana. bazankarih, chief, destruetiveness. abst. suf. j y

Pers.

or JojS^, 4 "

^

-kar

-f

-th.

bastano, bast,

A Y . 81,7. s. injuriousness, h a r m f u l n e s s , mis-

v. to bind, to confine, to shut, to close; p a s t part.

substituted for

asrund

in A Y . 17,20. b y K20. Pers.

80

-

^ j J i x o j , anc. P . p . p . basta, or

runtano,

;

Huz.-syri.

as-

asrunastano.

-"O^J meat.

Z. p . p .

A Y . 38, 3 9 , 5 9 , 2 . 8 1 , 3 . 8 3 , 4 . H n . l , x o . s.

bisraya,

Heb.

Chald. N"1D2 > or JOiiO,

Syr. f j m s :

flesh,

P a z . syn.

ftyijy

gusht. ^y^Syo

j^j^j

an eating of meat.

H n . J , i . s. a flesh meal,

bisraya-khilrishmh, -j^j^Jij bisraya

y^yo

pound adj. is added the abst. suf. j ^ j

to which c o m -

khiirishn,

-ih.

A Y . 3 , 3 . 4,15, i6. adj. and adv. p l e a s a n t , a g r e e a b l e ,

basim,

delightful, sweet, happy, good, w e l l ; j j J J j A Y . 3,18. well and good.

j

Comp.

2, 62, 64. Chald. C D 2 , or C D 2 ,

khitsh basimtar,

Syr. » J a i l ;

f u l n e s s , happiness.

kh'uih.

agreeableness,

+ abst.-suf. - j y -ih;

basim

basim,

A Y . 4,14, ie. G F .

Pa/,, syn. - j ^ j y j

A Y . 0 , 7 . s. p l e a s u r e ,

has, mill,

va

delight-

Paz. syn.

khuslrili, ^jj

A Y . 2,26. 4 , i o .

bo,

j j y j hit-bo.

Pers. . j ,

». a s c e n t ;

see

Erobab'.y j j j j bo-i

boi,

bad

should be read bod-i,

and the

dhafat being understood. bard,

I.) conj. A Y .

b u t , u n l e s s , yet. o n l y , indeed; £

- m j j bard

mill,

I I I . ) prep, (before a s.) A Y . 68,23. besides,

avaspdrdand,

khclmuntano,

khamtiinastano,

zidanZ,

rodidano,

tukhshidano,

sheduntano yehcvvntand,

afzudano, auftini

j j ^ o j ^ ^ J ^ zekteluntanu,

yehabitntano, ydmtuntand,

1.) giving a fut. significa-

A Y . 1 , 2 5 . 2, 1 2 , 1 5 , 1 8 , m, 22. etc. see j j ^ f S y »

dano,

moreover,

l l n . 1, 10, 31,3s. D k . 144, 3.-apart from,

I V . ) adv. or prep, prefixed to v e i b s :

tion to the pre?.

GF-. 3 , 3 , 5 , 4 3 , 58, 63.

I I . ) adv. G F . 2, b. 3 , 5 5 . H n . 3 , 3 . b e s i d e s ,

besides, away from, without. except.

3 2 , 6 . 4G, 5. 7 8 , 7 .

and

larsukhtano,

ydluntand, shedkuntand.

jj^o)^^

81 and

ketrUntano,

karitHntano,

ncfìfìnastanù, i!^-"^)

)])) vad&hhtano,

vajàrdano,

vazluntunò,

D^iJiHJ) vashùftanu, nàdanó,

OVH^

vàdùntanò, vadlrdtmS,

Hfti^^HJI

vashtamuntano,

DStWI])- ^? yetibunadanò,

yekavlmù-

1

ycmu lei untano,

miturdano, and

£ yemaicMntano,

yc-

ijawctfùntanò ; sometimes Hie v. s. is under-

stood, as in G F . 3 , m .

2.) giving a somewhat intensive signification to

all tenses, so as to imply a greater completeness of action, and generally equivalent to 'forth, out, outright, quite, away, along, on, over, np, down, etc.'; thus it is used with

the pres. in A Y , 2 , 5 2 , 4 , ti» I P , 7 , s . etc.

(in

which case, it is often difficult to distinguish it from the fui.), with the imper. in A Y . 1 , 3 1 , 3 2 . 5, t.

e t c . , with the pi et. in A Y . i , 1 , 8 , 9, u>.

2,25-27, 36, etc., with the past

part, in AA r . ! , n , 3 4 .

2 , 3 1 . 1?, 20. etc.,

with the same in a perf. in A Y . J , 3 s . 2 , 7 . 5, i , 10, s. etc., with the same in a pas. pres. in G F . 3, n .

U n . l , i s . , with

the inf. in A Y . 16, a.

3 , s . , and with a verbal s. as enteied in alphabetical o r d e r , see

a/surdand, pidano,

bòyinidano, zckteluntand

ychabùnManò, shikastano,

Jl^tyKÌ

vódùntano,

JI^XJ-^J

Esiliano,

kardanS,

vajurdano, nìshaslano, jj^-iAì

vajldanò,

varzidand,

vasldaméntanò,

vasi» tano, numùdund,

d idi dam,

yekavimùnadanò,

D^ ))£

guftano,

yanseguntatio,

5

madonti, uadardano,

neksùntanò,

yctibùnastano,

UftD^^j

yatt/jù)Ua>ió,

ladakldano,

vasi fintano,

sat/and,

srjidanò, HTO^jjJ

kctrun'.ano,

vadirdano,

Hid)

Rìdono,

Jiehcvuntatio,

shedhuntano,

La-

rami tùnt ano, yàlùntano,

jj^l)^

aà-

H^OO-'^O'tì puhrikìdano,

H^OO^ rikldano,

Hi4!^5-^

"^'KL'

j^-Bi)1

khaìeìCintanù j i ^ j J ^ ì J ì i asrùntano,

pardattó,

GF.

remale!untano, and

gas titano, K^O) (1^)11 £

ycmaklùntaìio,

yedruntano.

The negali

82

-

tive ^

Id intervenes between

ai) bard and the verb, as in AV, 2, ss.

18,11. GF, 3, ss, s9. 4, LB., and sometimes other adverbs do the same, as in fin. 2,36.; the object also intervenes occasionally, as in AV. 2, is. GF. 3,41. 4,1». Hn. 1,353., especially if it be a dat. form after the prep. 1 ) val, as in AV. 1, 2, is. 47, 60, a. GF. 4, tt. i 0 3 i Syr. ytl\

Paz. svn. be (Pers.

/Xj^HJir^41

Sas.

bard,

and w ) ,

-jMJ bard-khelmunisfmth,

Ho, 1,23. s. going off to sleep,

sinking into repose, dozing. - o j j bard + (fi)-" khdmun khcimAntam)

+ abst. suf. ^

the abst. suf.

Chald.

(crd. of

-ishn,

to which compound adj. is added

or bokhtano,

Dk. 144, J4o,t. 152,2, y, to p r e -

-ih.

bUhhtand,

serve, to save, to deliver, to rescue, io release, to escape, to be fiee from; past part, nsed as adj. ^ V I J buhht, secure.

Sas.

bukht and

j^j^jii^j

bukhtaki,

-J- abst, suf,

abst, suf,

-ishit.

Dk. 145, a. safe,

Z, buj, Sans

bhvj.

H n . 2, SB, 39. a. a passing away,

bard-vadirishnih,

a departure, a decease. -Aiy bard dir dano)

or bdkht,

+ Ji^s) vadtr

(erd. of

na-

to which compound adj. is added Hie

-ih.

jy^ji^j^oj an uprising.

bard-

-Jt^ bard

+

uzdaMshnth, ¡») u% (Z.

H n . 3, n . s. an uplifting, jj>)

dahishn,

to

which compound adj. is added the abst. suf, -j^j -ih. -'OVO^)

bard-vardishnih,

Hn. 2, 3,37. s. a turning away,

a departure, a desertion, a dismissal.

bard -f-

to which compound adj. is added the abst, suf. J ^ hup,

'woven', Sans, nptd,

Sans, vap 'to weave'; Anglo-Saxon j^jfiJtJ

-ih.

AV. 15,9. s. a rich carpet, fine cloth,

comp. Z, ubda,

benafshman,

vardishn,

Gr, ikfog.

Pers. O ^ J , or The root is Z,

vjefan,

AV. i , n . 31, 95,7, 46,6,7. GF. 3, &s, 4, is.

pron, self, one's self, myself, himself, herself, etc. (according to the person

W) referred

to).

b J U j

A r .

'in

L i s ,

pres. b y in

3

V.

to

be,

H e ;

i m p e r ,

G F .

3,18.

bu,

to

exist,

2

d

b y

in

H e ,

A Y .

bhü-,

S a n s ,

3,

pi.

conj.

L 1 5 ; ,3.

b y

H u z . s

a

s u p p o i t e r ,

c o n v e y ,

AV.

bürdurih,

to

2,34.

b r i n g ; b y

to

(crd.

j j j ,

in

A Y .

'splendor',

H n ,

¿iy^))

H n .

1,15.

for

( j J y ,

anc.

P .

a

to

e n d u r e ,

bur,

t o l e r a n c e ;

+

to

abst.

to

-ih.

c a r r y ,

a n d

bhri

S a n s ,

to in

khadük-bar

bar,

Z .

u y

yedründ,

for

P .

sec

suf.

s u p p o r t ,

s e e ^ j ^ ^ y

ane.

A Y . 11,3.

.

s u b s t i t u t e d

or

p a r t i s a n ;

a n d

a

adj.

g r a n d ,

A Y .

m i s w r i t i n g

adj.

vürzishnik.

s u p e r b ,

+

adj.

s p l e n d i d ,

magnificent.

-dk-,

suf.

c o m p .

P e r s .

' g r a n d e u r ' .

bürzishnih,

8,21. 15,8,i5,i7.

w r i t t e n

w a s ;

yehevunä^h

p r o m o t e r ,

110m.

bürzidanö)

bürzishnik, 13,

a

e n d u r a n c e ,

( j O ^ J ,

7 , 3 .

of

- " Ü W ^ J j

15,8,17.

P e r s .

b y

3,10.

in

J Q - U ) ) ^

H17.

3,52.

yedrüntanö.

?>iirii?/i,

or

G F .

substituted

burddr

b e a r ,

P e r s .

hri- H u z . syn.

G F .

' t f h j bürdäränö,

s u p p o r t ,

bar,

pcthhambar.

bürz

1,9.

biird,

crd.

for

u p h o l d e r ,

—

pref.

Ü 6 ;

a n

2 .

s.

v.

in

b u d ,

bad,

e x c e p t

P e r s .

bürdanö,

t l i t ^ J

sing.

M S S .

t£?S33)

ychcoüntanö.

farman-biirdarih.

- i j ^ U i ^ j j

substituted

d

C h a l d .

ycheviincd

syn.

bürdanö;

JJflE^j

- ^ j ^ - w f l ^ J J

Vjjj',

all

3

p r e t . j e ^

for

bash,

btirdärän,

F r o m

b e c o m e ;

s u b s t i t u t e d

sing.

tfSJa,

ychcvünlano

for

to

H e b .

khitd.

^ay*i

syn.

s u b s t i t u t e d

bürdär,

H n .

P ä z .

bed,

sing,

d

yehevundd Z .

p e r s o n ' ;

83

bcnafsliman,

?

bud a no,

M W ) H e ,

S a s .

-

o f

A Y .

1 2 ,

e,

10, n

- ¡ U y t j ^ J 4, :2.

e x a l t e d , C o m p .

1 e ,

n o b l e ,

,

19.

13,12.

1 4 , 2 ,

e,

10, is, 21.

burzishntk. 13,

17,19.

s u b l i m e ,

^ - D y n j ^ ) ^

13,12.

1 4 , 1 , 2 , 0 ,

g r a n d ;

bürzishniktar,

m ,

s o m e t i m e s A Y .

4,3?.

84

iy

12,10. — +

burz

(crd. of

-f- abst. suf. jm

burzidano)

-ishn

adj. suf. J) - i k . burzidano,

v. see

burzidano;

crd.

burz,

see

the preceding words. or t a l l ; see

ty|

comp. Z.

buland, buland.

Comp.

bulandtar,

G F . 2, n . P e r s .

bulandih,

tation, grandeur,

A Y . 14,12. s. height, loftiness, sublimity, e x a l buland

b&ruland)

-f- abst. suf.

- i h ; P e r s . ^CCXA.L} .

G F . 2,30. v. to cut, to s e v e r ; see

P e r s . ^ J o ^ j , Z. bar-, IIuz. syn. j ^ ^ i i g ) M^OTOlj boyinidatid,

bard

(\xL>,

berezand.

-j^jS^jj

dano.

A Y . 12. is. 14, i. H n . 2,23. adj. high, lofty,

boyinid,

buri-

pcskuntano.

v. to perfume, to s c e n t ; pret.

A Y . 2,26. perfumed thoroughly, fumigated.

Denom. fr.

hot. bush, A Y . 54,5. s. a horse's mane. P e r s . bavihunast,

P a z . syn.

or j j ,

G F . 1,22. p. p. used as s. w h a t is requested,

a r e q u e s t , a d e m a n d , a petition. standj

( j£o,

P a s t part, of D f Q J l f O l j

bavihuna-

hhvdst. A Y . 1,23. v. to s e e k , to d e m a n d ,

bavihunastano,

to

request, to s u m m o n , to want, to b e g , to b e s e e c h ; past p a r t . bavihunast,

A Y . 65,9. G F . 1,4.; pret.

Dk. 150,13.;

crd. ))*{J)J bavihun,

pres. 1 s t sing. • f j j ' O l j bavihunam, vihuncd,

A Y . 64,12.; p a s . pres. 3

bavihunast, J

see JJHJJJ - O^LK3'

u

Hn. 2,28. dshtih-bavihun;

H n . 3 , 4 . ; pres. 3 d sing. d

sing, ^ - » ( j ) ) * ^ bavihuni-ait.

bcCHn.

2,6. 3,5. is summoned, is recalled, (lit.) there is a demand. H e b . ¡"IJW; Chald.

talmud

whose term.

))yiQ) -stand

Syr. lL=>| P a z . syn.

khvdstand,

is adopted by its H u z . equivalent.

bun, A Y . 54,3. G F . 5,4, -Hn. 1,2. s. a foundation, a basis, an

J!) origin, a beginning (opp. of

8 5

roeshman

and Sn

or end'), an extremity, an end; see J ^ i y aoi-bun.

sar, Per?,

Z. - u | > j . It is probably connected with Sane, budhna, MTtDIWMj bavvihunastano, MTtlMPtolJ

bavihunastand;

or ( j ^ j ;

'bottom, depth'.

AY. 1,23. in He, a common variant of

past part.

22. in He, 1\26; 5t2)J))*l5))} bavvihundst, J J ^ bundak,

'the head,

baivihunast,

GF. 1,4,

AY. 65,9. in He.

AV. 18, 54, n . adj. full, complete, perfect,

finished.

Comp. Per?. s J U j 'included', j i J O j 'termination'; Muz. syn. •li)^ bondak,

tamdm.

GF. 3,34. -G, 2,5. adj. used as s. one who is bound,

a b o n d m a n , a slave, a servant, a domestic; in Hn. 2,28. it translates the Z. acc. pi. zakth, see

, and is explained by /yj^&Q-OQ

'demon worship', signifying, possibly, bandak.

of

PI.

bandaMhd. bundakih,

tion, an end. bot,

a slave of his passions;

G F . 0,1. in K«o, a variant

bondakiha,

Pers. s J o o , anr. P .

bandaka.

AY. 1,2. ?. fulfilment, a completion, a termina-

JiJj^ bundak

-J- abst. suf.

-ih.

AY. 4,15-17. 10,9. 54,4. s. a scent, a smell, an odo , a

fragrance, a p e r f u m e ; see

hu-bol^j^

bo and

s probably the original reading of the word. or

bod,

Pers.

which last or

Z.

-ug/l^.

bod, H n . 2,18. s. a scent, an odor, a fragrance; see bod.

shedayd-

hu-

Z. j Q j i u ^ . bod, I i n . 2, 3, S7. s. consciousness, sense, perception; according

to Dad. b. Dad. it communicates impressions from the spiritual world to

hush,

' t h e understanding', which passes them on to the body;

bod also quits the body during sleep, whilst -^j)*» hush only during severe sickness.

Z. q y j u ^ / L ^ j .

does so

86

ili-£} band,

A Y . 68,3. s. a tie, a knot, a band, a belt.

Z. - M ^ g j i j , Sans, boiih,

see -^jijj^AJ

hu-boiih.

see u y ^ y j ^

$)»)£)

fraz-buyisluiih.

adj. used as s. a slave, a servant; see

PI. a ^ j - i ) ^ bandakiljd, ^

Joo,

bandha.

buyishnih, •i»)^ bandak,

Pers.

GF. 5,1.

bdi-vajarak,

box -f-

Pcrs. » J o b , anc. P .

bondak. bandaka.

A Y . 2,32. adj. sce&t-diffasing, fumigating.

vajardk.

bed, substituted for ^ j j ^ j ychevuncd pres. 3 d sing, of

in Hn. 1 , 1 5 .

by

He,

bCidano.

or

or

Mr Cm, A Y . 19, 29,2. 4 1 , s.

biru?id,

A Y . 60,s. G F . 4,15. adv. outside, out, without, forth. Pers. (J^-jo, Sas.

biruni.

j y i ^ , or

besh,

anxiety; dvesha

A Y . 5, 6,8. s. distress, affliction, vexation,

levatman

distressed;

see

-^j^jgy

besh, A Y .

avi-bcuh.

Z.

17,15.

with distress, miserable,

- u j ^ j K j j j j ^

see ^^wJ^.

j Q i i beshutano, past part. t^j-jQ^ beshid, MfCyOO^) beshiiitdano, bcshiiiid,

v. to distress, to afflict, to trouble, to v e x ; A V . 65,8.

Z. dbish,

Sans, dvish

'to hate'.

v. see the preceding; past part. ^ j K X

A Y . 65, s. in K20. Denom. fr. - l y i j besh. 1

or

bigunak,

A Y . 95,7. adj. strange, alien,

unfamiliar, outside the family circle, unrelated. var. ^y»^J

avi-bim.

Sans, dcish 'hostile',

'hate'. bigunak,

^^

or

Pers.

¿oLxaj;

Huz.

bitanak.

Mm, A Y . 53,9. s. fear, terror, dread, risk, danger; Pers.

Z. bi 'to fear', Sans,

bhima.

see^J$>>

-

8

«

hi m. gun, or bîmkun, adj. a variant of bîmgûn; comp.

bîmguntar,

or

bîmgûn,

or bîmkimtar,

7

bîmkûn, or AV. 18,6.

AY. 54, 55, i. 99, 101,2. Hn. 2,37. adj.

fearful, terrible, frightful, awful, jj^ bîm + adj- suf. ^

hull, or

gûn\ Paz. bîm,gin, or bîmgîn. • j Q l j ^ bîmgûnih, AY. 5, s. 54,9. s. fearfulness, friglitfulness, awfulness.

bîmgûn + abst. suf. -iq -ill, bidanâ (trad, bina) GF. 2,51. 6,1,4. s. a month; each of

the Parsi months contains thirty days (see Çy yôm), and the names of the twelve months are as follows: 1. Ardavahisht, 6.

3.

Eorvadad,

Shatvaîrô,

1JO Dînô, 11.

Fravardînô,

7-, Vohûman,

variant of -uy) vidanâ

4. Ji^o Tîr,

2.

5.

Amerôdad,

Mitrô, 8. yuçy Âi;cm,

Âtarô, 10.

12. ç o ^ j g j â j Spendarmad.

Probably a

1

(trad, vadnâ)

'time', Chald. ÎO ^,

Syofjjl,

S w

Ar. ^jfJLe; it has also been proposed to read the word bîrakh

and

compare it with Chald. 3 'in' -f- ITT 'a month' (Heb. riT, Syr. but this identification is inadmissible; Paz. syn. bcvar, GF.

1,2.

Hn.

1,10,26.

num. a myriad, ten thousand;

sometimes expressed by the ciphers ^ ^ bînîkj

mâh.

10,000.

Z.

Hn. 2,21. s. the nose; see à)y) vînîk. è) P> A'

or

v

tj. Pers. ^«uo,

-

p, f , or v, is the third letter of the Pahlavi alphabet, and thé usual equivalent of Sas. Q . , Pers.

o,

Z. g),

and Chald. D;

it also often corresponds to a medial, or final, Pers. l j , or ^ , and sometimes to the final > in Z. » .

Its form generally remains unaltered,

in all situations, as it does not join a succeeding letter; but its compounds:

ap,

a f , haf,

khef,

rp,

sp, and ^jj^j shp,

are

88

-»6 -

often contracted into

, ^,

-Hy&

535, and

, which are identical with

the compounds aj, rj, xj, and sbj, of the fifth letter (¡^j ; in hurriedly written MSS. the letters )£) may also occasionally be found united, and converted into ^gj , which miswriting may perhaps explain the origin of f t i ) ^

harvisl

- u g j pa,

from jej}^.»»

harvispd.

substituted for

raqelman

in AY. 76, s. by K20, s, a

leg from the knee downwards, a foot; generally written -iiigj, or pat.

Pers. L ;

Iiuz. syn. ^ ^

ragelman.

pnhrikhtur,

AY. 13,11. s. an abstainer, a refrainer,

a restrainer; a preserver. From pahrikhtano,

pdhrikhlano, v. to abstain, to refrain, to forbear, to

restrain; to heed, to care for, to tend, to preserve; past part. ^ O O ^ C ^ J pdhrikht,

AV. 4, 2 e. 15,72,4. 20,5. 37, 6 . t ^ X J ^ C d J pahrikhto, P&hrtkht, AV. 1 7 , n . ; imper. 2d pi.

15,5.; pret. hard pdhrcjSd,

AY. 101,19. abstain ye altogether.

and ^ J o j j i j c ^ ; Z. paiti

J

Pers.

-f- rich (Sans, rich), or apa

AY.

^'¿sujd^j

+ harez

(Sans.

srij). (trad.) pdhlum,

AY. 15,21. Hn. 1,35«. adj. best, excellent,

eminent, pre-eminent, exalted, perfect.

This word appears to be the

Huz. form of Paz. .^pogj, or ^ y o ^ i g j , which is occasionally substituted for it (the Huz. Sj^y ¡jashar taking the place of the Paz. «^•u ash).

It is the usual translation of Z.

Cg is represented by the Pahl. term. remaining Pahl.

-fj&i

or

ing Z. ^»J^JiyjjZ?, or with Pers.

iyulp,

ash,

or

whose term.

- u m , but it is doubtful if the be identical with the remainj , or

'good', as the P a h l .

g) is rarely equivalent to an initial v , and the disappearance of the is unexplained.

If the words be identical, ^ ^ ¿ ( y g j i ^HjfiJ

ought to be read vyasharum, ]dl;rcj,

vashum,

and vahishum,,

J

•0 (5 £J

respectively.

,«. abstinence, forbearance; heed, care;

t, JJ

-HyQ

pahrrj

hard,

pahrikhtano;

H n . 2,29. t a k e n

Pers.

-ujpahnai,

or

— -uiyyty Pers.

P^d,

tfytJ Pers.

of

JJ^OO^CfiJ

Z.

pahrikhtand.

adj. wide, broad; AY.

21,2.

pddano,

see

see

they

pahnai;

-juj^o^j widen

out,

they

- » ^ ¿ a y .

))?£>>£)

Atard-pdd.

o b .

over,

pddakhshah,

sovereign,

permitted-,

s. a r u l e r ,

a

¿uii>L),

sl*io>L;

or

yakhshaiy |

o

Z.

'I ruled over',

^OO^J^yi)

proper.

a monarch, j^ij-ugj

a

J-tQ^-u^yg)

2,10.

king';

adj.

GF.

8,92,94.

x ^ L ,

comp.

comp.

ruling

empowered,

68,15.

Pers.

ly •

patakhshatari. padokhshah,

AY.

king.

a

GF.

prevailing,

II.)

+

khshayathiya

r

I.)

predominant,

allowable,

sovereign,

pditikhsha,

or

overpowering,

authorized,

2

Crd.

2d pi. of

— vadund,

p. p. of

^OO'U^yfiJ

9

89

c a r e of, t e n d e d .

imper.

pdhndk,

pahnai

Lugj,

vtve)

-

pahrcjed,

flay.

—

s L i o b ,

anc.

Sas.

pati-

P.

—

T h i s w o r d is also w r i t t e n

padakhshat,

and

->O00'uiC>,6J

pddakhshah. •JOaOOOAiiOJi) rule,

sovereignty,

monarchy,

suf.

-ih;

s.

pditikhshiyaih,

dominion,

authority,

and

Pers.

see

predominance;

( =

s. see

dush-

tlie p r e c e d i n g ) +

abst.

^flsLiob.

padakhshahih, the

2,10,15.

Hn.

-^-»OOO^SO-'^-XJ^

— -»OOO^iCyfiJ pddakhshah

j^jo^yjij^y^j Hn. 2,5.

or

hu-padakhshdhih

-j0jl000-u?0jd)fw

padakhshdhih.

pddakhshahth,

preceding.

or

pditikhshdih,

•¿(^•"^yfiJ

A Y . 68,15. in

pddakhshah

-)-

abst.

K20, suf'.

-ih. shah

jj^y^jj^yg)

pddakhshai,

I. a n d I I . ;

pi. THd^OO^^tVd)

eigns, monarchs, ^•"iCyfi)

pditikhshai,

or

see o ^ ^ i J ^ y ^ j

podakhshdydn,

AY.

12,14.

pddakhsover-

kings.

pfiddshn,

y t t - ' O ^ O ' f i ) pddadahishti.

AY. Pers.

5,12.

in

His,

^ ¿ t o b .

H n ,

K26,

a

12

variant

of

90

veva -(J^gj^O'gJ

pddafrds,

AY. 0,8,13. 6, 11,12. 19,5,9.

or paitifras,

20, 21, 25, 27, 29, 51, 59, 62, 86,93, 94, 96,3. 22,24, 41, 43, 44, 63, 70, 88,4. 23,4, 9. 28, 3, 6. 39,65, 69, 6. 40,7. 4 8 , 4 9 , 7 1 , 73,78,5. 54, 9 .

55,1,2,9.

64,6,10,13. 68,18. 72,90-92,97,98,2. 77,10. 89,4,11, 99,2,7,11. GF.4,22. s. punishment, chastisement, retribution, (especially) the punishment of the wicked after death and before the resurrection. Pers. s^ioLs, or

Z.

jL .

- V S X J O ^ d ) pddiydvih,

or pditiydpih,

AY. 101,23. s. see the

following. - X i O C ^ d J pddydvth,

or pditjjdvth,

performance of OOfliVfiJ pddyav,

AY. 1,26. s. ablution;

the

or washing the hands, arms, face, and

feet, whilst repeating a religious formula, and in preparation for prayer, see AY. p. 148, note. ^OSO'd) pddyav +

abst. suf.

(Pers. i_jL>t>b, Z. paiti

-f ap)

-ih. J pddadahishn,

AY. 5,7,10,12. 11, n .

or pditidahishn,

s. a requital, a recompense, a reward, (especially) the reward after death for good works performed during life; see ^ . u ^ y g j paddshn following. jibb,

pdda,

(Z. j ^ j a i ^ j ) +

u£|t>U,

dahishn;

and the

Pers. ^ ¿ t a b ,

( j i i i U , or ^ - ¿ ( ¿ L * . pddadahishn,

or pditidahishn,

Hi 7, variant of the preceding. ^ y d J pdda padano,

(Z.

AY. 11,11. in He, + yiQi^j

dahishn.

v. to protect, to guard, to shelter, to screen, to

shield, to preserve; past part, ^ y g pad,

see

ll^Vfi) pdto, see

Anc. P . Z. Sans, pa,

pata

(Pers. o b ) ; Huz. syn. Papakano,

kan;

Atoro-pdto.

j-

Ataro-pdd; p.p.

netruntand.

AY. 1,7. Dk. 150, u . patron, adj. the P a p a -

of, belonging to, or descended f r o m , P a p a k , the grandfather of

Artakhshatar, or Ardakhshir, the founder of the Sasanian dynasty, A.D. 226; in Kn it is stated that Artakhshatar was the son of S&s&n and P a p a k ' s daughter, but was adopted by his grandfather who had no son,

>4,0

_

9J

which accounts for his being called the soil of P a p a k in the Sae, ins. Papak

(Pers. ¿ L b , Sap. "P'jq.^jC^ PdpaM,

patron, snf.

JJAJ

Gr.

Tlartaxo^)

-«HO,

j i j i ^ j j ^ j I'drstk,

GF. 6, i . adj. P a r s i , Persian.

^ u ^ L i ; anc, P. Pur pdrak,

Pers, ^ w ^ l j , or

so. A V . 79, a. GF. 3,34. s. a bribe. Pore. SjL>, Z.

'a debt', pus,

AY. 2 , s .

it watch, a guard, a defence, a protection.

Per?, (j-ulj payinak, pdyinakdn,

adj, inferior, subordinate; pi. used as a e, pj^j^wgj

GF. 2, as. subordinates, assistants, ministers,

(Pers. ^ U ,

or ^.JOLJ , 'the bottom') 4" adj. suf, j pctydn,

^HI^I)

pdydni),

•^Hj^SJ (perhaps) vahishiim, pdhlum

pi, of

or vdxhum.

substituted for J Q J ) dakijd

clean, clear, pure, perfect, Pers, i j l j ;

-ak.

put. substituted for ^T^ij^yy

j^j^Atg) pdkih, + abst. suf.

'a puri-

AY. 101,28. s. cleanliness, purity, perfection.

pdk

dakjjd.

-ih] pdndk,

kabed-pdndk

Pers. s. a refuge, a shelter, a protection; see ^ ^ w g ]

as explained by l I i s , but the reading kabed-pahudk

more probable;

see

also

j^yj^j panuh

; eomp. Z. pd 'to protect', Sans, puna pahndk,

adj. wide, broad;

kabed-pahndk.

defence, guard;

and

pandhk.

is Pers.

'protecting'. see -juj^ug) pahndi

and

Pers. L ^ s , Z. - u j j i ^ j i j j .

^ O ^ ^ f i ) pdn&kth, defended.

in A V . 101,25. by l i s , adj.

eomp. Sans, pdrak a,

fier' ; Huz. syn. - j y i *

^u^jaj

pdyin

in I In. l,35o. by He, adj. see . ^ j w y g pah turn. pule,

SIAJ

JUJ^J

j^j-oaj

AY. 2, as. 5, a. GF, 1,25,2«. s. protection,

j^jjpjg pdnak

pdnakih

-f- abst. suf. - t y

hard, -ih.

AY. 17,17. protected,

92

-we)

—

-myjy pahndi, or pahnak, A V . 5, i . adj. wide, b r o a d ; see ou^igjjg pahnai and ^.uyjugj pahnak. .£)>£} pdi, A V . 7 5 , i .

pat, substituted for

ragelman i n

A Y . 3 1 , 2 . G F . 3,35. by K20, s. a foot, a leg from the knee d o w n w a r d s ;

pa and UJ^^J UJ^g) pad; pad; see - j u i ^ j i j ^ y g chahar-pai.

also written

pdydn,

JM^UQ

payand, see

or b ;

5

chahdr-pdyario.

Z . - M g A u g j , or -oQ^tg); Sans,

pad; Huz. syn.

Pers.

pdda, pdd, pada, or

ragelman.

fakhis,

A V . 52,2. s. a spur.

pdyak,

Pers.

xi.

A Y . 7 , 1 , 6 . 8 , 1 , 5 . 9 , 7 . s. a footing, a b a s i s ; a step,

a degree, a r a n k ; a track, a pathway. ^ j i i g j pac,

PI

Pers.

xjL.

G F . 3,38. s. a foot; a variant of

or -QJg),

pdi,

the Z . j y c being substituted for the P a h l . S i .

patiyarak, or paitiydrak, A Y . 1,8. 6,12. 68,23. G F . 2,26. 4,18. s. opposition, hostility, molestation, oppression, adversity, affliction, misery, misfortune; pi.

patiydrakgdno

in K20.

patiyarakdn, Pers. SjLxaj,

A V . 5,13.

^LjUj,

a^Loo,

jj^^jiQi^ogj or ^ L j j ;

Z.

j patty drak-homand, or paitiy drak-homand, Hn. 2,36. adj. opposed, molested, afflicted, miserable; comp.

patiydrak-homandtar,

^ ^ e ^ j ^ y ^ o y

Hn. 3,36. — ^j^y^c^j patiyarak

+ pos. suf.

homand. -jQ^og)

padash, or paitish, A Y . 68, is. D k . 1 4 5 , 7 . prep, w i t h suf.

i n (on, u p o n , b y , t h r o u g h ,

i n t o , to, or for) h i m , h e r , or i t ;

thereon, thereupon, thereby, thereto; •jQ^cg)

muii padash, A V . l , i e .

— )jQ nxini — padash, A Y . 15,10. who (or which) i n (on, etc.)

h i m , h e r , or i t ; i n ( o n , etc.) w h o m , or w h i c h , ^tgj padane. P .

therein,

patiy, Sans, prati) - j - pron. suf.

( Z . j^ajjjg),

-ash of 3 pers. sing. d

H ^ W ^ f i } p&tkdftand,

93

or paitikaftano,

v. to strike upon, to beat

about, to embroil, to disturb; see patkdft, tand (comp.

patktiftano;

AY. 29,5. —

pat-

past part.

(Z. ¿^»¿Jig) -j- J ) ^ ^

kdf-

Pers. ^ J o ^ K 'to disturb').

Su^qoQ patkdr,

or paitikar,

AY. J, 12. Dk. 144,7. s. a dispute, a

contest, a quarrel, contention, dissension, strife. Pers. ^ K / o , o r ^ U u u ; Z. j^sj-ugj +

-u^JMj | Sans, pratikdra,

^ . ^ U t ^ g ) patkarddr,

'revenge'.

or paitikarddr,

adj. strife-maintaining, disput-

ing, contending, dissenting; pi. used as a s. ano,

palkardar-

Dk. 144,8. disputants, dissenters.

(crd. of J t ^ X J ^ O

patkdr

-f- ^-»y

ddshtand).

patkdrak,

or paitikdrak,

adj. disputing, contesting, quar-

reling, contending, litigating; pi. used as a s. jy^Su^y Dk. 152,1. disputants, litigants. patkuftand,

patkdr

or paitikuftano,

patkdrakano,

-f- adj. suf. ^

past part, ^ogjj^g) patkuft,

-ak.

v. to strike against, to beat

upon, to dash about, to embroil, to disturb; see

-f-

ddr

patkdftano;

AY. 66, e. 89,1. —

pat-

(Z.

)

kHftano. padmdyinidano,

to measure; pres. 3d pi. iyQu^^oQ jj^Oj^gj

v. to cause to measure, to force padmayind,,

AY. 27,2.

Caus. of

padmudano. padmdnak,

or pattimanak,

sure, a linear measure, a measuring rod.

AY. 67,9. 80,3, 6. s. a meaPers. ¿uL»jo,

Z. j^ojjjgj

+

ma (Sane. ma). ll^ty^Vd) podmukhtano,

or paitimukhtano,

v. to put on, to wear,

to dress in, to clothe one's self in; pret. ^ y ^ e ^ J padmukht, pres. 1

st

sing. - ^ ( ^ V ^ J padmujom,

Sans. p. p.

pratimukta.

GF. 8,97. Z. p. p.

AY. 2,25.; ,

94

— jj^o^d^j

padmudano

padmaycnd,

or paitimudand,

A V . 96,2.

Sans, md, p . p . mita); JWC^Vd)

Pers. ¡ j O ^ i ,

Z. jymQ

-frni..a, Ar. (^Jjyj; Paz. syn. MWOOW afshandano.

This verb doe3 not occur in the Pahl.-Pa7.

Glos., which has only its syn. jj^oj^oiJgj peskhuntano. pazd,

AY. 40,7. s. frost, hoar-frost, sleet, ice.

Pers.

or

rfa

pasakhtak, pasdkhto,

pasdkhtako,

Dk. 145, e.

Dk. 145,2. p. p. use 1 as s. what is performed, a performance,

an achievement, an exploit.

Past part, of

IS^OO^SJ pasdkhtano,

pasdkhtano.

Dk. 144,6. v. to perform, to arrange, to

prepare, to accomplish, to effect, to complete; past part, see the preceding; pref. J^xy-^gJ pasdkhto, Dk. 152,3. Pers.

'to make',

o ^ L u L s 'ready prepared'; probably Z. upa (or paiti) + sach 'to pass away'. jjygyii^J pasakhtano,

v. see the preceding; past part. J^Viig) pa-

sakhtd, probable reading of

Dk. 149,2.

Comp. Pers. >H\XMJJ>

'prepared'. pasukhd, Hn. 2,25.

AY. 4,23. GF. 1,13. 3,73,76,79,82. 4,2,14,17,2«.

pasukhvo,

a reply.

Pers.

prati +

sas.

GF. 4,26. in all three MSS. s. an answer,

, Z. paiti

-f sanh (Gath. saq) 'to inform', Sans

104

— -jQoe) ^fjyiSiQ

pasukhoih,

H n . 1,3,12,17,22,27,37. -i^jj^jAigj

pasukhvoth,

H n . 1,32, also 12, 17, 22 in K20, and 37 in H6. s. a r e p l i c a t i o n , a r e joinder, a response, an answer, a reply; see ^ y u t t g stikhoih.

—

pamkho pestan,

of

+

dad-pa~

abst. suf. - j y -ih -

A Y . 24,2. in K20, K26, and 59,2. in K20, a variant

pestan. pasijak,

A Y . 15,9.

pasijako,

equipped, furnished w i t h , decked with. ^cXxsv-aawo ,

Comp. P e r s . ^ j w w o ,

,

, and ^ J o ^ X a A j .

, peskuntand,

A V . 2.20. a d j . p r e p a r e d ,

v. to cut, to sever, to cut off, out, or away,

to gash, to lacerate, to bite off, out, or a w a y ; past part.

pes-

kund,

AY.

A Y . 57, 7G, 96, 97,1. 07,3. 79, 2.; pret.

peskund,

62.2. 89,3. H e b . pi. JDQ, Chald. JDD, T]pS, pD5, Syr. . n ^ » P&z. syn. buridano. pasimdr,

adj. used as s. one who relates a f t e r w a r d s , a

r e s p o n d e n t , a d e f e n d a n t ; opp. of pasimardn, mar

peshimar;

A Y . 91,5. — J.iigj past (for «(jgj pas, P e r s .

(Z. mar

'account', ^

'to r e p e a t ' , Sans, smri ' c a l c u l a t i o n ' , ^Lof

yoSugiig

'after) +

'to r e m e m b e r ' ;

'investigation').

pi.

comp. P e r s . ^Lc

I t is also

written

pasm.ar. pHQ

pasin,

AY. 6 , e , n .

pasind,

AY. 5 , u . 6 1 , 7 . G P . 4 , i 9 .

a d j . aftermost, latest, last, final, ultimate, f u t u r e ; (always in the p h r a s e ) tanu-i

pasin,

or

tanfi, pasind,

the f u t u r e , or final,

body which the soul will assume at the time of the resurrection.

^ ^ > 0 0 4 ) vashadak,

Pers.

A V . 1 7 , 1 2 . p . p . used as a d j . opened, gaping,

•wide-mouthed; uncovered, exposed, bare. Pers. S4>Li.5 , or sjLcii''.

Both

reading and meaning want confirmation, as it is doubtful w h e t h e r an initial g can be read v ; comp.

vashdd.

It may

perhaps

be

-

-»10

intended as a syn. of Z.

— Pahl.

8,71. 9,26. and comp.

morse, contrition, regret.

pdndk.

see Vend. 7 2.

argdnd.

-U^^POSJ pasMmanih,

j^y)aj pandh,

105

AY. 68,23. s. repentance, penitence, re-

Pers.

AY. 17,7. s. a refuge, a shelter, a protection;

Pei s. s L j ; comp. Z. pd :to protect', Sans, pana 'pro-

tecting'. ^C^CIfi) pandhih, GF. l , i a . s . protection, defence, support, favor, pat:onage.

•^IfiJ pandh +

abst. suf. j ^ j -¿ft.

^-^O^J pandhk, a variant of

pandh;

see ^ y i e j ) ) ^ Mitrd-

pandhk. M^tyfSJ pokhtand, pokht, see H^MilO*

v. to cook, to boil, to stew; past part. Pers. ^i'iiv.j, Z. Sans, pach] Huz. syn.

hti-pokht. fffunlano.

frdz, Dk. 144,9. adv. forth, forwards, before, out, outwards, on, onwards, after, up, over, above, to, unto; generally used with verbs, or verbal nouns, as an equivalent of Z. alters their meaning;

, and sometimes it hardly

f , or J ^ j ,

Z.

(Ojgj panch,

G F . 2,71. num.

Pers. 01

Pers.

'stinking'.

often expressed by the ciphers

Sans, pancha;

H u z . syn.

khomshyd.

cipher

o

r

.

A Y . 28,2. num. Pers.

fifty;

often expressed

s L s U j , or &SU.J,

Z.

by

the

-uyuaisuqtjuiiy,

panchasat. G F . 2,27. num.

panchum, the ciphers pur, perfect; Pers. y i ; fill';

five;

Z-

-^Ci^lfi) panjuh,

'to

55,5. s.

.

» ¿ j j ; Z. pu, 'to be putrid'; Sans. p % , 'to stink', pUta,

Sans,

53,2,3.

A Y . 17,12,15. 47,2. adj. rotten, decayed, putrid.

ptidah,

khomsya,

I t is the trans-

• or X u j g , piihal,

a bridge.

(crd. of

comp. P e r s . ^ j X w f j j u

to which compound adj. is added the abst. suf. lation of Z.

p. a restoration, a

- j J b ) vira

+

Sans, radh;

-yishn

prajnu.

H n . 1,23.

fraz-virdyishnih,

out-

£

• —

panch

fifth;

sometimes expressed

-f- ord. suf.

by

-Urn-, P e r s . ^ j s U j .

G F . 2,32,34,36. adj. full, filled with, laden with, complete, ptir

\1 Z . >/>•=£), H u z . syn. or

min,

G F . 3,21. full o f ;

Sans, puru

'much',

see also

Z. pere

* (Sans, pri

nim-pur. and

pur)

mdlman. Jjjt^W'hfiJ' pHlvddtnd,

G F . 3,23,30. adj. made of

108

— ->ote) pOldvd (Pers. ¿ ^ . j ,

steel.

pHr-anakih,

pur-plm,

anakih.

AY. 1,20. adj. full of fear, fearful, timid, ap-

pur + ^¡j

prehensive.

-mo.

AY. 54,1. 99,2. adj. full of evil, harmful,

par -f- ^j^uyo

very mischievous.

-(- adj. suf, )y

or

pim.

Both reading and meaning

want

confirmation. p

pur-gadman,

AY. 7,3. 15,21. adj. full of glory, all-radipur 4 - fp

ant, perfectly splendid.

S ^ j g j pur-marg,

gadman;

IIuz. hyb. for Z.

AY. 100,1. adj. full of death, deadly, baneful, pur 4

pernicious, malignant.

marg;

poryo-dhcshth,

Z.

.

AY. 101,15. s. the original, or

primeval, religion of the Iranians before it was corrupted by Assyrian idolatry, and after it was reformed, and restored to its original purity, by the Zarathushtra who is stated to have been 'of the original religion' in Yt. 13, 90. - j y i ^ j J ^ i g ) porijo-dkesJi

(Z - " ^ t o ^ Q ^ j ^ •

-111.

abst. suf.

jHyjjvySjg) porgandakyish, Dk. 150,7. adv. dispersedly, in a scatporgandak

tered state, confusedly.

(=

pargandal;)

+

adv. suf. Ji^jy -ijish. farzand,

furdand.

son; see

Pers. (Xij^i,

Z. j ^ ^ j j i ^ j » ) ^ '

The pi. is

farzanddn.

written post, pi

AY. 22,3. 91, 1. s. offspring, progeny, a child, a

AY. 21, 39, 59, 85,2. s. the skin, a hide, a coating;

postiha, AV. 1 , 7 . hides. Pers. o ^ w j J , Z.

posht, s. I.) AY. 40,2, 3. 49,4. 77,1,3. 89,3. GF. 3,64. the back, the hinder part. Pers.

Z.

II.) GF. 3,85. backing, support, reinforcement. , Sans,

prishtha.

109 ^¿j

piimman,

AY. 19, 80, 86, 2 . 23, 85, 88, 3 . 75, 5 . s. the mouth. .. ^ gj

Heb. HNS, or DS> Chald. CV3, Syr. Paz. syn. y ^ j

Ar. p j , ^ i ,

or

dahdn.

pavan,

prep. AY. 1,0.7,16,21. 2,33, ?e. 4,2,13-15,18,22,26,35.

5,5,8,10. etc. in; AY. l.ae. 4, ie. 18,8. 22,2. 73, 3. 74, 2. etc. into; AY. 1,37. 2, 2i.26,3i. 4,9,31. 5,2. 7,1. 0,1,3. 14,2o. etc. on, upon; AY. 1,4, 7, 28, 43. 2, 26, 30, 32. 4, 7. 5, 2. 6, 8. 7, 9, 1. 11, 2. 12, 18. etc. with J AY. 4,33' 7,9. 8, 6. 17. 25. 19,2. 23, 7. 77,8. 86,2. 98,4. etc. through; AY. 18,7. 24,67,2. 69,3. 74,i. 75,2. 79, s. 82,5. 94,1. 96,2. etc. by; AY. 4, 1 8 . 6 , u . 28,33,46, 60,6. 68,4,15. 85,6. 97,4. etc. among; AY. 1,3,14,29. 13, 9. 56, 4. 61,7. 100, 4 . of, about, as to; AV. 15,3,5. 27,75,6. GF. 5,1. Hn. 1,-5a. 2,18. 3,17. at; AY. 1,32. 67,7. for; AY. 20, 5 . 76,6. during; (sometimes used adverbially before a s., or in.) AY. 4,is. 13,1. 17, 73,7. Hn. 2,39. as; (or before an a j.) GF. 2,37. 3,59, so. Hn. 2,21. 3,20. as, as though, as it were; (or before a pron.) -uyo ana, pavan

pavan

AY. 53, 5. 54, s. 64,10. about this, as though this, thus, zak-i,

JiS

AY. 2,24. l - , i . as to that which is, as regards what is,

as that which is. Sometimes with a s. it forms an adj. or a Iv. phrase, to which the comp. suf can be added, as tar, pavan

^¿j pavan

rdmishn-

GF. 2,52,54. with more pleasure, more pleasurably, mizaktar,

GF. 2,62,64. with more flavor, more palatab e.

phrases are i - J ^ ))£} pavan

jjgj

pavan akvin,

akhar,

AV. 29,6. in the end, at last;

AY. 66, c.

pavan

akvtnd,

at once, in union, together, in company; man, GF. I,i3. 3, si,85. l ) * ' ^ '

Other

pavan

AY. 68,4.

pavan ham-zamano,

ham-za-

GF. 3, so, ei,

68,83. 4,2,9,19,27. at the same time, at once, immediate'y; pavan

piramtin-i,

AY. 2.34 in the circuit of, around;

IIn.2, ie. Dk. 145,8. also by, likewise in, even through; pavan

zak khadttlnak,

pavanich, fflftf

¿5

AY. 18,4. of that kind, to such a degree;

MS) pavan miydn-i, ))£) pavan

))£)

nazdik-i,

AY. 91,4. in the midst of, among, between; GF. 3,49. ITn. 2, 4. (comp. Hn, 3, s .) ss

110

ne)

_

though near, in the vicinity of, into the presence of, near to, close to; Mô) V a v a n V m i pavan;

5)i2)i3. in the midst of, within.

Sas.

it appears to be a compound of two Semitic prep, of nearly

the same meaning-, ¿J pa (Heb. Chalil. 2, Syr. o , and )) van (comp. Ar.

Cj, or

As. ma); Pâz. syn. (not used in Pahl.) pa.

crd. and imper. 2d sing, of

-OHiJ purs,

pûrsishn, -purs

rogation.

Ar.

ishn ; Pers.

pûrsidanô.

AY. 3,17. s. an inquiry, a question, an inter( C I d. °f JI^O13))^) pûrsîdanô)

+

abst. suf. ynj

. pûrsishnîh,

Jî^O-^Mdl pûrsîdanô

see

dmô-pûrsishnîh.

(trad, pûnsidan)

v. to ask, to inquiio, to.

question, to demand, to interrogate, to consult, to resort to; past part. pûrsid,

AY. 6, 8, 13, 17, 20, 21, 25-30, 32-35, 38, 39, 42, 45-47,

51, 52, 58, 59, 61, 62, 66, 74, 75, 84, 86, 93-96,3. 7, 19, 22-24, 31, 36, 37, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 60, 63, 70, 73, 77, 80, 81, 85, 87-89,4. G7, 69, 71, 78, 5. 55-57, 72, 82, 83, 90-92, 97, 98,2. GF. 1,5. 2,14. Hn. 2,21.

purstdo,

9, 16, 48, 49, 65,

64, 79, 99, e. 76, 4, 8 .

GF. 4,17.; prêt.

AY. 4,21. GF. 2,1,17.20,23,27,32,37,41,49,52,55,62,65.

pursid,

3,1,12,

17, 22, 35, 41, 64, 86, 89, 92, 95. 4, 1, 5, 6, 26. Hn. 1,2,1.; pres. 1 st Smr. GF. 1,12,23.

ptirsam,

GF. 1,10,20,27.; pies. 3d pl.

pûrsîh, 4,7.

Hn.

2,35. 3,34.;

pursed, Sans,

pûrsêm,

GF. 4,2.; pres. 2d sing. purscnd, AY. 10,2.

imper. 2d sing. >OM£J pûrs,

Hn. 2,3,37.

Pers.

GF.

4,3.;

GF.3,66.

imper. 2d pi.

anc. P. p a r s ,

Z. peres,

prachchh. pûrsakih,

see

ham-pûrsakîh,

and

—^(jy

dûsh-ham-pûrsakih. pelag, (trad, pang) AY. 22,7. adj. half. ChalJ. ;t>2> Syr. w ^ i - , 06^ Ar. ^ Â i ;

Pâz.

mm, or ncm.

fardand, farzand.

^jej

GF. 3,31. s. offspring, a child, a son; see

The pi. is written

^u^jg]

ni

fardandan.

pcddk, or paitiak, GF. 3,66, Hn. 1,2, e. adj. evident, mani-

fest, clear, apparent, published, declared, revealed; khud-pcddk.

Pers, | j y o ; Sas.

see ^-U^JSJ

paty&k, or paity&k.

peddk-rdyinishnth,

Dk. 144,3. s. a public

promulgation, a manifesto, a proclamation. ^ - " ^ ¿ J peddk -{yin (ci'd. of

rurjimdanii)

+

fbst. suf,

compound adj. is added the abst. suf. j y > or / N j ^ ^ i i b

pcddMh,

rd-

-ishn, to which

-ih. or paitidkih,

AY.

Hn,

1,2,36. 9. a manifestation, a publication, a promulgation, a declaration, a revelation, ^ j j ^ j ^ j pcddk -f- abst, suf. - j y -Ih. "^OO^^OfiJ Dk. J 44,5. a miswriting of -OO^^OSJ peddle! h-L tiVty-O^SOfij

pcddki-hastano,

manifest, to be published. +

Dk. 145, i. v, to be evident, to be pSddki (for

peddkth)

l i r e » * hastano (Pers. ^ . w j t ) . pStkham, or paUikham (trad, pcddm) AY. l , * i . GF. 1.11,

i6. 3,72. s, a message, amission, an embassy, a commission, an errand. Pers. jviuo, or ^Labo ; Z. paiti + Sans, prati +

¡7am).

gam 'to go' (ane. P. path) -j- gam,

This word has been adopted in Heb. Chalet, in

the form CJnQ^Vj^Li^jij 3, s, is. 4,101,5.

pctkhambar,

or paitikhambar

(trad, peddmbar)

AY.

10,7. adj. used as s. one who carries a message, a

messenger, an envoy, an ambassador, a missionary, an apostle, a prophet. pctkham

^ar (Pers.

crd. of

burdano);

Pers.

^ m j U j , or j Q i t ^ o ^ j a j petitikth,

or paititikth,

pardon, absolution, remission. 'made to fall') -j- adj. suf.

AY. 65,9, s. forgiveness, a

petit (Pers. o U j , Z. —u^oj^ajii^j -ih +

abst. suf.

- ft.

112

ity or

Sans, pilu]

-

/•>«/, GF. 1,3,8.2,49,51. s. an elephant. Pers. J y o ,

adopted by the Semitic languages in Chald. ^ 0 ,

j ^ i ; H u / . syn. -jj^j^j^wj bdnbarbttd.

Ar.

Syr.

Its original form

appears to have been preserved in the Assyrian al-ap

in the 3 d epi-

g i a p h t o the inscription on the black obelise o f N i m r u d (Layard, inscriptions in the cuneifoim character pag. 98 III).

That an elephant was

among the objects of tribute which Salmanassar I I , the contemporary of Jehu, King of Israel, received from various countries, follows from the circumstance that the figure of an elephant is found on the basreliefs of the obelise.

Of all the names mentioned, only al-ap

signify the el phant; it has the addition: sa nahari

Sahe^a

may 'of the

river Sakeya' whence follows that this river w: s regarded as the home of the alap.

It cannot be ascertained which river might be understood

by it, perhaps the Indus which could be regarded as the river of the Sukas

a people living far to the east of the Assyrians; they are known

in the Persian inscriptions of Darius and in the epic poems of India. ?>o doubt the Hebrew word O^H in bim)

is identical with alap,

hal-ab;

hab-

as it is clearly a contraction of halb

this is the same as the Greek ikerpag.

'elephant' and 'ivory' and in the Latin ebur, omitted.

'ivory' (lit. tooth of

=

In the Egyptian ebu

the first part a / , hal is

In all probability the word is of Indian origin; the nearest

approach is Sans, ibha 'elephint' which already occurs in this meaning in the Rigveda.

The meaning of 'servants, dependants,

household,

family' ascribed to it by the St. Peterburg Sanscrit Dictionary copied

by M o n i e r

Williams

in his Dictionary

is a mere

and guess

which may hold good in some passages whereas in others it is wholly unsuitable. piruijishn, AY. 73,7. s. an ornament, a decoration, an adornment, an embellishment. Pers. j i o l ^ o . Jf^fiJ ptramun, s. a circuit, a circumference, a border, a margin, the environs; JJt^fi) ))£J pavan

piramUn-i,

AY. 2,34. on the margin

o f , r o u n d a b o u t ; around.

Pers.

w o r d is also w r i t t e n j (»^¿¿J piruz, successful.

^t^jo,

P e i s . v^^-o, or

;

^OO^C^^J

T h i s w o r d is

^Jti^fil

A Y . 1 2 , 1 5 . 1 4 , 9 . 1 5 , 1 3 . H n . 1 , s. s. v i c t o r y , ^(o^igj

piruzkarytsh,

triumphantly, successfully,

AY.

pcstdno,

+

5,2.

101,27. +

A Y . 94,

Z . -juJ-tw^oJ^ft), Sans,

pcsidand,

b r o i d e r , to b e d e c k ;

Pers.

stana.

v . to adorn, to decorate, to e m b e l l i s h , to e m , or

j^yiigj

' e m b r o i d e r y ' ; Z.

pcsid,

see e ^ - i ^ u

P e r s . jL,o

jSS

zarin-

pcsido, I ) k . 1 4 9 , 2 . m a y

pasakhtd.

Comp. Pers.

^awof

'to

-uJJ^iigj.

A Y . 1 0 1 , 4 . prep, b e f o r e ,

(here it f o l l o w s t h e s.).

adv. suf. - i q ^ j -?yis/i.

y^AiiJ isimin-pgstd, ^-ittg

better read

pcsh,

victoriously,

s. a w o m a n ' s b r e a s t , the b o s o m ,

pesid, and ^ j i a i ^ j Suy gdhar-pesid;

and

adv.

-ih.

frdz-pcstun.

p a s t part,

harvisp-pesid,

abst. suf. -j^j

24, 44, 59, 62, 78, 8 4 , 2 . 76, 9 5 , 1 . 87, s.

Pestdn and

see

fl^jjaigj

ptrHzkar

^ ^ o ^ ^ g j piruzkar

P t s t d n , A Y . 4,19

I l n . 2,23.

syn.

-kar.

a d j . suf.

.

conquest, t r i u m p h , s u c c e s s ,

adorn'

This

A Y . 1 , 2 1 . 4 , 6 , 2 5 . 6,3. 1 8 , u . H n . 2,26,27. a d j .

piruzkarih,

be

^jje^jo.

Z. -«{¡jjj)^^/? ,

piruz

often written

perhaps

or

A Y . 101,28. a d j . victorious, c o n q u e r i n g , t r i u m p h a n t ,

see the preceding.

^LZwJ,

^jot^/o, pirdmun.

^ ( o j t a ^ j piruzkar,

a nipple;

113

in f r o n t ,

, ane. P . palish,

in t h e

Z.

presence; 5 Hiiz.

levin. "J0J0,sfiJ

- f - a b s t . suf.' j y

pcshih, A Y . 1 1 , 7 . s. t h e front, the p r e s e n c e . J^ji^j pesh -ih.

15

114

- ye ^-Xi^fi) pishak, A Y . 38,7. s. a trade, a profession, a calling, an

occupation, a habit, a custom. pcshkar,

Pers.

Z.

GF. 3, 66, 67. 4, 7,8. s. urine.

^Lyiujj, ^l-iuo and ^ L i a j ,

Comp. Pers.

This word may readily be written

which would account for the reading pcshidr

in Mkh. 2,39. and in mo-

dern Pers. peshupdk,

or - j u g ^ ^ g ) pcshupdi.

a head, a principal; pi. ^ - " ¿ J ^ H a ^ peshiipdydn, 11,3,16.

Pers.

s. a leader, a chief, or peshupdkdn,

I^i-o. peshimar,

adj. used as 9. one who relates beforehand,

a complainant, a plaintiff, a prosecutor; opp. of

+

W

AY.

peshtmdran,

A Y . 91,5. - - -OO-^dl pcshi

mar (Z. wiar 'to repeat',

Sans, smri

pasimar;

pi.

(for -J^j-Sgj

pesK)

'to remember';

comp.

Pers. ^Lo 'account', peshmar.

'calculation', ^Lot 'investigation'). It is alsowiitten

WHXS^Q

QF. 6,5. pr. n. o f a P a r s i man. Z. .

^gj

P^hydtanU,

pirn, s. see Q

bim;

pur-ptm,

AV. 1,20. fearful, ap-

prehensive.

Both reading and meaning are doubtful, as the word is

written JJQ

padam

bim\

in He, and 'fear' is elsewhere always written ^ ^

w h i l s t s t a n d s for pcm

(Z. - u g ^ i J ^ j

'milk'.

• J 0) > $i payush, A Y . 17,20. 55,7. s. avarice, covetousness, cupidity, greediness.

Pers. u ^ f t J

O* 1 ^»-

^

115

— ^>0»

i , or d. t, or d, is the fourth letter of the Pahlavi alphabet, and the usual equivalent it also often corresponds to a medial, or final, Pers. o , and sometimes to a final Sas. 3 ?

an

d in such cases it is represented by d.

It never

joins a succeeding letter, and its form is very slightly altered when it is joined by a preceding letter, as in the compounds; fty at, hat, kht,

Jtl) dad,

id,

etc.

such as

)

^OO

si

ddd, gad, ydt,

^^

mad,

Diacritical marks are occasionally used with this letter,

or ^o with a circumflex, or a single dot, above it, to indi-

cate d, and two dots to indicate t. ^ - t , or -d, suf. of past part, and pret. of verbs whose inf. suf.

is

-tano. -at,

pron. suf. of 2d pers. sing, thee, thy, of (to, for, by, or

through) thee; it is usually affixed to an adv., or conj., at the beginning of a clause in the sentence (see

amatat, rnanat,

aighat,

and

azat);

munat),

hatat,

q>)jty(^chigiinat,

afat,

adinat,

y&S zyat,

ma-

or to a prep, in the middle of a clause (see

but when the clause has no initial adv., or conj., the suf.

begins the clause in the unattached form

at,

as in Hn. 2,30., or

it follows the initial words, as in Hn. 2,29.; and in the latter case, the vowel is sometimes not expressed, but the form ^a at is retained, though unattached, as occurs frequently in 'the gifts of the thirty Yazads'.

Pers. c *

, anc. P.

-taiy.

tdkht-gah, dais, a couch. M^iV^ 3d sing. Z. Sans.

Pers. taftand, tavcd,

tap.

AY. 2,26. s. a throne-place, a divan, a +

sis.

v. to warm, to heat, to scorch, to burn; pres. GF. 3,4.

Pers. ^ ^ i b ' ,

^Jojb

and

jjjyob:

116

o»?> — tavak, AY. 94, i. s. a frying-pan, a baking-pan. Pers. 8jb",

f ^ b , Job", L b " , or ^ j b . Vu^o tar, tartum,

AY. 16,2. adj. dark, gloomy, obscure; sup.

A Y . 54, i .

Pers. ^ b ,

tdrik,

AV. 18,7. 55, i. 99,2. 101,2. Hn. 2,37. adj. dark, jjgj pavan tdrik, AY. 2,33. in the

gloomy, obscure; used as s. dark.

Pers.

b".

-JQ-U^^a tdrikih,

AY. 5, s. 18,7. 54,9. 67,2. 68,23. Hn. 3,33. s. jAtt^a tdrik - f abst. suf. -j^j 4h;

darkness, gloom, obscurity.

tukhshidano,

v. to strive, to endeavour, to struggle,

to labor; usually written D ^ J - ^ - « ) ^ tukhshidano; ^j^jj^o

bard tukhshcd, AY. 18, s.

J i j j " ' v i g o i ' ; anc. P . takhsh ^jj^o tak,

hii-tdk

fut. 3d sing, - m j j

Comp. Pers. Li:s\i' 'a striver' and

'to f o r m ' , (Z. tash,

see

Pers.

and ^ j j ^ y

taksh).

Sans,

khadH-tdk;

also a s.

meaning 'a fibre, a twig' (Pers. —, Sans, -tara,

^jl)^? 5 tardzfik,

mizaktar).

Gr. -zeyog.

AY. 5,5. s. a balance, scales for weighing. Pers.

.y^j'; Huz. syn. -uyS^

mazina,

tardzimdand, past part,

pavan

tardzinid,

or

mazund.

v. to weigh, to equalize, to measure; AV. 49,7. Denom. fr.

taraz

(=

tardzuk). tarba N21FJ, Syr.

(trad, talbd) Paz. syn.

telatdk,

GF. 3,91. s fat, grease, tallow. Chald. pih.

AV. 1,84,43. num. three; often written

-u^^s

telatd, and usually expressed by the ci pher^jw. Chald. Nn^Fi, Syr. jLiz, 6 ^ Ar. ¿ U j ; Paz. syn. (rare) .130 si (also 'thirty). tars-akasih,

AY. 13,8. s. a consciousness of fear,

wrA

118

-

a sense of awe, reverence, veneration, respect. (Pers. u ^ j j ) +

âkâs

-j- abst. suf.

or - ( j ) ^ ,

tars

-ih.

tarifi, AY. 23,8. s. insolence, contempt, scorn, disdain. tar -f- abst. suf. •OC^

j

tasum,

-îh. Hn. 2,34. 3,33. num. fourth.

It is generally used,

translate Z.

instead turtja, or turya),

(Sans,

turlya

and its first syllable «(j^o tas may perhaps be some

corruption and misreading of the Z., to which the ord. suf.

-urn

is added. tasht,

s. a basin, a dish, a saucer, a cup; tfyyq* ^OO^®

tasht tasht,

AY. 20,2. various dishes, cups and cups, cup after cup.

Pers.

Z. ^

-tak,

or - d a k ,

-tako,

or -dako,

suf. of past part, when

used as an adjective, or substantive; see ^ -ak. -t, or -d, J^^o

+

adj. suf. ^ -ak.

takarg,

, or stX

AY. 55, i. 64,3. s. hail, frozen rain.

dkeshih, rffiy* tamman,

Pers. xs

Probably p. p. suf.

sec

Pers.

poryddkcshih.

AY. 18, n . adv. there, in that place; sometimes

used for 'the other world, or heaven', as in GF. 2,5.; »

Paz. syn. and. (trad, tanavanar)

AY. 22,7. s. a sin which

prevents the sinner from passing over the Chinvat bridge [Dest.]; a heinous, or mortal, sin, for which a penalty of 300 stirs of four

dirams

each (about 129 pounds sterling) is allotted in the Pahlavi Rivayat. translates

*>)? and

•

119

• This word may perhaps have been originally

written

tan&puhar

(see Yend. 22,1?. Sp.), and the letters gj)

may have been joined and converted into ^JJ^-KXXii^5

Srosli-yasharubo

in the same manner as

has been occasionally converted into

3 - ^ 0 0 • ^ji^jjj)^»

tukhshdk,

AY. 13, m. Dk. 152,6. adj. diligent, energetic,

industrious, strenuous, persevering; pi. used a s. JHi-XjO^M^0 Mn, see ^ j q ^ j j i ^ ^ o hu-tukhshak. tHkhsMdarid)

+

—

tukhshu-

tukhsh (crd. of

adj. suf. t^u - d k ; Pers. Lci^xj'. tukhshdkih,

GF. 2,64. s. diligence, energy, industry,

exertion, perseverance. tHkhsMdano,

tukhshdk

abst. suf. -jy -1h.

v. to strive, to endeavour, to persevere,

to labor; pres. 1 st sing. ^(j-U)^ tukhsham, 'vigor'; ane. P. takhsh,

+

Dk. 152,6.

Comp. Pers.

'to form, to fashion' (Z. tash, Sans. taksh).

tokhm (trad, tukhm) s. I.) AY. 96,5. GF. 4,4,11. seed, semen. II.) Hn. 2,23. in K20, a variant of acc.

¡y> 5 Huz. syn. - " ^ J tokhmak,

tokhmak.

Pers. |»iaj', Z. nom.

bizra.

Hn. 2.23. s. seed, an origin, a race, lineage; sec

^ ^ J i ^ V O ^ rayc-homand-tokhmak.

Pers. ¿t+^xi, anc. P. taurria,

Z.

nom. -u£Mya. ^-Qjj^s tohik, GP. 2,36. adj. vacant, empty, void. Pers. ^ . i ' , or tuban, AY. 16,4. GP. 1,6. 3,7.

tubano,

AY. 16,9.

GF. J,20,2-. 2,39. 3,10,16,71. 4,2i. adj. able, capable, competent, fit; (generaiiy accompanying an inf.,

which it mostly follows, with the

meanings) is able, can, is possible. Pers. M f t i ^ p S 4 tubdiwtstano,

Z.

tavan.

v. to be able, to be capable (used with

an inf.); pret. f t i ) ) * » ^ tubdnast,

AY. 49,4.

lUbanost

sub-

120

^jn»

stituted for

ty^W

-

w

luband yehevund

1 s t sing, ^ « j j ^ i tubanom, J^Mj)^ tubdnk,

GP. 4,14.

in GF. 3,15. by K20; pres.

Pers. ^.x^ujl^j',

Z. tu.

GP. 2,34. adj. effective, competent, powerful,

wealthy. ^JJ}^» tubdn + ^Jij^o Tosar, Dk.

adj. suf. JJ

-ik.

pr. n. a priest who collected the f r a g -

150,12,13.

ments of the sacred writings of the Mazdayasnian religion which were extant in the time of Ardakhshir Papakan.

zuniktum,

-turn,

sup. suf. used with all adjectives (see

^^JV

0

hu-badtum,

bardzishaktum,

with some adverbs (see - f j ^ s j o » azvartum, Pers. |Ji

, Z.

af-

j Sans, -tama,

etc.) and

fraztum,

Lat.

etc.).

-timus.

•£)* tnmik, AY. 53,11. 54,4,9. adj. dark, gloomy, obscure; sup. tomiktum,

(for

tomiktum)

mtit in AY. 5 3 , u . by K20. nom.

lom

Sans, tama and tamas)

substituted for •D-G)^ to-

'dark'

(Pers. ^

+ adj. suf. ii -ik.

'darkness',

Z.

In AY. 54,9.

it is either taken as a s., or the idhafat is superfluous. ))?> tanu,

AY. 2 , 2 5 . 3,1,2. 4 , 9 . 19,5,8. 20,21, 27-30,33, 37, 38,

45, 46, 52, 58, 59, G2, 66,3.

22, 23, 31, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 63, 79, 81, 88, 4.

24,3,4,7. 32, 47, 5 5 , 7 0 , 7 2 , 85, 87, 91, 92,2. 34,2,3,7. 36,3,4. 48, 49, 71, 78, 99,5. 51,2,3. 57,1. 60, 2,4, 7. 64, 6 . 68,15,1s. 69,10. 86,2,3. GF. 2,12,75. 4,27.

101,n,2o.

the person ; ,£(54)) Hn. 2,18. 3,17.

Hn. l , i o . 2,23,37. 3,37. p. the

tanu-i

nafshman,

|£(3fiJ) nafshman

AY. 34,7. 38,5. 81, s. 89,8.

tanu,

one's (his, her, etc.) own body, or self; see also and

JtD))?

98,2. Hn. l , i o . -tand,

tanu-drust. Pers.

PI. Z.

or -dano,

body,

laniidn,

AY. 62, 89,6. Hn. 2,25. J))^» tanu-i

pasin

AY. 25, 93,3. 80,4. 97,

, Sans, tanu and tanxi.

inf. suf. of verbs whose Pers. equivalent

ends in j j j ' — , or ^ t X — , and of Huz. verbs whose Pers. form ends in j j J u j — . , or ¡ j d y — , and occasionally of those whose Pers. form ends in , or

—

Anc. P.

tanaiy.

W

121

-

tord (trad, tond) AY. 1,7. ia, 74, 75,5. 32, e . 101,20. GF. 2 , 1 0 , 4 9 , 5 1 . 4 , 5 , 1 2 . s. an ox, a bullock, a bull, a cow, cattle;

ftyft

tora dvad (perhaps tord-i dvad, or tordk dvad) GF. 3,73,79,82. a couple of bullocks, a yoke of oxen.

PI.

tordan, AY. 30,5. 75,1. oxen,

cattle, herds. Heb. Tiltf, Chald.

Syr. (5oI, Ar. jjji; Paz. syn.

jj^« tanu pasino, in K20, a variant of )}>.££) J))^

tanu-i

pasino, the idhafat being understood. taniir, AY. 85,3. 93,5. s. an oven, a portable stove. ^. ( ^ c h d d u r , GF. 3,56. s. a veil, a mantle, a covering. , ^tXfe. ,

Pers.

, Or jXs*..

¡ ^ ¿ i ^ c h d r a k , AY. 1,23. s. a remedy, succour, help, an expedient, means, a method, a mode.

Pers. s^Ls-, or

D ^ X J - " ^ c h d s h t a n o , v. to impart, to reveal, to tell, to teach; pret. ^y{)M(0 ^chdsht, AV. 12, g.

chdshiddr,

Z. chash, Sans, chalcsh. s. a teacher, an instructor, a preceptor;

rO»).>p>, Pers.

This name is also written

Chinvat,

or

Chinvar,

and Paz.

Chandor. Is, r , or 2, and

I.

S r, or I, is the sixth letter of the Pahlavi alphabet, and the usual equivalent of Sas. 2 r, K Pers. j , J , it stands for I, it is sometimes written

Z. ) , and Chald.

i ; when

, or otherwise marked with a

diacritical cross stioke; and when final, it is written i

in a few Huz.

words, as follows: ijk^y akhar,

ijmekhar,

and 2») val,

2m» al,

zakar,

and this final form lemains unaltered even when a suffix

* Compare Chald. -);n. ** That is, the fourth day, inclusive of the day of death, see Mkh. 2,

n5,

1

-

129

J

is added. "When not final, it is always joined to the succeeding letter, but undergoes very little change of form, as in the compounds: ^ t) rj,

rt,

rm and ^ ru. It will be noticed that the thirteenth letter )

is also sometimes used for r , or I, though not indiscriminately, as instances of the actual interchange of ^ and ) are rare. \ ' H (trad, rd) AV. 1,39,40,42. 4,2,3,5,6.24,25,28,29. 5,2,4-6. 10,6, 8, 12, 14. 1 0 0 , 3, 4.

1 1 , 2, 8, 13.

16,

1 8 , 1.

1 0 1 , 1, 7, 8 , 1 0 , 1 8 , 2 5 .

1 7 , 14, 15, 21, 26. GF.

5 3 , 1, 2, 8, 11.

1, 11, 18-20, 25-27.

6 8 , 5, 6, 1 5 - 1 7 .

2 , 9, 11, 15.

3 , 3, 8 , 16,

86, 43, 47, 53-55, 62, 70, 75, 76, 78, 97. 4, 1 , 2, 14-18, 26. 6, 2. 5. Hn. 1, 5. 2, 26, 30, 32. pron. I , me, my, mine. Ar.

Paz. syn. £ man.

remarks on \

Sas.

U, Heb. Chald. "b 'tome', Syr.

With regard to AY. 1,39,42. see the

var.

la, adv. not, no, neither, nor; the negative used before all forms of the verb except the imper., as with the inf. in AV. 68,24., with the past part, in AY. 1,13. 4,22. 7,7. 8,5. 17, 11, 13. 18,4. 20,5. etc.. with the pret. in AY. 2,36. 4, 4. 32, 5. 49,4. 67,8. 68,23. etc., with the pres. in AY. 15, 22. 18,9. 48, 3. 53, 9. 54,3,4,7,11. 64,13. etc., with the fut. (when it always intervenes between

bard

and ihe verb) in

AY. 18,ii. GF. 3, 53, 89. 4, 18.; (in compound tenses, it precedes the p. p. a.nd not the aux.) as in the perf. in AY. 11,4. 68,19. 70, 7. 78, s. GF. 2,46., the pas. pres. in AY. 7,8. 68, is. GP. 2,45. and the pas. pret. in AV. 17,2. GP. 2,46.; sometimes the verb is understood, as in AY. 78,7., in which case it is usually the v. s. 'is, are, etc.', as in AY. 46,5. 101,i6. GF. 3,3,5,34,43,45. 4,20.; -u^ ^

Id khadUino,

ayuf Id, AY. 1,27. or not;

GF. 3,66. 4,7. not the custom, unusual;

AJjjj Id btindak, AY. 54,11. incomplete, unfinished; J ^ J W AY. 16,4. GP. 1,6. 3,7.

m

Id tubdn,

tubdno, AY. 16,9. GF. 1, 2 0 ,27.

2,39. 8,10,15,71. 4,21. unable, cannot, impracticable; AY. 27,5. untrue, unjust, incorrect; 3,7,10,15. neither — nor; ^y)

) —

Id rdst, Id — va Id, GF.

la naduk, GF. 2,6. unvirtuous, im17

J30

—

moral.

S a s . ¿J)

Id,

Heb.

tib,

- o ^

Chald.

Syr.

fl,

Ar.

As. la,

wZ;

P a z . syn. (not used in Pahl.) n i . ^'^JlOt)^

rayc-homand-tokhmak,

of illustrious race.

Hn. 2,23. adj. of glorious origin,

Z.

(the Huz. pos. suf.

being substituted for the Z. suf. ^ a ^ i t » -vant) rdd,

the liberal. Comp. Z. Sans, ra, /vitV^

-f-

tokhmak.

Hn. 2,23. adj. liberal, bountiful, charitable,

benevolent; pi. used as a s.

rati]

homand

I'ddan,

rddtar,

A Y . 1 2 , 2 , 4 , 5 . G F . 8,26,33.

G F . 3,20,33.

P e r s . olp, S a s .

'to give'.

rddih,

AY.

8 9 , 7 . s. liberality, bountifulness, charity, g e -

nerosity, benevolence.

rdd

-)- abst. suf. -j^j -thj

rehatunastano, to gallop; pres. 3

generous,

d

rehatuned, davtdano,

A Y . 64,10.

Chald. torn,

according to the Pahl.-Paz. Glos.,

but this is rare in P a h l . , whereas the P a z . common, and its term.

j^jjjj).

A Y . 64,11. v. to run, to rush, to trot,

sing.

S y r . ^¿rnj} P a z . syn.

Z.

-stand

dubarastano

accounts

for that

of

this

is Huz.

equivalent. laid, on high.

A Y . l l , i . 85, 86,2. Hn. 1 , 2 8 . 2 , 2 1 . 3,20. adv. up, aloft,

Chald.

P a z . syn. Sy» Idld-astddak,

e r e c t ; (explained by j ^ j j yuddn, astadak

(p. p. of ))fl£Vftl) J J

Hn. 2,23. adj. upstanding, upright, 'young 1 )

ing ; the translation of Z.

comp. Z. vpa rds,

T h e latter word may -f- yam;

—

laid

+

astadano).

idld-nipimishnih,

are uncertain.

huh

Hn. 1,23. s. starting up, arous» but both reading and meaning be easily

or it may stand for

read

upayamishnih, uzyamishnih.

A Y . 1 0 1 , i 5 , i 6 . H n . 2, 8 , 3 7 . s. a road, a path, a way, a

mode, a manner.

Pers.

s!^.

131 rdst, AY. 5,5. 6, t, h . Hn, 1,t,35«,

rant A, DV. 150,

i i . adj. true, correct, just, even, alike, equiil; (used ns adv.) AY. 80,?. 10 J, s. GF, 1,S3. 3,54,6T. 4,8. truly, correctly; T t D ^

id rdst,

AY.

27, e.. untrue, unjust, incorrect. PI, used as a s.

rdstdnu,

AV.

5,9. GF. 3,27,31, the true, the just. Pers. w J ^ ,

2 T , 3 4 .

Sas.

Comp. ^ f f i } - « ^ iwsttar, r&sti, anc, P. rdsta,

(p. p. of rns),- IIuz. syn. - j y ^ (trad.) rdstih,

GF. 3 , 3 4 , « , Dk. 144,1. s. truth,

- k o y y e j i ^ rdstyish,

Ah;

r t U ^ rdst-cjubishn,

Pers. ¡g*-™^ •

jiqjjA

rdst + fid*', suf.

rdst + y y ^ rdy'nislm'th, rdyintdand,

-ytsh.

u ^ j y

adj. true-speaking, veracious, c m d i d ;

p!. used as a s. j j u ^ j ^ i f t y - d rdst-gubisknun,

^Onyrt^

correctness,

AY. 1,4,. 3 , u . 91,5. 101,«. GF. 3, so, 4,u

adv. truly, correctly, justly, equitably.

speaker?,

-jj^j^j.u)

radadd.

justice, equity. f Q ) » ^ rast -j- abst, suf,

j j ^ j j

Z.

GF.

AY. 12, is. truthful

gubishit,

sec

^ffjd

pcddk^rdy'mshmh.

v. to impel, to advance, to expedite, to

continue, to conclude; past pait. ^jfO-«^ rayinid,

AY.

¡so.

Gump.

Pers. ^ t X i l j ;m*l j j j u u l ^ . ^

Ram, pr. n. a yazad, or angel, who is also called i 3 ^)-^}

Vdyo-i shapir,

'the good flyer', and whose name is given to the 2

8t

day

of each Parsi month; it is also adopted as a Paisi man's name in GF. G, 5. Pers. pK , Z. -ufi^w) . iahhmd (trad, him a) AY, 48,3. -tu^ irt dk, AY. 100,3. p. bread, food.

lakhmaijd,

or lak fl-

Heb. crib, Chald. ¡ffinb, Syr.

Ar. .iC^J 'flesh'; Paz. syi?, pj) ndn. Rdm-ydr,

GF. 6,5. pr. n. 'friend of Ram', a Parsi man's

name in the lo1*1 century A. D. —

B&m 4

S^j

ydr.

132

^ ramishn,

-

AV. 5, 14,15,7. 10, j. 101, m. GF. 3,58.

ramishno, GP. 3,41,44,45,51,52,57. 5,5. Hn. 3,40. s. pleasure, delight, joy, happiness, enjoyment; see yi}^

visp-r&mishn;

S^cy^J^

GF. 2,52,54. in more pleasure, more delightfully.

pavan rdmishntar,

Pers. (ji-olj, Z. Sans. ram. ^QQ.j^yj

yiiV^

rdmishn-homandyish,

pleasantly, delightfully.

AY. 15,20. adv. agreeably,

ramishn + pos. suf.

homand -j-

adv. suf. a^jy -yish. ramishnik, GF. 3, so. adj. pleased, delighted, joyful, happy; comp.

ramishniktar,

GF. 3,59. — yb^

ramishn

+

adj.

suf. J) -tk. ran, AY. 48,4. )yoS rand (see thigh.

Pers.

rano-vardin)

s. the

Z. -u}joj).

yob rukho, s. a crown, a coronet; see the. remarks on rano-vardin.

Pers.

^ ,

SayoS lakhvdr (trad, rakhdr) AY. 5,1. 53, 7. 70, 2.85,3. GF. 2, 6 *. 3,71. Dk. 151,8,9. adv. back, behind, again, anew, away; lakhvdr ydtund,, AY. 3,2. 17,1. GF. 3,84. came back, returned; ^JirO-tJ

lakhvdr yakhsenuncd,

GF. 2,26. keeps away; ^ X J ^ O

lakhvdr ddsht, AY. 48, 7. 77, 9. 92,4. kept back, withheld; lakhvdr vakhdund, lakhvdr

AV. 39,5. held back, retained, withheld; vazluncd,

GF. 2,41,47. goes back, returns;

i t } l a k h v d r yetibunast, AY. 4,19. setback, or settled downwards; lakhvdr yekavimunad, 5)

lakhvdr yekavimund,

AY. 70,7. stayed away; SstyoS

GF. 1,19,26. stand back, withdraw. Heb.

Chald. *Tini6; Paz. syn. tyw avdz. rano-vardin,

AV. 14,9. J)»^) ))*&

rano-vardxno,

-uA -

133

ratio (see yh ran) +

A Y . 12,16. s. greaves, breeches, trowsers. pfl^J vardin; be read

comp. Z.

rukhd va vardin rax,

22.

and Pers. ^ x i f ^ .

3, 6, 3 1 ,

(or

vartir)

It may however

'coronets and crowns'.

postp. A Y . 2, i , is, n . 3,8. 4, 35. 53, 9. 68, n . 94, G. G F . 4,

34, 95, 97.

14,

16, 2 3 ,

26. Hn.

25,

to, for J A Y . 4,

2 , 32.

17,

25.

15.

18,9. 55,7. 59,5. 89, 1,2. GP. 2,12. Hn. 2,26. on account of, because of; A Y . 71,8. 87, 95,7. G F . 2,13. through (preceded by the idhafat J i in A Y . 8 7 , 7 . ) ; A V . 1 , 3 . in order to; A Y . 1 , 9 . GP.

3,9,54,60.

(where

4,27.

it merely denotes the object of the v.);

-uyo on account of this, because;

J i

^

distant, away. Paz. syn.

68,6.

maman rdi, A Y . 6, 100,3. 68, is.

on account of what ? wherefore ? why ? — Pers.

rakhtk (trad, raik,

and rdi, A Y . , anc. P .

radiy.

rahik) Hn. 2,29. adv. far, remote,

or

Heb. pirn> Chald. p ^ T , pTH, Syr. .

n

^ As.

ruuku •

d c r , according to the Pahl.-Paz. Glos., but it should be

Sjt diir, see the remarks on ^ A u arik. raba, A Y . 8,2. grand, magnificent.

Ar.

As. rabu]

Sas.

raba,

Paz. syn.

libbemman Heb.

1 4 , 2 0 . Dk. 145,8. adj. great, large, immense,

(trad,

Heb.

Chald. K2H, Syr. V»»,

vazurg. rabbamamari)

Chald. 3 3 ^ , emph.

Syr.

GP. 3 , 7 , 9 . s. the heart. Ar. J j j ' , As. libbu;

Paz.

dtL

syn.

r a f t a n o , v. to go, to proceed, to walk, to travel, to progress, to arise,

to emanate; past part.

^tyS r a f t , A Y . 8 1 , 7 . ; pres. 3

d

sing.

r a f t , AY. raved,

substituted

sdtunSd in Hn. 2,37. by He, (it is also written ^y^ see Bund. 4 3 , 1 1 , 1 2 . 7 4 , 1 5 , 1 7 . ) .

tano and M ^ l t ^ O - ^ * rtfii^

lipamman

Pers. ^j-Xiy, IIuz. syn.

pret.

15,20.;

for

rubed, satun-

sazUuntand. (trad,

rapmaniari)

A Y . 3,13. 10,7,9. 101,5. s.

134

- )£>

a servant, an attendant, a minister, a helper, a supplier. posed to be the crd. of from libavvun,

It is sup-

'to bring', corrupted

lipammtintand,

a precative form of the pael of Heb. #13 'to come',

meaning 'let them bring'; Pa?, syn. ^-QJ^ rapitvin,

^ ¿ J ) ^ } ^ rapituvin,

meridional, southern; comp. Vj'SJ^OsA ^ ^ ¿ J rapituvmtar, • » W w ^

rahik.

ra

P tvintar,

AY. 4,] 7. Z. rapitvindtarik,

adj. noontide,

mid-day,

Hn. 2,19.

J ) 'the early afternoon'. adj. further south, veiy southerly,

southernmost; pi. used as a s. (in the gen.) yoM^^y)^^ tarikan,

Hn. 2,19. the southerners.

Pil^Cd^ rapitvin) ^

ra
-ik.

s. a chief, a principal, a head, a master.

Pers.

Op, Z. - m ^ a j ^

rad-khadd,

AY. 13,1.

rad-khuddi,

-jjj^w^

Hn. 2, 3 s.

adj. controlled by a master, submissive to control, ti actable, docile; see • J u ^ o ^ ^ i i arad-khuiiai. latamman

-

^

rad +

khuda; Z.

(trad, ralmaman)

AY. 6,3. ]0,5. 53, 7. 87, 8 .

90,11. Hn. 2, 36. adv. here, in this place; sometimes used for 'this woila', as in GF. 2, ?4.;

£ min latamman,

1>) val latamman, the opp. of j ^ y tamman, tamman,

'not there';

AY. 53,9. fiom here, hence;

AV. 8,6. to this place, hither.

As this is

it is perhaps a contraction of ^y»

Chald.

Syr.

la,

'thither', if repeated,

may have the meaning of 'hither and thither', or 'here and there'. ratu-frandmishnih,

N. 76,2. 77,5. 126,2. s. homage,

or invocation, of the heads of the cieation. franamishn ^

+

lajan,

abst. suf.

- i h ; Z. syn.

AY. 65,2. s. mud, miie, dirt.

ratu J Pers.

+

. or

.

M lorztdand,

-

135

v. to tremble, to shake, to shudder, to quake,

to shiver, to stagger; fut. 3d sing, Pers.

- « y bard

larzcd,

AY. 18, s.

^¿jjjJ. s s

(trad, raz) num. cipli. a hundred; generally with

C, or 100,

ciphers prefixed, as A or

, 300;

900.

100, Hn. l , i o , is.;

etc. see 5\y>y>

600, SSpijM

Paz. syn. (rarely used in Pahl.) f f j ) ) S S see

200;

5 U ,

700, and

sad.

)3\ui.

ras, Sans,

or

Hn. l , 9 i . s. a car, a carriage, a chariot.

Z.

ratha. rasat,

AY. 44,3. s. a cap, a skull-cap, a head-dress.

S

Ar.

\

iL«^. For other readings of the same letters see

rostano

and

listand. O^tyiti)^ rlst-akhcz,

AY. 5 , h . GP. 4,is. see O^CFQ)- 5 ^

-"O^ftlA

AY. J, is. s. a custom, a manner, a fashion,

rastaMh,

an usage, a rule. ^Jtj)^ rastak

(Pers. ax^^)

rat-dkhez.

-j- abst. suf. ^

-ih,

whicl is, however, perhaps added to the compound adj. ^JtD^ javta

astak,

'diversified'.

yiQ)^ rostano,

v. to grow, see

rostano;

v. to lick, see J J ^ X J ^

Kshtano;

past part. pQ)^

rost, A Y . 7 0 , 2 . listand,

AY. 03,2. Pers. ^jJc&J,. ^ l N j ^ v J ^ c L w a a J , or rasishno, s h (crd. of jj^ii^

prei. yiQ)^ Sans. lib.

Hn. l,io. s. arrival, approach, coming, attainment. rasidano)

rasidano,

+

abst. suf.

-ishno; Pers.

.

v. to arrive, to reach, to attain, to come; to

happen, to occur; pres. 1 st sing, anc. P . ras, Z. r a s ; Huz. syn.

ras'dom.

A Y . 9 , i . Pers. jjjucwv,

yamtuntano.

m

^M)

£

AV. 100,2. s. mockery, banter, derision,

resh-kharish,

ridicule.

-

resh (Pera. Ji.^, or jLi^,

(ij"^-1 or ^¿j^ix, 'a butt'); comp.

'a beard') -j¡jio^,

kharish

sJOLb. and

il^OU^ rikhtand, Dk. 145,6. v. to pour, to spill, to diffuse, to flow, to disperse; past part, d

A

ppw¡S

rikht, AV. 1,1«.

\

*

rikhto,

\

N. 77, s.; pres. 3 pi. J ^ y ) rcjctul, AV. 22, a. J b a r d

rcjcnd,

AV. 16,8. they pour out, or shed. Pera. ^jJJix^j, Z. Sans, rtc/i. yHj^ Ras/m, A V . 5,6. j)*^ Rashnu, AV. 5, s. G F . 6, i. in K20,

pr. n. the yazad, or angel, who is said to weigh people's good actions against their bad, when their souls come to the Chin vat bridge on the third morning after death (which is the fourth day, inclusive of their dying day, comp. Mkh. 2, us, m.); his name ia given to the 18tb day of each Parsi month. Pera. ^j-ij, Z. . ^ M, or 1000. (trad, ragh) num. ciph. a thousand; generally with ciphers prefixed, as ^il 1000, AV. 31, s. Hn. 1, io, 2t.; 2000;

^jw, or ^

10,000.

i 3000;

etc. see

j m j t * jt*

or ^ ^y, 9000 and

^

hazdr.

Paz. syn.

iS lak (trad, rak) AV, 3,6, is. 4,4, as, 21-26, 33, »4. 5,7. 10, a, -7,9, 12,14, 11, 8. 12, 6. 17, 13-16, 18-20, 35, 53, 9. 08,5,10,15-17.101,5,14,22. GF. 1, 10, 12, 20, 27. 2,9. 3,3-7,15,19-21, 36, 43, 44, 41, 63. 78, 85, 95. 4,1,2,14,16,11, 22,25. I l n .

kich,

1 , 2. 2 , 24-29, 3 ^ 3 6 .

pron. thou, thee, thy, thine;

I l e b . C h a l d . 7]^ 'to thee', tu ( t r a d ,

Pahl.)

Syr.

Ar. JsJ;

la-

aee

P&z. syn.

(rare

in

tho).

j)^ XXX, or 30, (trad, rak) AV. 2,24. num. cipb. thirty; XXXIII,

three; £)yi

Dk. 145,3. )

)

)» | J ) XXX va III, GF. l , i t . 4,i. thirtyXXX va Hum, GF. 3,92. thirty-second, 32d;

XXX va UlUm, G F . 3,95. thirty-third, 33 a ;

j

J^

^ XXX

137

GF. 3,8». thirty-first, 31 s t .

va khaduk, X;

J>

-

— ^ (for

XX

+

Paz. syn. (rare in Pahl.) J05 si. lekum (trad, rakum)

AY. 1,31,32,39. 2,8,15,18. 3,8. 16,11,12.

101,23. GF. 1,17. 2,15. pron. ye, you, your, yours. Heb. QD1? 'to you', Chald. DO1?! Syr. ^ a ^ i , ^

Ar. |jCJ; Paz. syn.

shumd.

GF. 3, 8 e. num. thirtieth, 30 t h ;

XXXum,

fyft

khadukum,,

GF. 3,89. in K20, a variant of ^ f y )

duk. —

XXX

+

ord. suf.

^

XXXum

XXX

va

kha-

-um.

lakich, AY. 3,13. pron. with conj. thou too, thee even, thine also. ^

lak +

£5 -ich.

ramih, ramak,

see

dush-ramih.

Hn. 1, si. s. a herd, a flock, a troop, a company.

Pers. 1XsOj, or mo^. ramituntand,

GF. 1,21. v. to throw, to cast, to hurl,

to fling, to plunge, to lay down; past part. 68,3. 32, 34, 6. 65,2. 70, 75,1. thrown away, ^ j l ^ J ^ pretr.

ramitund,

AY. 1,39. Sas. Ar. ^ o j ;

Paz. syn.

ramitund, bard ramittind,

madam

AY. 44, 6 .

ramitund,

AY. 93,2. driven upon;

4

AY. l , i o . ; pres. 2 pi.

ramituncd,

ramitun,

Syr. ^ e j ,

Heb. nb~l, Chald.

afgandand,

rw, AY. I , i 6 . s. brass, bronze; see Or

AY. 23,

rud.

Pers.

Kijy o q ) ^ ravdkh, rübdk,

see

hu-ravdkh-minishnih.

AY. 1,1. 47,7. 101, is. adj. going, progressive, con-

tinuous, ccurrent. u r r e n t . ^ j y rub (crd. of

raftano)

+ adj. suf. ao1 - a k ;

Pers. VJJV^ rubak-dahishnih,

Hn. 1,4. s. a causing of progress, 18

13S

-

a giving currency, continuation, circulation, propagation, ^ j j j ^ rübuk yQ-jßdahishn, to whieh compound adj. is added the abst. suf. rübän,

+ -th.

A V . 1 , 2 7 . 4 , 9 . 6 , 2 , 7 . 1 0 , 2 . 1 2 , 2 , 4 , 7 , 1 s . 13, 5 1 , 3 , 5 . 1 4 , 1 ,

S, 7, t l , 19. 15, 1,10,16,18. 1 6 , 1 2 . 17, 2, 3,5, 1 1,13,27. 1 9, 1,2, 5, 6, 9. 20, 2 1 , 2 5 - 2 8 , 3 5 , 5 9 , 1 , 3 , 5 . 2 2 , 2 4 , 37, 43, 63, i, 4 ; y>

see AY. 9,4. note.

and

Hn. 1, 36. 2, 84.

AY. 5, 8,7. 9,4. 12,11,12. 10!, 3,11. Hn. 2,34, in K20, s. light, brightness,

roshanoih,

brilliance, splendor, radiance; often written roshan

+ abst. suf. roshani,

Pers, ^ ¿ y • >

.

roshanih,

or

141

-ih; Pers.

roshanih.

—

^ ^ y

AY. 9,4. may be a variant of

roshanih,

as 3 -i is occasionally used for -j^j -ih in some MSS.; but this word should probably be read rohan-i, roshanih

and change places with ^Oyiy^

in the same sentence. roshanih,

I.) AY. 14,1. 15,7. adj. see ynj^ roshan

AY. 12,3,i6,i8. 15,19 20. s. see

roshan

II. —

I.

II.)

roshan

+

adj. suf. J) -ik which is sometimes substituted for the abst. suf. -j^j -ih. ^^

lanman

(trad, roman)

AY. 1,26,27. 2,9,13,16,18. 3,6,13,14.

Dk. 151,2. pron. we, us, our, ours. us', Chald.

Sas. ct^)

lanman,

Heb. Ij^j, 'to

iO*?» Syr.

Ar. ID; Paz. syn. (rare in Pahl.)

rund,

AY. 4,17. s. a side, a direction, a quarter;

am a. ^

rim,

comp.

avdrun

and

riii, Dk. 144,-6.

frdrun. rud, AY. 64,4,11. 76, 3. s. brass, bronze,

probably some compound metal more fusible than ordinary brass, as it is usually mentioned as being melted; see ^ ru. ¿y,

comp. Z. rndh, rod,

or

'to flow'.

AY. 57,4. 58,5. 64,5,12. 73,7.

face, the countenance, the cheeks. Pers. syn.

Pers.

rod, AY. 77,87,2. s. the or

Z. _M(ai.tj); Huz.

anepmati. loit, GP. 1,9. 3,58.

loito,

Dk. 151,3. N. 78,7. neg. v.

s. 3d pers. is not, it is not, there is not, are not, there are not;

142

-

$$ ¡2, and there it is not them,

^O^ — WOW afshun — loit, AV, and they have not

am(

— t

dshdnij

— '^vahnan

loit, GF. 3,58, when it is not with t h e m , when they are without, when they have not.

Chald, n ^ i

mti,

"XJ^CJ^

h

^

Syr.

-

Paz. sy". ^ y J j

s. non-existence, un eality, nullity, no-

thingness, annihilation, dcatrur tio

syn.

nlst.

loit + abst. si f.

-ih:

Pi5r.

n'stih. rocshmctn, AV. 2, °s. IT. c. 31,47,2, 36. s. 5 7 , ! . 5?, 5. GF.

3,64. Iln,

4,1s, 3 , n , N. 77,12. 78, 4. s. the heiid, the top; an extrem-

ity, an end (opp. o f j } ) bun, 'the beginning'). I]eh, tilsTt Syr. ^if

Ar. ^ t ^ ;

* v> rodishno,

hu-rcdishitv. —

Paz, s>yn.

\

Chald. liWl,

sar.

s. growth, increase, development;

rod (ml. of

V* rodidano)

sec

j^J^ii

+ ahst. sui*. j ^ j

~ishno. Iciin, AV. 2 , 3 , 2 3 . 14,15. 15,is, 28,2. l l n . 2,35.

Icvinu,

GF. 4,20. IIn. 3,34. adv. before, in front, in (he presence, forward; £

^

levin min, AV. 2, >5. earlier than, before

7G, ?, GF. I,i8. J ) ^ levtm-i, before val levin-i,

j j i ^ levin-i, AV. 2,21.

AV. 3,7. in front of, in the presence of,

£ min levtnd, AV. D3,10, of the float, in front: j j » ^ AV. 3 2 . t o the front of, before; JjJ^

4,2a, into the presence of. Sas. eye', Chaid. ji X X o r

twenty. P&z. sya.

Paz, syn.

Icviiti,

I let.

rud levin-i,

i) GF.

'before the

pesh.

20, (trad, re) GF. 3, 1,12.17,22, ss, 41, m. num. eipK

vist,.

ridunS, v. to void, to evacuate fu: es, to ease nature; past part, ^ j i rhl, AV. 01,2.; pret, rid, AV. 0 8 , i . voided on, or out.

and rich.

rid, AV, 71. 3.;

madam

Pers, ^ J o ^ ; comp. Z. iri, Sans, ri

^

rikhtano.

A Y . 4 , 9 . H n . 2 , 2 , 1 2 , xa, i s . 3 , 2 , 5 , 1 7 . N . 7 8 , 7 .

Iclijd,

A Y . 4 , 2 . 1 7 , 8 . Hn. 2 , 6 , 7 . s. a night.

Wyd, ^c5.'

143

p r e s . 3 d pi. of J J ^ X J ^

rcjcnd, j q ^

- ^

Syr.

126,5.

Heb. W?, Chald.

P^z. s>'n-

A.r. ragdman,

AY.

2 5 , 31, 4 3 , 6 7 , 2 . 3 2 , 6 . 6 0 , 8 .

79,3. 7 4 , 7 7 , i . GF. 2,17. 3,35,36,39,40,64.

6 4 , 4 . 65, 69, 76,

ragdman,

A Y . 1,36.

32,2. 48,4. 6 0 , 8 9 , 3 . s. a foot, a - l e g below the knee; min ragdman

mczishnik,

ragdman,

Heb.

u u g j , pdi,

or

A Y . 25,6. making w.iter on foot. p 0 v

C h a l d . ^JH, S y r .

fl^j,

Ar.

Sas.

P a z . s y n , -qj^J,

pa. rist-akhcz,

O^iti)^ rection of the +

dead;

see

dkhez

QJ^

A Y . 61,7. s. the dead-arising, the resurO^CitD^

(crd.

of

rist-akhcz.

—

•Ikhczidano)-,

Peis.^xiJjU^,

or y ^ ^ J i M y . rajistak,

A Y . 5,3. adj. exact, accurate, right, irue, just.

Z. -W^sj^J^JI) . ^ f t i ) ^ rtstak,

adj. dead, deceased, inanimate; pi. used as a s. in

aristakano,

Dk. 151, u .

and JH^Jtl)-3^

javidd-rista-

kano, Dk. 152,4. those who are not d e a d , those apart from the dead, the living.

Z. - u ^ o j j j I j .

These readings are uncertain,

quoted can also be read arajistakano

as the words

and jayiclo-rajistakano,

'the in-

accurate, wrong, erring, or deviating, the transgressors', which meaning is quite reconcilable with the context; comp. also - J ^ f t i ) ^ rastakih,

AY.

javiil-

1,15.

rcsh,

s. I.) A Y . 23,3. 47,1. a beard.

Wound, a hurt, a sore. M^CXJ^ lisktand,

Pers. or liy&dano,

or ^ y ,

II.) A Y .

77,1,9. a

Z. -»ffto ^C*^ »

v. to lick, to chew, to masticate;

144

^

see

listano;

past part.

^XJ^

lisht, AV. 35,2.

AY. 99,2.

jj^uy^

reshkun,

wound-causing, hurtful, wounding, painful. -¡(¿^ kun, or

fulness.

rSshkun rim,

Peis.

.

H n . 2, 3,37. adj.

rcsh

II. +

adj. suf.

kun. rcshgumh,

£

^¿.¿J,

AV. 34, c. s. the hair of the body. Pers.

^ j q J ^ reshkun,

^

Pers.

or ^ t X x j J ; Sans. lih.

^XVUUWJJ,

rishak,

5

or rcshkunih, +

AV. 5,8. s. hurtfulness, pain-

abst. suf.

-i/i.

AY. 20, 22, 38, 73, 80,2. s. impurity, filth, dirt, dross.

or riman,

AV. 38,6.

rimand,

AY. 72,8. adj. impure, pol-

luted, corrupt, filthy, nasty; comp. ^ ^ rimantum,

AY. 17,12.

rimanih,

rimantar,

sup.

Pers.

AV. 37,7. 38, 41, 4 9 , 2 . 58, 5. 7 0 , 3 .

pollution, corruption, filthiness, nastiness. Ic-denman

AY. 17,13.;

impurity,

riman -)- abst. suf. j y -t/j.

Hn. 1,350,38a. 2,37. pron. to this

(trad, rctgomari)

one, this one's, (but also used as a nom.) this one, this, he (and probably used also for the 1 s t and 2 d pers.).

Chald. b +

fl •

5 S

z is the seventh letter of the P a h l a v i alphabet, and the usual

equivalent of Sas.

Pers.

Z.

it interchanges with 1 y and 5 d, yektelun, J^J )

as in

zektibun

yekavimiin,

y*fzimastdn

and Chald. f ; in some words,

zak = —

zektelun

ijektibun, dak, dimastdn,

sekavtmun

zamdti zamik

—

= =

=

dam&n, damik,

etc.

—

145

W h e n not final, it is always joined to the succeeding letter, but undergoes very little change of form, as in the compounds;

zd, ^

e£> zak, £

zd,

zarn and fi 3an. In a few words, S

z, or iS

sr,

has be-

come converted into a (perhaps through the intermediate form

jd,

or dd), as in

=

Sas.

=

-u^^ajja»

Sas. =

yazdan. Tazdakarti,

haps jj^yAJ ( =

=

and j ^ i . « ^ = j j ^ g j ^ J i sazitun)

similar conversion of sS khazitun)

Auharmazdi,

Sas.

mazdayasn.

Per-

may be quoted as an instance of a

zi into a ) while

kliaditun

(=

is an instance in which the process of conversion has stop-

ped at the intermediate stage of •*fyS zyash, •JfjsS

®as-

zyash;

di.

or zish, AY. 4,13,1 G. 17,11. 89, s. rcl. with suf. see

-*(yS

J

-i zyash,

AY. 101, is. which — that by

him, which — and which by him, which as by him (this double relative is used when a parenthetical phrase, relating to the antecedent, is inserted between the rel. and v.; see Mkh. 27,42. 55,5.). iS d

suf. -J^j -ash of 3 pers. sing.; Paz. syn.

zy- -(- pron.

yash.

zdhar, AY. 84,5. GF. 3,7,9,15. s. poison, venom. P e r s . y c ^ . zahak, AY. 70,3. adj. dropping, exuding, distilling, emitting, discharging. -u5 zakham,

zah (crd. of Pers. AY. 5,13. 28,6.

54,9. 55,1,9.

wound, a hurt, a sore, torment, torture. zyashdn, YO>S ziyan,

jjJlaj^)

4- adj. suf.

-d'c.

68, is 99,2,11.

p.

Pers.

zyashdno, variants of fO^S ziyano,

a

zyashdn.

AY. 33,6. s. injury, damage, harm.

Pers. ( j l - ^ , Z. iS

zahaba,

Chald. iOiTI. Syr. W}

AY.

1,7. 101,20.

Ar. zahabMn-kard,

GF. 2,13. s. gold.

Paz. syn.

zar.

AY. 14, 8 . perhaps for m

Heb. DHT.

146

J t

iS

-

adj. golden-made, inlaid with gold,

zahabdm-kard,

-f ^

zahabdin

zahabain, -f- adj. suf. y -in; ^y^uS

•ui

(p. p. of

kardano).

AV. 15,9. adj. golden, gilded.

Paz. syn.

zahabtn,

zahabd

zarin.

A Y . 2,29. a variant of yyyiS

zahabdin.

GF. 6,5. p.p. used-as a s. one who is born, a

zddak, child, a SOD.

hard

made of gold.

Pers.

. v. to be born, to be brought forth; to give birth,

))zadano, to bring forth; p . p .

ftyS

zad,

see

acrpat-zdd,

bard zdd, AV. 42,6. brought forth; pres. 3 d pi. substituted for Z. zan,

zerkhund

zayand,

in GP. 2, 51. by L15. Pers.

p. p. -u^iiti^j Sans, jan,

p. p. jata-,

-JJJJ

Huz.

^ofj;

syn.

j^^aAS'

zakham,

see note

zerkhuntand. zakham, gyS

zakhcm,

variants of

on A Y . 5,13. zafar,

A V . 2 2 , 2 9 , 6 6 , 2 . 69,4. 70,3. N. 77,2. s. a jaw, the

jaws, the mouth; see zaddr, zadano;

zofar.

Pers.

or ^y,

AV. 28,6. s. a beater, a smiter, a destioyer.

From

anc. P. nom. jatd.

zadano,

v. to strike, to beat, to smite, to drive (a nail), to

vanquish, to destroy; past part.

zad, A Y . 48,7. 69,2., ^

zad, A V . 67,4. driven into; crd. j ^ s a r a , see j j ^ p , Sas. p. p. OfiJ

zati,

anc. P. Z. jan,

p. p. hata\ Huz. syn. J J ^ ^ A ^ zerkhuntand, bring forth; pret. zerkhuncd,

Z. - u f y j t ^ .

drogh-zan. p. p -u^nt^

yin Pers.

Sans, han^

makhituntano. v. to be born, to arise; to give birth, to zerkhund,

GF. 2,51.; pres. 3d p].

AV. 1, ia.; pres. 3 d sing. ^JJJAA^ zerkhund,

GF. 2, 49,51. Heb.

As--is

147

rni 'to break forth, to arise', Chald. fTHi Syr. ^ i j and • syn.

Pàz.

zddano. zard,

AY. 5,5. 47,2. GP. 2,12. adj. yellow, sallow.

Z. -ju^oAjjj^ , Sans, harita, Zaratuhasht,

Pers.

'greenish yellow'. AY. 1,1. 3,9. 11,3.16.12,8. 101, is. Hn.

1 , 1 , 3 , 7 , 1 2 , 1 7 , 2 2 , 2 7 , 3 2 , 3 7 . 2 , 1 . 3 , 3 , 1 7 . ^ O O 1 " ) ^ - ^ Zaratuhùshtar,

Hn.

1,9. Dk. 144,4. 145,1,4. 150,i. pr. n. the great teacher and propagator of the Mazdayasnian religion, who was the son of Pourushaspa, and lived in the time of king Yishtàsp, perhaps about B. C. 2300 (see Haug's 'Lecture on an original speech of Zoroaster'); he is often called Zarathushtra Spitàma in the Avesta (Pahl. ^u^^JèJ-is tuhasht-i

Spitdman,

or

Zara-

f ^ ^ O C E Spitdman

Zaratuhasht),

probably from his ancestor Spitàma, in the ninth generation; his ancestry is traced, in Bund. 79,5-10 , back to Manóshchihar, in the fourteenth generation

One, or more, later reformers of the religion have

probably also borne the name, or title, Zarathushtra. •'

'

• ' '

Zùràdacht

(?), Z.

• •'«

; various

Pers.

• '1

't

explanations of this name

have been proposed (see Haug's Gàthas II. p. 245-46.), but none are very satisfactory. Zaratàhashtàn,

AY. 11,3. patron, adj. the Zara-

thushtran; of, belonging to, or descended from, Zarathushtra. Zaratuhasht

+

SOOIflà-^

patron, suf. yi Zaratùsht,

Zaratuhasht, ftf-è-S

zarcmayó,

^H)1")^-^

-an. J^OOlIt^-^

Zaratushtar,

variants

of

which are generally used in K20. IIn. 2,38. adj. an epithet of the oil, or liquor,

tasted by the souls of the pious on their arrival in heaven; its meaning is doubtful, but seems to be connected with the green, or golden,

148

-

color of spring (see Haug, 'das 18e Kapitel des Wendidad', p. 26). Z.

.

^»¿jy^ zruvdn, lapse of time.

GF. 2, 40.

zruvdnd,

Pers. ^ y j , (jt-iy, c ? ^ ) '

GF. 2, s». s. old age,

or

^

-U)JUU>^5

comp. Sans. j a r d .

zarin,

AY. 12, i 6 . adj. golden, made

z a r t n - p M d , AY. 12, 9 . 13,2. gold-embroidered;

of gold;

^

zarhw,

AY. 5,5.

j A ^ z a r i n - h a r d , AY. 9,3 ^¡(^

z a r i n d - k a r d , AY. 11, i.

worked with gold, made of gold. Pers. f j - ^ p or 0

Sans, h a r i n a j IIuz. syn. JOf}- -^

Z.

;

zahabain.

t f i , or ¿ 5 , z a k , pron. (used absolutely) sing. GF. 2,19, 20, 22, 25, 39,44. 3,91. Iin. 2,36. Dk. 144,2. that one, he, she, it, him, her, (after a s. in gen.) GF. 2, 54, 64. 3, 36, 94.; pi. AY. 11,4. 16, io. GF. 3,58. those, they, them; J i S zak-i,

sing. AY. 2,15,24. 4,2,6,10,11, is, 21-23,

35. 5,9. 6,8. 8,2. etc. that which is, that of, he (or she) who is, he (or she) who; pi. AY. 9,3. 12,7,14, is. 14,7,11,14,19. 15,1, is. etc. those who (or which) are, those of, they who; Jk(yS s S zak z y a s h , AY. 17,u. Hd. 2,6. 8,5. that which by him (her, or it); (used adjectively) sing. AY. 1,4,20,36,40. 2,12,17,31. 3,3. 4,9,16,17,21. etc. that, the; pi. AY.

4,9,12. 7,17,2.

54,n. Hn. 2, i 6 . those, the; _uyo i!> zak and,

Hn. 2, o8. probably for - t u $ S z a k a i , 'another', comp. )A> ¿ S z a k h a n , (used adverbially) ¿ S zak, AY.

Hn.

2,20.;

sS

£ akhar

wards:

min z a k , AY.

10,6. Dk.

in that way, so;

145,4.

Xjiqi

after that, after-

i S z a k a n d , AY. 4,12. Hn. l,io. 2, 6 . 3,5. that much, so

much, as much; because;

1,12.

53,4.

£ m i n z a k , GF. 1,15. Hn, 2,36. from that cause,

¿ 5 5) v a d z a k a m a t , AY. l,ie. until the time when.

Sas. \ S z a k , Heb. n?> Chald. ^pi,

- w s S zakdi,

AY. 1,19. Hn.

Ar.

1,11,16,21,26,35«.

Paz. syn.

and.

Dk. 151,2. a»» j i S

z a k - i a e , N. 78,6. adj. another, other, others, different; comp. - u y u

$$

zak and,

149

Hn. 2,28.

It appears to be a compound of i S zak,

'that',

and uut ac, or khad,

'one'; and if so, it should be read zak-ae;

comp.

kadarchai. jj^oj^^iJ)

zekteluntano,

GF. 3,9. v. to kill, to slay, to slaughter,

to murder, to assassinate, to extinguish (fire); past part. telund,

zek-

AY. 1 , 2 1 , 7 4 , 5 . 1 4 , « . 3 7 , 4 8 , 5 5 , 7 . 60, g. 98,5,6. GF. 2 , h , i b . , bard

zektelund,

zektelund,

GF.

AY. 91, i.,

-u^

bard

zektelund,

zekteliinam,

bard

M^tSw avazadano.

zakich,

anich.

IsiS

zakar,

zakar-yasharUbo, Syr.

In this verb, the original

iS

rek-

zek, as above.

zakich.

—

zak

-(- (^-ich;

adj. male, masculine; used as a s. in A Y . 72, s. the pious man. Paz. syn.

zak-niz,

£3) (Pers. ^ j o )

¡¡ek in

AY. 38,5. Hn. 3,21. Dk. 150,12. pion. with conj.

Ar. yj

zek-

Chald. tep, Syr. ^ ¿ c , Ar. JOS; Paz. syn.

that also, those too; see syn. (o^o

AY. 21,2.; fut. 1 st sing,

GF. 3,53-55,70,76.; fut. 3 d pi. -Mjj

teliin, is usually corrupted into ¿S (oiS

GF.3,«o.

GF. 3,75. 5,2.; imper. 2d sing,

telun, GF. 1,8. Heb.

pre f .

GF. l , i s . 3,46,68. 4 , 2 , 9 . ; fut. 3 d sing.

zekteluned,

betra zektelund,

slain outright;

-M^ bar a zektelund,

s!ew outright; pres. 3 d pi. ^"j^^ai^

1,6. 2,ie.

Paz.

y^^y

Heb. ~DT, Chald.

nar.

AV. 11,12. pron. with conj. that also. Perhaps this may be read zakoich,

¿S

zak

as a mere

variant of the following. QSS that also, O

zakich,

AY. 14,12. Hn. 1,12,17,22,27,32,87. pron. with conj.

that even,

those too;

see

(oiS

zakich.

— tS

zak

+

-ich. zaman,

AY. 2,15.

zamano,

GF. 4,21. ?. a time, a period,

150

-

a season; also written yijg GF. I , i 3 . 3,81,85.

))*>§£

damdn; ))4J pavan

^a»^*' ))£) pavan

ham-zaman,

GF. 3, eo, 6i,6s,

ham-zamdrid,

83. 4,2,9,19,27. at the same time, at once, immediately; y»]S zamdn,

AY. 17,26. Hn. 2,36.

zaman;

Hr. 2, 32. a long

der zamdno,

time, a long while. Heb. JOT» Chald. )DT. Syr.

der

Ar. ^ l i } , Ethiop.

it appears, however, to have been originally a foreign word

in the Semitic languages. see J t Q y ^ o ^ ^ i

zamdnyish, JD]S zamik,

der-zamdnijish.

AY. 14,15. 17, 4 1 , 4 9 , 7 . 53,3, 5. 72,5. 76,9. GF. 2,10.

3,32. 4,4,11. s. the earth, the ground, land, a country, a region; also written J)^ damik.

Per?. ^e^ and ^-ycp,

Huz. syn. - u ^ J t

ved. Sans,

jam;

arid.

zan, substituted for j ^ j ^ ) neshman woman, a wife. Pers.

Z.

in AY. 24,6. by K20, s. a

Sans, jani\

Ilu/. syn.

neshman. zdhar,

N. 78,1,9. s. water consecrated by prayers and cere-

monies, holy-water; see \ufSty dv-zuhar comp. Sans,

and

zor.

9 9 , s . the tongue; see jaifiyn huzvdn Pers. ^L»^, ( j L i ) , or ( j t ^ , Z. zuvdnxh, zofar,

zofar, zafar.

-ulsjjLu^,

hotra. zubdn, AY. 57,1. 66,2. 71,4. 82,1,4,5.

^ynyfi

Z.

see

zubdnd.

and^jj^

AY.

kalbd-zubdn.

H u z - syn- -"JHi

shand.

charp-zuvanih.

AY. 101,26. adj. deep, profound.

Pers. o ^ ,

A Y . 18,6. the jaws, the mouth; a variant of

Z.

SQS

Or it may be the preceding, used as a s. meaning 'depth'. ^»fS* zud, GF. 3,67. 4,8. adv. quickly, swiftly, rapidly.

Pers.

¿¿j;

V Z. zu, 'to hasten', Sans. ju.

-

151

This must not be confounded with the

similarly wiitten word qcfi zot, or nom.

, Sans,

zotar,

'an officiating priest' (Z.

hotri).

Sf

zur, AY. 33,5. 40, 55, e. 90,4. GF. 3,29. s. a lie, a falsehood, 6) a fiction, an untruth. Ar. ^ y ^¡S" zor, N. 77,3. s. holy-water; a variant of Sufi zdhar. A similar word

zur means 'strength, power, force' (Pers.

Z.

ano. P.

zura,

and or

evidence, perjury. zitzak,

AY. 45,5. 55,6. s. false

zur-gukasih, zur +

gukasih.

AY. 70,2. s. a hedgehog, or porcupine.

or j ^ j j , Z.

Pers.

sj^j,

. AY. 1,7. 2,32. Hn. 2,5. Dk. 150,1,4. N. 78, s. s. a com-

mentary, a paraphrase, an explanation, generally applied to the Pahlavi translation of the Avesta.

Pers. iX>y, Z. zanti

Z. zan, 'to know', Sans, jnd, similarly written word ¿fi

Gr. yvw,

in j y j g j a ^ j J j from

Lat. -gno in cognosco,

zang means 'the leg' (Z.

etc.

-UQJUU^ ?

A

Sans.

janghd). iS

zy-,

or zi-,

a relative particle (found only in connection with

the pron. suffixes); 'that, who, which'. I I .OS ,r

J>

Syr.

1, Ar. ^ j J I ;

Sas.

Paz. syn. y-.

founded with the similarly written pron. ^ S

zyat,

or zit,

zi,

Heb. ¡IT. Chald.

This must not be conzak — t£>.

GF. 1,23. rel. with suf. which (that, or who)

by (to, of, for, or through) thee. ¿S

zy—|-

pron. suf.

-at of 2 a pers.

sing.; Paz. syn. yat. •¿(¿¿5 zyash,

or zish, Hn. 2,e, 20. 3,5,19. Dk. 144,7. rel. with suf.

which (that, or who) by (to, of, for, or through) him (her, or it); also

J&S -

152 written

zyash.

P a z . syn.

tS

~y- +

yS -ash of 3 d pers. s i n g . ;

pron. suf.

yash. zyashdii,

or zlshdn,

AV. 16,4. rel. with suf. which (that,

or who) by f t o , of, for, or t h r o u g h ) them. d

-shdn

of 3 pers. pi.; P a z . syn. zisht,

AV.

zya- + pron. suf.

yashati.

17,15. adj. ugly, hideous, d e f o r m e d ;

^ i t H J j } - ^ z t s h t t a r , AV. 17,is. P e r s . c ^ - i j ; comp. Z. ^S

zyam,

or zim,

(see -¿(yS 1

j -i zyam,

A V . 53,5. which as

zyash for r e m a r k s on the double rel.). of 1 s t peis. s i n g . ; P a z . syn.

pron. suf. £ -am

'filthy'.

I l n . 1 , 2 . rel. with suf. which (that, or who)

by (to, of, for, or through) m e ; by me

comp.

~yamano,

or zimano,

yam.

D k . 144, i. rel. with suf. which (that,

or who) by (to, of, for, or though) us.

zya-

+

pron. suf.

8

-memo of l ' pers. pi. \j^yyS a treaty.

zinhar,

P e r s . ^ L ^ a ^ , or ^Lgi}.

\aSqyyS ments.

yS

A Y . 51,5. s. an agreement, a covenant, a league,

zen-afzar,

A V . 14, 8. s. arms and equipments, accoutre-

zen (Z.

) + \uSty

J l f t D ^ - ^ zivastatio, pres. 3 d sing. Pers.

afzdr;

comp. Pers. ^ ¿ f

v. to live; pret.

zivcd,

zivast,

G F . 2,52,54.

Anc. P . jiv,

AY.

^¡y 17,9.;

Z. Saus.

jiv,

or y^fiS

zivislm,

A Y . 2,13. G F . 2,35,36. 3, ej. s. living, life. yS

(crd. of J(Jti))'-^ zivastand) •i>)y5

zivandak,

as a s. yoi))yS G F . 2, 83, 93.

+

abst. suf.

ziv

-ishn.

GF. 2,41,46,47. 3,71. adj. living, alive; pi. used

zivandakdn,

A Y . 3 , 6 0 , 8 5 , 6 . 4,16,22. 68,4,15. 97,4.

3, 18, 21, 24, 2S, 33, 3 8, 43, 5 0, 53, 56, 63, 6 6.

zlvandakano,

3,

2.

1 3, 1 8, 28, 37, 42,

A Y . 2,15. the living.

M i t D ) ^ zivastand j -f- pres. part. suf.

-andak-,

yS

ziv

Pers. s j o ^ .

65, 87,

90,

(crd. of

Y$ jytyyS vandak

zivandakxh,

+ abst. suf.

*

153

AY. 81, e. Hn. 2, «,11,17. s. life. M)yS

%i-

-ih] Pers. ^ S j o j j .

s; yad1

di,

gad,

ge, ji,

etc.

i i s, is the eighth letter of the Pahlavi alphabet, and the usual equivalent of Sas. stands for Z. e, d, g, j.

Pers.

Z. 3», and Chald. D; in some cases, it

, and for any compound of 3 y, t, c, d, g, j -f 5 y, t,

When final, it often stands for Pers. final 5, and is written

«(j s, which final form is usually retained even when a suffix is added to the word.

When not final, it is always joined to the succeeding

letter; and if that letter be a»,

or J , the last turn of the H

is usually enlarged, as in the compounds -J^j-i ( = «(ji (— J l i ) ; while ¿i +

) are written

sometimes used for^jiS and tracted into £33.

, and

5 the letters

j i f j ) , $33 and yQ and ^ p

are

sp are also often con-

This letter and some of its compounds are often

difficult to read correctly, thus & s, -^.S sa,

jiq) si,

$33 sj,

sn,

and JflO si may be read yi, di, gi, etc.; yash, etc.; did, etc.; ycz, etc.; din, etc.; and das, dig, etc.

When AS, or

, stands for s, it is oc-

casionally marked with three diacritical dots, either above, or below, in some MSS.; and when it is a compound of i -f- i , it is liable to the same diacritical marks as that letter. «0 XL,

or 40 (trad, sa) GF. 2,51. num. ciph. forty.

Paz. syn.

(rare in Pahl. and variously written by different authorities) or

chihal.

It may be here noticed that the Pahl. num.

ciphers, from 40 to 90, are evidently formed on the principle of adding an additional

or loop, for every score (which i , or loop, may per-

haps be merely a shortening of the cipher ^ in

20 and

30),

while the odd 10 in 30, 50, 70, and 90, is expressed by a d d i n g ^ 10 to the cipher of the preceding score; these ciphers are written so as 20

154

-

to resemble various letters, and are traditionally pronounced accordingly, as f o l l o w s : ^ 30 (rak); 60 (es);

40

o r ^ i i , 50 (safe);

, o r ^ j a i , 70 (csfe, or sik); «(jii,

, SO (sas, or as);

_3.li.ii,

or

«(J«(J, or

or^-(j-u, 90 (sask, or asfc).

sakht, AV. I,i6. p.p. used as a s. what is taught, a statement, a narrative, a tale. M^OO*45 sdkhtand, past part.

Z. sa^, or sach. v. to make, to form, to prepare, to manage;

sakht, AY. 76,6.

Pers. ^jJu&.Lw,

j ^ i ^ y i i sdhmgun, or sdhmkun, a variant of

sahmgun;

AY. 17,22. in H6, Hi7 and K26,

comp

sdhmguntar, AV. 17,22.

in H i , H17 and K26. fgyiJ safeM, AV. 15,4 55,1. 77,7. GF. 3, so. adj. hard, severe, difficult, firm, strong, violent; (used as a s. for 3,37.

Comp. ^ ^ y i S sakhttar, •j^fgyja

sakhtih,

AY.

GF. 4,22.

16,12.

Hn.

Pers.

17,2,9. 31,3. s. hardness, severity,

difficulty, distress, strength, violence. Pers.

sakhtih)

sakht + abst. suf. -jfj -ih;

t5 £aa*w.

sdtundn,

AV. 58,5. pres. part, used as a s. what is

running, or flowing; a stream, a current, a brook. sdtuntand;

Pres. part, of

Pers. syn. (jf«^. Or perhaps it may be the crd.

form -f- pi. suf. yo -an. U^M^O'45 (trad.) sdtuntano, v. to proceed, to go, to walk, to creep, to move, to flow, to stream; past part.

satUnd, AV. 55, s.; pret. st

sdtitnd, AY. 12, 47,2. 64,4.; pres. 1 sing. d

Hn. 3,4.; pres. 3 sing. ^ J H f O " * satuned, madam sdluncd, d

travels; pres. 3 pi.

sdtunam,

AY. 64, n . GF.

2,20,22.

Hn. 2,3,37. moves on, passes along,

satund, AY. 12, ig. 15,7.

This verb may

be compared with Heb. liltJ' = ntoti' 'to turn away, to deviate', if it be

—

155

considered alone; but it appears, on reference to Pahl.-PSz. Glos. 15,is. and 16,4., to bear the same relationship to that

khadituntano

khazituntand,

sazitunta.no

(trad, astiinatan)

does to

namely, that of a corrupt form in common use, to the original

and correct word which, in accordance with this view, must be assumed to be|

, and this ought to represent some common Semitic verb.

It if be compared with Heb. read ySzituntano,

Chald. ny], Syr.

and

it should be

should be ycdituntand,

or

ycgitun-

tano; perhaps, however, these two Pahl. verbs may be better compared with Chald. top which has a secondary meaning 'to walk'; in which case

should be read sdlak,

sagitiintano.

adj. (appended to num.) years old, years of age;

^¿>¿3

haft-salak,

AY. 10,9. seven years old;

XV-sdlak,

Hn. 2,2$. fifteen years of age. \ u i 5 sal (Pers. J L « , Sans, sarad)

+

adj. suf. ^

Z.

-ak.

sdstdr, GF. 1,24. 2,3, 18, 21, 24, 28, 83, 38, 43, 50, 53, 56, 63. 66. 3 , 2, 13, 1 8 - 2 1 , 2 8 , 3 7 , 42, 53, 6 5 , 70, 76, 8 2 , 87, 90, 93, 96.

tyrant. Z.

5 Sans, sdstri suman,

Sans, samanta,

S.

a dictator,

a despot,

a

'a ruler'.

AV. 50,6. s. a boundary-mark. Pers. ,jLoLu; comp.

'a boundaiy'.

sahmkun,

Hn. 2,3,37.

sahmgun,

AY. 17, 22. 54, 1.

99, 101,2. adj. formidable, terrible, dreadful, frightful; comp. sahmguntar, jgia sahm

AY. 17,22.; sup. (Pers.

+ adj. suf.

sahmgunlh, fulness. ytn

sahmgun sakhun,

sahmguntum, -kun =

AY. 18,«. —

-gun] Pers. ^ x + q m , .

AY. 5,8. s. terribleness, dreadfulness, fright-f- abst. suf. -i^j -ih.

AY. 1, 36. 101, 26. GF. 3, so, 83. jjAMi sakhiin,

AY.

2,17. GF. 3,60. s. a word, a saying, a speech, a discourse, a decision,

156

>0

a narrative, tidings. Sans,

-

Pers.

or ^ ¿ a . . « , ;

comp. Z. - u ^ ^ i i i ) ,

sansa. JH7, or / 2 , (generally circumflexed) an occasional variant

of

XII.

See under

Jk^y^jii sipah,

sh.

GF. 1,2. s. an army, troops, soldiers; see J ^ y ^

Pers. sIa.w , or

sipdh.

Z. -ttQAUgp).

sipds, AY. 3,21. s. praise, thanks, thanksgiving, gratitude; see

sipds.

Pers.

-10-Sgj.ii spazgik, nious.

AY. G6,6. adj. slanderous, back-biting, calum-

spazg (Z. - u ^ ^ j j g j j s ) -f- adj. suf. D - t k ; comp. Pers. Perhaps this word may be a s., as the adj. suf. J) -ik is oc-

casionally substituted for the abst. suf. -j^j -ih\

comp. -nyiS^

spazgih.

DitVlfi)* spokhtano, v. to thrust, to thrust out, to push aside, to expel, to oust, to remove; past part. ^ y j ^ j i S spokht, ? 01'

spurdidano, to; pres. 3 pi.

v. to consign to, to subject to, to apply

spurdand,

Perhaps, however,

Paz. form of of

Pers.

.

d

Z. sjpar.

AY. 50,6.

fl^jfij-45

AY. 52,2.

Comp. Pers. ^ ¿ j X « , ,

should be read spurd-and,

the

perf. (or pas. pres.) 3 d pi.

spiird liomand,

spurdand. spush, AY. 34,6. s. scurf, dandruff; (or) lice, vermin. Pers. '

Xw^AM^

i

?

'

.? 9

>9

99

IJ&AMJ J ^¿A^vi^ Or fJMj^JM ?

Z. J ^ j j j j > . ^JOJfi)-15 Spcn-ddcl,

GF. 6,2. in K20, written ^ ( J

dad in Ks fol. 326b, and ^XJ^fi)

45

Sped-dad

^Id)-43

Spend-

in Ki fol. 339b, pr. n.

('bountifully created') a son of Kai-Yishtasp, whose naine has remained current among the Parsis, as a man's name, though usually altered into its Pers. variant ^Ls JoU-iJ. Z.

suy .

jj .

^ • ^ I d ) 4 3 Spendarmad,

157

"»iti)

A Y . 96,7. G F . 3,32. pr. n. t h e a m e s h a -

spend, or a r c h a n g e l , who is said to h a v e special charge of the earth and virtuous women, and is styled ^ J J j y

bundaktar,

'tlie more com-

plete', as she supplies thanksgiving, wives and posterity ( 0 6 extra fol. 10-11); her n a m e is applied to the twelfth month and fifth day of each month in the P a r s i y e a r ; also written Sp&ndmad.

Spendarmad

and

Z. i ^ a i u ^ i u t . - u y j u ^ j i , P e r s . J ^ l c X - U ^ , , or d w ^ j u u - J . 13 Spitaman,

descendant

of S p i t a m a ;

I.) AY. 3,9. patron, a d j . the Spitaman, or an epithet

of

Zaratuhasht,

Zarathushtra,

whose ancestor, in the ninth g e n e r a t i o n ,

see yt^^&ZE

Spitaman.

II.)

GF

2,13. pr. n.

pious d a u g h t e r s were slain by A k h t , the sorcerer.

or

was S p i t a m a ;

a man

whose

nine

Z. - u g i u ^ j ^ j j j , or

-ugij^ajgjjj. ysfyQii

Spedomad,

s. the Spenta-mainyu G a t h a , or hymn, (Yas.

47-50) so called from its first two w o r d s ; its name is applied to the third of the five intercalary days which follow the twelfth m o n t h of t h e P a r s i y e a r ; also written ^ ¿ y ^ - i i

Spendumad

and

Spendmaip

its Pahl. orthography being identical with that of ^ " j i j ^ i i mad.;

Spedomad)ch,

Z. ^ j j J j j j g . - u t ^ g g g p i ;

Spendar-

N. 78,3. also the Spenta-mainyii Gatha.

when these words are used with their origi-

n a l meaning of 'the bountiful (or good) spirit', they are generally e x pressed by P a h l . spenak

^iijj^jii spendk

mlnavad,

or

fyy-f

minavad.

SOi did,

dido, p . p . and pret. of

didand,

see

under

the 14 th letter S y, d, etc. f t J ) -ost, inf. suf. is

- a g i o , suf. of past part, and pret. of verbs whose -astand.

j u j t i ) ulih , A Y . 4,14,22. 8, 13, 21, 25-30, 32-35, 38, 39, 45-47, 51, 58, 61. 62, 74, 75, 84, 93, 96,5. 9, 69, 79, s. 10, 11,9. 12, 1 9 , 4 9 , 7 . 1 4 , , , , , 9 .

158

.»jti)

1 5 , i . 16, u . 17,2,9,II. 18,55-57, 82,83,90,98,4. 22,24,31,36,37,40, 43, 44, 50, 63, 66, 70, 76, 77, 80, 87-89, 9 4 , 6 5 , 8 , 9 . 101, u , 21. G F . 2, 2 , 4-6,55,57.

23, 6.

48,78,7.

Hn.

52,5. 99,9.

s. the world, the terrestrial creation; pi.

3,19,35.

2,20.

A V . 4,13,26. 7,

stih,

y p Q )

stihdn,

A V . 6,8. 13,7. 16, u . 101,6. worldly existences, earthly creatures. J^»-» j Paz. syn. -"ftD

Dest. prefers reading

Z.

for -upQ),

gctd

deriving it from Z. Jk(yjti) 101,14.

sltsf

*, A Y . 10, 65,9. 12,7. 17, u . 70, 89. 6 . 75, 93, 5 . 82, 98,4.

in It 20, a variant of -MfiQ)

Z. nom.

stih.

j^j^ooj.

^ ( y f t 2 ) Stdkhar, A Y . 1,7. pr. n. the Persian name of Persepolis. Pers. ^.«ojU/j, ^.^ULu., or ^¿jJa^el. ^ i i j l Q ) stdrak, GF. 2, eo, «1. s. a star, a fixed star, a constellation; see ^j^J)

star.

M^OjO^TtD

stdyimdano,

glorify, to honor. ^J^Jti)

Pers. s^Lc«,, or s^U^ul, Z. nom. acc. pi. GF. 2,13. v. to cause to praise,

Caus. of

stdyulano.

A Y . 15,*.

stahambak,

JJ^JtD

+

yto^Jtl)

adj. suf. ^ -afe; Pers. stdyishn,

AV.

3,2i.

juxX^

1 4 , ix>. O sarituntano,

AY. 63,7. GF. 3, 58, 59. v. to cohabit, to

enjoy sexual intercourse; past part. as a s.

sarltv.nd,

AY. 70, 7 .

cohabitation, parts.

sarituntd,

jindk-i

sarUund,

Comp. Chald. N^p 'to stink'; Syr. J ^

lascivious'; Paz. syn. jfoSx) ful.

s a r i t u n d , AV. 71, 8 ., used AY. 69,9.

AY. 69,4. the sexual 'to stink',

'to be

gddctnd.

sazdgiin, or sazdkCm, AY. 16,2. adj. grievous, cruel, dread-

$5x> sazd

+ adj. suf.

sazd,

-gun.

AY. 1,4. s. harshness, cruelty, severity.

Comp. Pers.

¡ J ^ y * 'vexation, hardness'. AY. 86, 2. adj. perhaps

sazdun, sazdgun;

or it may be read sizdro,

a variant of

'prickly, thorny, spiny', comp. Z.

^cla^jo AC, or 90 (trad, sask) GF. 6,1. i n K 2 o , num. ciph. ninety;

^-yii also written

,

P a z . syn.

See the remarks on «(5

XL.

navad.

, - J i i III.

or 3, a rare form of the cipher

2CF, Hn. 2,23,

ys in

It must not be confounded with J35 60, or

^ j i i sagdn, sikdl, sikdl.

1 or^-y^J.

pi. of ¿Ji

f-JH

^

80.

sag.

s. a thougnt, an idea, a reflection; see

hu-

Pers. yadman,

AY. 1,37. 2,21. 4,6. 5,5,6. 11,2,13. 1 6 , 5 3 , 7 6 , 7 7 ,

9 4 , 1 0 1 , ! . 18,1,7. 46,2. 58, 5 . 63,67, 68,3. GF. 2, 76. 3, 64. s. a hand,

—

fO

probably including the fore-arm; the handwriting, a manuscript. Syr.

f

Ij

^p yadrnan

Sas. rty)

Ar. Jo"; Paz. syn. pQp

K3 gadman,

and

yadrnan,

GF. 6,2,5.

Heb. "V> Chald. "P,

AY. 3,10. 5,3. 12, is. 14,12. 101,28. s. good fortune,

\

3)gj pur gadman.

Ileb. Chald. "i.J, Syr.

Ar. J ^ ;

Sas. rt3-^> (?)

Paz. syn. ^ y j

bakht

khdrah.

-m^jaj

f p gadman-hómand, splendid,

nipík,

dast.

prosperity, glory, splendor; see jp gadman,

165

M

^p gadman

+

AY. 14,14. adj. prosperous, glorious,

pos. suf.

hvmand]

Paz. syn.

^yj

bakht-lwmand, -"(j^»}

gadman-káríh,

perity, cleverness. Paz. syn.

gadman

fcyj

-ufÜ dina,

Dk. 144,2. s. glorifying, causing pros+

bakht-káríh

kctr +

alst. suf.

(Pers.

-th.

.

s. judgment, a decree, a decision, an opinion; see

-A

0

ham-dtná. ^rCDVOO

Heb. ¡H,

Chald. NTH,

Ar.

Paz.

syn.

dádistán.

-^yr^) sangih, Sj^fo

AY. 91,6. see

snéshar,

sangih.

AY. 55,1. 64,3. adj. snowing, falling, driving,

pelting (as snow, sleet, or hail); used as a s. in Hn. 8,17. snowing, falling snow. Sp.).

Z. snizh, 'to snow', pres. part, snaczhiñt

This seems a more probable reading than can be obtained by

comparing the word with Pers. ^ . ¿ 2 0 , or HféVJÜ sükhtand, ^yjij

Pers.

sdj,

, 'frozen'.

v. to burn, to flame, to blaze, to glow; pret.

sükht, AY. 63,3.,

crd. grfj sójcd,

(see Yend. 6,74.

see gtfj

-^Jj

hará

sükht,

hamíshak-sój;

GP. 3,91.; fut. 3 4 sing. Z. such (pres. part,

AY. 1,8. burnt up; pres. 3d sing.

bará saochañt).

sójcd,

GF. 3,89,91.

166 ^•»rtJ (trad-) jînâk,

AY. 1, 40. 2,u.

6,1,5.7,4,6.8,3,5.9,93,5.

10, is. 11,9. 12,19, 20, 55,K 14,17. 15, n . 16,2. 17,24. 18,6. 53,4. 101,2. GF. 1, 18. 2, 58. 3, 67. 4, 8, 22. Hn. 2,35. 3,4. Dk. 151,6. N. 78, s. s. a place, a spot, a locality, a region, a tract; ^ u

^-w^J ¿S

zak

jînâk

aîgh, AY. 7,8, i. 17,5. Hn. 2,4,33. that place where, there where; ^•"rtJ

jînâk jînâk,

place;

AY. 11,14. in various places, from place to jhiâk-i

sarîtûncl, AV. 69,4. the sexual parts;

kola jînâk aîgh, AV. 18,12. each place where, every-

frm ^-"JO where;

denman jînâk, AY. 6,6. in this place, here. PI. ^o^aj^j

jînâkân,

lin. 3, 18. places, regions. Etymology uncertain; Paz. syn.

(rare in Pahl.)

jâî.

j^Jt) Sardfc, Hn. 2,19. pr. n. the eastern Sy^Si) kcthvar, gion of the earth; usually written should probably be read jînâk

Z.

.

(comp. jînâkân,

or re-

This word

Hn. 3, is.) and the

meaning of the passage would then be 'from the more southern direction of the directions of places (or of the sides of the place)'. VJti sud, AY. 15,12. 17,19. s. profit, gain, advantage, benefit; see avî-sûd.

Pers. ¿y*;

Z. su, 'to benefit'.

-Xi^Kî sûdîh, AY. 15,6. s. profitableness, advantageousness, utility, ^oj^j sûd + abst. suf. -jy -îh. dyO

crd. of

sûkhtanô] see

hamîshak-sôj,

^•"i^rtJ sôjâls, adj. burning, flaming, glowing, ardent; see y^o tîz-sôjâk. — î-jO

s,

'j (crd. of JjÇtVjO sûkhtanô) +

ac

U'. suf.

^jj -afe; Pers. j v ^ . sôjêd, pres. 3d sing, of ^ y ^

sûkhtanô.

sûlâk, GF. 2,75. s. a hole, an aperture, an opening. Pers.

¿ V * ' '¿)rM->

or

^r*"

- O W O r O Sôshâns, N. 77,12. pr. n. an old commentator on the

JOK) -

»0

167

Parsi scriptures, whose opinions are frequently quoted in the Pahl. translations (or Zand) of the Yendidad and Mrangistan; sometimes written

Soshdnsh.

^-HJlti sarddr,

Z. nom. 3» £ j j ^ 1> ai

.

AY. l , i 3 . 13, i , 8 . 20, 62, 82, 5 . 63, e. 68.15. Hn.

2,39. s. a leader, a chieftain, a lord, a master, a guardian; pi. sardaran,

AY. 14,19.

Pers.

sarddrth, authority, control.

AY. 7 , 9 , 8 9 , 8 . s. leadership, chieftainship, sarddr -f- abst. suf. -jq -i/i; Pers. ^to^-w.

sii/c, AY. 78,3. s. a side, a part, a quarter. Pers. )tO dino, or dend, AV. 10,12,18.

5,3.

11,3,16.

1,1-3,9,19,

13,9. 56,4.

61,6.

GF.

29.

or igy*,

2,3,24,29,32,36. 3,5,7,

2,13.

3,55. 6,2,5. Hn.

1,8.

Dk. 144,5. 145,7. 149,2. 151,2,5,11. 152,5. s. religion, form of worship, especially that of the Mazdayasnians which is often called 'the good religion' (AY. 12,8. 68,9. 101,28.), but it also stands for the 'service' of Akharman (AY. 68,13.); religious practices, either pious conduct (AY. 4,18,23,24. Hn. 2,22,25.), or impious conduct (AY.

17,12.);

religious

observances, formulary, or ritual (AY. 14,3.); religious writings, scriptures (AY. 1,7,18.

GF. 3,66. Dk. 145,3,8.); see j J O . ^

Kdm-dind and s nom. acc. pi. g i u j ^ j j j » A r . jj-sii. hu-dtno,

ham-dino,

dush-dino. Z.

1

WO Dinid^ GF. 6,1. in K20, pr. n. the tenth month and 24th day of each month in the Parsi year, named from the preceding.

Pers.

>5) ^ j i i ^ i ) j j u dino-dkas, AY. 1, is. adj. acquainted with the religion. dino +

akas. din6-pursishnih,

dino -jabst. suf. -jq -th.

Dk. 149,5. s. religious inquiry.

pilrsishn, to which compound adj. is added the

168

wü DUiô-karto,

-

AV. 1, ie. pr. n. 'the deeds, or enacments,

of the religion', the name of the largest and most important

Pahlavî

work in existence, containing a vast amount of miscellaneous information regarding the legends, writings, doctrines, and customs of the Zoroastrian religion; for the traditional account of its compilation and histoiy, see Z.-Pahl. Glos. introd. p. 31-38; the copies now extant seem to have been derived from a MS. copied by Mâiivandâd Y â h r â m Mihrbân at Baghdad C j Ç O û ^

369

th

year after the 20 t t

year of Ya^dnkard. and obtained by him at 1

Syria (jUTED^jO " Asaristâ?iô)

ÏTaremâhân

Khûshkand

from the family of Âtarô-pâd-i

s p e n d â n * (see Hi3a p. 423 and i)est. Peshotan's

in Mâr-

Pahl. Gram, introd.

p. S); in its present state, much of the work appears to consist of a descriptive catalogue of the contents of the original compilation, interspersed with many extracts in detail, and the date of its latest revision must have been subsequent JfÜ

-f

IÇ4)^ kartô

to the Muhammadan conquest of Persia.

(p. p. of

kardanô);

Dest. Hoshangji

prefers the translation 'chapters of religion', but ' c h a p t e r , section' is usually written

i or

.

^IjO s°ncl > AY- 41,3. in all M S S . , a variant of

sang.

* Probably not the famous prime minister of Shapur II., but one of the later editors of the Din-kard, who lived in the tenth century A. D. according to the following extract from an old Persian Rivayat ( L s , fol 142 a):

^Kx^SuO ^

tXaf SOj.S' («jLJIj xS" £>jf

Jl-w y£> ^jl-OiXiCj o-^u! vJ O^-I^V

iX^AMJ^X jJ.-O )

;

L-J

olj^jf

\\ j ^ f l J XjyQji

CjLxS^ yo ^-tt/t^jj"

'the book Din-kard which

the desturs of the religion and the ancients have compiled, likewise the "blessed Adarbad son of Mahrasfand son of Asavahist (?) of the people of the good religion, in the year three hundred of Yazdajard Shahryar, collected some of the more essential mysteries of the religion as instruction, and of these he formed this book .

M — -l^fQ dinôîk, ualistic.

AV. 2,32. G F. 4,27. adj. religious, ceremonial, rit-

)f{y dtnô sût,

169

adj. suf. A> -ík.

AY. 89,9. s. hunger.

Z. - i t ^ y .

Sans, kshudh

and

kthudhá. SjO sang» 8. I-) AY. 41,44, 49, 77,3. 52,2. 55,1. a stone. II.) AY. 27,5. C>7,9. 80,6. a weight. gaina,

Pers. l£à«u00

-

173

w o

^ 0 0 0 s h a d , AV. 3,5. adj. glad, pleased, happy, joyful, cheerful. Per?, o L i ,

Z. -uyjMftj

-JQ^OOO shadih, A Y . 15,7. Hn. 3,40. see -JQQiXi

(p. p. of

A V . 5,7. 15,16. 101,29. GF. 5,5. / v ^ O O O

anc. P . shiyati,

^MOOO

shddih,

gladness, pleasure, happiness, j o y , rejoicing; visp-shddih.

Per?. ^ o L i ,

shd).

ShahpHhar,

— ^000

+

suf. - j y -th ;

Z. j y j - m ^ j . Dk. 151, 4, pr. n. a variant of

V«)£>000

Shdhpuhar. shaldh, or ^ L i .

This reading is uncertain.

yadadan, WOO yadadano,

GF. 3,88. s. monarchy, sovereignty, royalty. Pers.

or yazdan

or yazdano,

(trad, yahan)

A V . 13,7.

GF. J, 25.

A V . 11,15. s. pi. spirits who are to be

worshiped, or praised; angels, or spiritual personifications of celestial a n l terrestrial existences in the good creation;

sing.

ycdatu;

this pi. form is, however, generally used for 'God' (like the Heb. pi. •Vlt>N) as the concentration of all spiritual objects of worship, see ^«yy A Y . 1,14,26,29. 2, u.

Yadadan,

4, u .

5,11. 13,6. 14,3. 17, is. 56,4.

G 8 , 8 , h . GF. 1 , 1 , 4 . 2, is. 6 , 3 , 6 . Hn. 2,19,23. 7 3 , 8 . GF. 2,46.

Sas.

Yaztdn

Yadadano,

and

AV. I,-.

Yazdan,

Pers.

( j l ^ j , Z. sing. y ^ O -shan,

J^XJ -shdno,

pron. suf. of 3 d peis. pi. t h e m , their;

of (to, for, b y , or through) them; it is usually, affixed to an adv., or a s

conj., at the beginning of a clause in the sentence (_sce YQOJtj*

adimhan,

chtgunshdn,

yfJiJlS

amaishan, zyashan,

and

f hdn,

aihgshuv, munshan),

the middle of a clause (sec y ^ j ^ y azshan);

or to a pjep. in

but when the clause

has

no initial adv., or conj., the suf. occurs in the unattached form ^OO-u ashan

(see in alphabetical order),

either at the beginning,

or in the

midst, of the c l a u s e ; and in some cases the vowel j> a- may be found omitted.

Pers. ^ L i ;

-ash

+

pi. suf. yo

-an.

174

rvo -shän,

f^j valman,

-

ifo

pi. suf. used for forming the plural of

shanö,

and perhaps a few other pronouns occasionally.

Pers.

in ( j L i j f and ^jLi^l. ^ W O slianak, pitchfork.

AV. 51, 62, 87,2. 79,4. 99,5. s. a comb, a fork, a

Pere,

.

¿püFOpf

WO

or

Yctdadän-minishnyish,

Yazdän-müinishnytsh,

AV. 101,25. adv. mindful of God, with attention to God. dan

+

y^y-f

suf.

minis/in,

Yada-

to which compound adj. is added the adv.

-ijish. DTtD^-XJO shäyastanö,

v. to be necessary, to be proper, to be

fit, to suit, to be possible, to be able, to be capable; pret. shäijast,

GF. 3,21.; pres. 3d sing. ^ j ^ j O shdyad,

3,88. N. 78,io.; pres. 3d pi. 5)JOOO shajjónd,

AY. 18,7,9. GF. 2,30.

GF. 2,37. (usually con-

nected with an inf. and having the moaning of the auxiliaries 'must, ought, should, can, may'). Pers. ( jJi«oL«£, Z. khshi, Sans, kshi, 'to rule'. Hn. 3,33. s. a harlot, a prostitute, a courtezan; see

jch, >0 )ch-

z-

JO»-»»^

yfa XIII, or 13, num. ciph. an occasional variant of y^j

XIII,

produced by joining the ciphers. shibä, ^JU»*' S«,

GF. 2,73. num. seven; often expressed by the ciphers

'"lyzütf, Chald. JD-f,

G

^ u » , xaa^w; Paz. syn.

. x y i v , Syr.

i - ' - i J , Ar.

haft.

nyCVjD^ yehabünädanö,

yehabimtanö

(trad,

dabtma-

tan) AV. 3, to. 49,9. Dk. 151,10. IN. 77,3. v. to give, to grant, to bestow, to contribute, to present, to emit, to furnish, to afford; past part. ychabunàd,

AY. 81,2.

ychabund,

AV. 2,17. 15,45, 75,

84, e. 20, 51,2. 63, 70, 87, 89,7. 69,9. 7 7 , 8 . 83,5. Iln. 2, fräz

ychabund,

AV. 2,30. given up, handed over,

,7.

OM0 yehabüntö,

«•Hi

—

bard

A Y . 68, s.; pret.

175

-^eJ-Hj

yehabunad,

Hn. 2,33,34. 3,33.

gave out, sent out, set, ^«Jp^ yehabund, AV. 17,19. 93, 94, 5, 6. 95,5. yehabiinto, Dk. 1 5 1 , 1 p r e s . 1st sing.

Hn. 2, 58.

yeha-

d

bunam, AY. 87,s. GF. 2,46. 3,76,97. 4, r?.; prep. 2 sing. btimh, GF. 1,13. 4,2.; pres. 3d sing. d

yeha-

yehabuned, AY. 48,3. 54,4.

yehabund, AY. 27, 38,41,2.; fut. 2* pi.

Hn. 2, ,5.; pres. 3 pi.

bard yehabunM, AV. 2,22. (or perhaps imper. 2d pi. with

^jnyO

bard, 'hand over'); imper. 2d sing. H^Q yehabun, GF. 3,73,79.; imper. 24

P'- ^ J ) ) ^ yehabuned, AV. 1,38. Heb. 3IT, Chald. 3IT, Syr. ^sW., dddand, whose term. ((^y -ddano is some-

Ar. 7 1 7 , 1

34 j 5 4 ; 9 2 . H n . 1 )

16) 2 1 , 26, 31, 36.

Dk. 145,8. N. 77,1. adj. good, well, excellent, (often used

as a comp.) AV. 1,32. GF. 2,4,29. N. 76,9. better; pi. used as a s. pjfcgj-^j shapirdn,

AV. 17,19. 27,31, 89, 7. 45,6.

68,6,10.

used as an

176

3

adj.

shapiränö,

Syr.

dH0 ~

W O

N. 76,2. Sas.

Paz. syn.

shaptr,

Chald. "VStiN

vch.

"XJ-^Ö-XJ shnpirih, lence, virtue.

AV. 47, e. 68,19,20. s. goodness, good, excel-

shaptr

+

abst. suf. -JQ -ih)

Paz. syn.

^(¿^(J)

vefrih. shafik,

AY. 58,5. adj. dirty, filthy. Comp. Pers. o^Ä-i

and iy.cc.. The sadra,

or sacred shirt, of the Parsis is expressed by the

same Pähl, letters. Shapikdn,

Dk. 151,10.

Shapikam,

Dk. 150,3.

pr. n. the treasury where a copy of the Avesta and Zand (the Parsi scriptures) was deposited; also written Shaspif/dno,

and ^ ¿ j j y Shapdno, dad,

AY.

Shaspikan,

but the readings are uncertain.

i - 101,i9. GF. 3,55. Tin. 1 , 2 . s. a law, a rule,

47 6

a regulation, an ordinance, a decree, justice.

Pers. , anc. P . d a t a ,

Z. - u y m ^ . ^OO dad,

dato, p. p. and pret. of

dadano.

-JU^OO shita, GF. 2,72. num. six; often expressed by the ciphers .

Ileb.

nti'tf1, Chald. ntf, iTtf, NFiti', Syr. i j ,

; Päz. syn. ftyy

ddddr,

dddanö, ddddr,

frch-ddddr. -^¿J^OO

Ar.

shash.

AY. 17,7. 101,13.

ddddr,

AY. 61,0. 100,4.

101,2«. ITn.1, 2,r. s. a creator; the usual title of -u£ytyi) From

¡L,

II.; Z. \oc.

Atdmrmazd.

, Pers. y ^ f o .

s. a giver, a granter, a bestower; see

From

dadano,

dad-parish,

I . . Z. nom. acc. pi. ^ i t y i t t j .

GF. 1,4,9. adj. negligent of the law, care-

less of the ordinances, remiss in the observances.

dad

-f

parish. -"OP-^dJ

ddd-pasvkhöih,

AY. 20,5. 03, «. s. justificatory

reply, vindication, defiance.

JtfKJ dâd

compound adj. is added the abst. suf. dûdistân,

177 pasukhô,

to

which

-îh.

AY. 1,17. 79,9. ))*>fti)^HJ dûdistânö,

N. 78,8.

s. a decree, a sentence, doom, lot, a judgment, a decision, an opinion, law, justice, impartiality; see ^ f Q J ^ O O . Ç ' ham-dâdistân.I']. dâdislâmhâ,

Dk. 145,2.

Pers. ^IXwOfi}, P a z .

- X j ^ î t D Ç O O dâdistâiiîh, code, decisions, opinions.

-^jO^fQJÇOO

daêstâ.

AY. l , i s . s. a code of laws, a judicial dâdistân

+ abst. suf. -j^j - î h , which

is, however, perhaps added to the compound adj. )*>$tî)ÇOO dâdistân,

Javid-

'disagreeing, dissenting', comp.

ham-dâdi-

stânîli. - t J O S O O dâdyîsh,

AY. 20,5. - J ^ O ^ O O dâdyîxh,

adv. lawfully, legally, justly, properly, religiously. suf. - j q ^ j

AV„ 15,.-,. 101,21.

SRyO d â d -f- adv.

-yîsh. dâd ale, s. an administrator of justice, a judicial officer, a justice

of the p e a c e , a police magistrate; pl. Pers.

dâdakûn,

AY. 15,10.

ebb. I^^OO

shatman.

AY. 69,4. GF. 2,17. s. the backside, posteriors, S X» m» "| 6« '

buttocks, the fundament. Paz. syn.

Heb. n t f , Syr.

i^j,

Ar.

iOLw ;

kûn. yêdatô

(trad, jdtan)

AY. 5,3. GF. 3,33,72,77,78. s. a spirit

who is to be worshiped, or praised; an angel, a yazad, or good spirit; see

M^O* Atarô

yadadân.

P e r s . ¿ y j , or J j j f , 'God'; Z. nom.

J^OO dato,

ycdatô;

p . p . of

^ J J Ç O O dâtôbar,

(rarely) I l n . 2 , 0 . God. PI. see dddano.

AY. 91,4. adj. used as s. one who upholds

the law, a judge, an administrator of justice ; pl. AV. I , » . — htirdano);

Pers.

ym3

dâtô ( =

dâd, 'law')

dûtôbarân, bar (crd. of

, J ^ f ^ , or v j t a . 23

178

koo ^

AY. .

a decree, a sentence, an award.

» , . . , ju.lice, » ^ jJj^OO dàtobar

+

«sic,

abst. suf. ^

th ;

Pers. ( ¿ j i b l a , or ^ j | t > . yàtùk, GF. 3,53. s. a sorcerer, a wizard, a magician, a necromancer; see

Akht-i ydtuk.

AV. 5,8. GF. 5,6. Pers. Sf^OO gistrate.

dàtòkar,

, Z. iywjiQ,

PI.

ìjàtùkàn,

Sans, yutu, 'a demon'.

Dk. 145,1. s. an administrator of justice, a ma-

Pers. yàtukih,

AV. 35,5. 76, 8. 81, 7. GF. 4,10. s. sorcery,

witchcraft, magic.

yàtùk + abst. suf. -J^ -ih; Pers. ^ ¿ L s . .

II^OO ghatro,

AY. 1,4,9,10,12. 2. 15. 3,6. 67,7. GF. 1,2,3,7-9.

Dk. 150,7,8. s. a city, a town, a country, a realm; pi. -^jOH^OO shatróìhà,

Dk. 150,9. Sas. Olpll,

or

71, shatr7, Z.

Sans, kshetra, 'a field', Pers. dadand, past part.

v. I.) to give, to grant, to bestow, to present;

dàd, AV. 15,3. 24,7. 55,6. GF. 2,0 dàd,

AY. 31,7. II.) to create, to make, to form, to produce; past part. dàd,

see

Aùharmazd-

Auharmazd-dàtd.

dàd,

patron, suf.

Shatró-iyàr

(for

-ano.

Shatró-aiyyàr, alyyàr

MW^OO yàtùntanò

Sans.

Dk. 144,10. patron, adj. the Shahar-

yàran, descended from Shaharyàr.

yàr, the Huz.

-u^ynyo

yehabuntano.

Shatrd-iyàrànò,

+

see

Pers. ^ ¿ t ^ 'to give', anc. P. Z. dà,

dà and dha ; IIuz. syn.

Shatrò-yàr)

J ^ X J dàtò,

GF. 6,5. pr. n. see

being substituted for the Paz.

(trad, jatunatan)

Shatróydr.

v. to come, to arrive, to

1SOO happen, to arise; past part.

179

yatund, AV. 3,6. 4, 10,4. 11,8,9.

41,8. (used as a s.) AV. 4, 4. coming, Hn. 2,36. come forth,

^MJ bard — yatund,

— Vu)*»^ lakhvdr — yatund, AY. 17, i.

come back, returned,

JJ5 y^n ydtunto,

continued, remained; pret.

yatiind,

Dk. 150,5. come unto,

AY. 1,4,43. 3,8. 1 0 , 6 . 53,

69,4. 64,2,3. 73, 78,3. GF. 1,14. 3,77. Hn. 2,20. 3,19. Dk. 149,5.,

-^MJ

yatund, AY. 1,15. 17, u . 19,86,2. Hn. lakhvdr yatund, AY. 3,2. GF.

2,37. came forth, issued, 3,84. came back, returned; pres. 1st sing. pres. 3d sing. bard

yatuncd,

^OMCOO

d

bar

bard yattin,

ydtunto,

ydtunam,

GF. 1, is.;

yatuncd, AY. 17,10. GF. 3, 6 e. 4,7., ^JM^OO ^Mj AV. 4,17. comes forth, issues; fut. 3d sing. — — yd tuned,

GF. 4,19.; imper. 2d sing.

-mjj -^MJ

AV. 5,7. 10,12. GF. 1,23. 3, 47, 67. 4,$. come on, come

along, come again,

—

OMfiJ fraz — ydtun, GF. 1,12. come up. -

*

Heb. HON, Chald. NnN, Syr. jZj, Ar. b ' f ; Paz. syn.

amadano,

or J)^®^ madand. H^M^OO sheduntano, written

sheduntano;

pret.

shedund,

shedunM,

v. to shed, to send forth, to send; also past part.

shedund,

GF. 3,78.;

AV. 73,2. GF. 1,11.; pres. 3d sing. ^JJJ^OO

GF. 1, x«. 3,72.; fut. 3d sing.

bard

shedunM, AY. 2,15. Heb. rnttf 'to cast forth', Chald.

'to shed, cast',

Syr.

Paz. syn.

firistidano

(Pers. ^ o U ^ j ) .

—

If these

be the correct Semitic equivalents, this verb must be a contraction of yeshduntano. PTCiMISOO shatrdstdn, GF. 6,6. s. a city. Shatrd-ydr,

Pers.

GF. 6,5. pr. n. 'friend of the country', a

common man's name among Parsis both ancient and modern; also written ^ y M ^ O O

and

^O^JI^OO •

Pcrs

-

•

180

JJJj^OO datogub

(trad. jddangob)

adj. speaking justice,

nouncing the law, arbitrating, mediating; pi. used as a guban,

s

^'JJM^OO

proddtd-

AY. 15, is. arbitrators, umpires, mediators, interceders.

ddtd (=

tyij

law') +

dad,

tJ'I^OO Shatvcro,

gub (crd. of

or Shatvaird,

guftano).

GF. 6,1. pr. n. the ameshaspend,

or archangel, who is said to have special charge of metals, and is styled 'the more active', as he supplies abundance of

kardartar,

wealth for all (He extra fol. 10-11); his name is applied to the sixth month and fourth day of each month in the Parsi year. Z. inst.. - u i ^ u ^ j j y _ u j 5

Pers.

oi' jp^-g-i.

O ydulahum, by the ciphers

GF. 2,55. num. eleventh; sometimes expressed

• Pers.

.

^•sfa dur, AV. 88,2. s. wood, timber, a tree, a gibbet, a gallows. Pers.

Z. >)>ut^, Sans. ^jq

duru.

ddr, crd. of

dushtano.

ydr, s. a friend, a lover, an adherent; sec S ^ i S ^ y u mazd-yur,

lldm-ydr,

Shatrd-ydr.

Pers. ^ L , liuz. SuyQu

-oj^jq

Ddrai,

or Ddruk,

Achsemenian dynasty.

Srosh-ydr,

Dk. 1 5 0 , 1 . pr. n. Darius, a king of the

or Dardkdn,

rayan, descended from Daiai. dekhluntand

dtkhlun,

AV.

Dk. 150,1. patron, adj. the Da-

(trad, dulunatan,

or darrunatan)

-an. v. to fear,

dekhlund, AV.53,5.; imper.

AV. 53,9. GF. 3,78. Chald. blVl, Syr.

Paz. syn. j j ^ j ^ ^ o tarsidand. yH^-Hj darislm,

Pers. Ui> .

-uA-jy Ddr&i -j- patron, suf.

to dread, to apprehend; past part. 2d sing.

and

alyyar.

Anc. P. nom. Ddrayavush,

yHjji^-iy Ddruydn,

Ilor-

68,24.

The y^ is an old form of ))? lu. s. having, keeping, possession, hold,

— -0^0

181

retention, custody, ^ j y ddr (crd. of ) ) ^ X J J 0 ddshtano) yHj -ishn;

P e r s J i ^ f a ; Huz. syn. sharm,

modesty.

yakhscnunishn.

, Z.

dared, ddrin,

wooden.

abst. suf.

AY. 68,24. s..shame, disgrace, confusion, bashfulness,

Pers.

jA-jq

+

•

pres. 3d sing. of

dushtano.

AV. 69,2. 99,3.

ddrino,

AY. 9 2 , , . adj.

c/ar + adj. suf.

«(j-jy das, AY. 60,3.

das, AY. 67, B. S. a sickle, a reaping-

h o o k , a bill-hook, a scythe, J

l'ers. (j*ti>.

"^V. 2, 2T. 4, 31. 5,9. 7 , 9 , 3 . 1 J , 1 , U . 14,14,17,20. 15,9,

i6. 69, 10. 101, 27. Iln. 2,12,31. 3,2. « 0 - $ gas,

Hn. 2 , 2 , 7 . s. a place, a

locality, a station, a position, a situation, a site, a seat, a couch, a divan, a throne. arsliaijd,

Pers.

'a throne'.

anc. P. r/dtliu, Z.

IIuz. syn.

It is often difficult to distinguish this word from

the n e x t , and in AV. 2,27. it may be taken in the

sense of either

'place', or 'time'. !jas. s. I.) AV. 15,a. GrF. 2 , 7 2 . time, a period, a season.

gas,

I*. 78,9. a

II.) N. 77,5. 126, ». one of the five watches'

or divisions, of the day and night (in the winter, four); see Mkh. glos. p. 88.

Pers. sis ; probably

connected

with the following word.

In

GF. 2,45. N. 78,9. it may be doubted whether 'time', or 'place', be the correct meaning. "•O^O

5

- s-

a

hymn, one of the five gdthus,

or sacred

poems, which form the most ancient part of the Yasna, or chief liturgical scripture of the Parsis;

also one of the five supplementary days

which follow the last month in order to complete the Parsi y e a r , and which are named after the five guthas AV. 2,33. 4,2c. 7, 12,7. Hn. 2, five sacred hymns.

respectively. gdsdn,

Z. -uc^ujQg,, Sans, gdthd.

is written precisely the same as yt^i-jfj

dahishn

PI. yoU-jy

gdsdn,

AV. 8,5. G F . 5,3. the The pi. in many MS8.

gdsdn

182

— ^OO-'O gasdnbdr,

GF. 2,72. s. a season festival (Z.

of which six are held during the couise of the year, on the 45 th , 105 th , 180 th , 210 th , 290 th , and 365 th , days of the Parsi year; see Mkh. glos. p. 81-82.

Pers.

Ju^?,

gasanik,

or

AV. 4,10. 17, 6 . -ityoJi-iy gasanik,

Hn. 3,4. adj.

belonging to the gdthas, or sacred hymns, metiical, rhythmical, in verse. gdsan (pi. of

gas 'a hymn') + adj. suf. iJ

)Vi3£0-30 Shaspigdtio,

AV. l , i s . pr. n. see ^wJOg)^

H^lKJ-X? Hakhscnuntand,

(trad, jasunatan)

-ik. Shapikan.

v. to have, to possess,

to keep, to preserve, to maintain, to hold, to consider, to regard, to fancy, to think; pres. 1 st sing. 3 d sing.

yakhscnunam,

yakhscnuncd,

AY. 54, 8. 64,10. GF. 2, 64, 67. 3, 34.

4,20. Hn. 2,39.,

lakhvar yakhsenuncd,

back, keeps away, ^ j O - t J

—

madam

has upon, possesses, contains; pres. 1 pi. 80,3.; pres. 2 pi. d

pres. 3 pi.

VOfTO-X) yakhsenuncd, ddshtand

AY. 54,5.

yakhscnuncm,

yakhscnuncd, yakhscnund,

GF. 2, ¡c. holds

yakhsenuncd,

st

d

GF. 4,i«.; pres.

AY.

AY. 101, 23, 24. GF. 1,17.;

AY. 13,1. GF. 3,44,51.; imper. 2d pi.

AV. 6, 8 . 101,19. Chald. j p n ; Paz. syn.

which is generally used for the p. p. and pret. in Pahl.

YbW-Hj

yokhscnvnishn,

AV. 2, is. GF. 3, e,

dan

A Y . 1,9. (crd. of

ddndddnistand)

187 j^^ii^O learning.

ddndkih,

^y^

Dk. 140,2. s. knowledge, wisdom, experience,

ddnak

shanaya,

abst. suf.

or shandk,

tracted from lishanak; Ar.

+

Chald.

Paz. syn. fVjS^u

uyty dhndijctddrih, homage, eulogy,

shnayaddr

shndyinidano)

M^diyO dhuftand,

annihilate',

Syr. ^ l i ,

or for

shnaytslmayimdar

from

-j- abst. suf. J ( j -th.

v. to disturb, to disperse, to worry, to devastate,

or shopand,

AY. 18,13.

vashuftand;

or shnat,

pres. 3d pi.

Comp. Pers.

'to disturb', etc., Z. khshufs, slianal,

tfi£,

huzvdn.

(either for

to ravage, to ruin, to destroy; see shupcrnd,

Probably con-

Hn. 1,9. s. propitiation, reverence, honor,

ddr from JjJtii)-")^ shndyulano, M^OKi^W

Peis. ^ b t a .

AY. 29,2. s. a tongue.

Heb.

, As. lishanu;

-th;

Sans,

y£> 'to kshubh.

(trad, shut) AY. 1,2. 18, 54, u . GP. 1,4,9.

2,51. 5,3. 4. 6,1,4. s. a year; the Parsi year consists of twelve months (see uyy bidand)

of thirty days each (see

/yom), and of five supple-

mentary days (see -Q-JQ yds) following the last month, and which are named after the five gathers, or sacred hymns; these five days are also called collectively

fravardikari,

'those of the

fravashis1,

because ceremonies relating to the spirits of the departed should be performed on them. The whole year, therefore, consists of 365 days, and commences now on the 21 st of September, according to the reckoning of the great majority of the Indian Parsis, or on the 22d of August (one month, of thiity days, earlier) according to the reckoning of the Persian Parsis, which has been followed by a small minority of those in India since the 17 th June A.D. 1745 (see Avijeh-Din by Mulla Firoj, p. 12-14); as, however, the Parsi year does not vary in length, the date of its commencement retrogrades one day in the European year, every time a leap-year occurs, and it has so retrograded from the 16th of June

188

m

—

^ o

A . D . 632, in A.Y. 1, to the 22" of August A.D. 1872, in A.Y. 1242; while the later new-year's day, of the 21 st of September, is said to have been occasioned by the ancestors of the Indian Parsis introducing an intercalary month into one of the years after they parted from their Persian brethren, which it had been customary to do once in every 120 years in order to rectify the calendnr. Heb. njitf, Chald. frOttf, rot?, P

C

Syr. J..L», ^j.,», Ar.

^

\

; Pa/.- syn. JitiS

OXMJ

shanatak,

or shnatak,

sal.

substituted for

shanat

in G F . l , * .

b y K i o , adj. (appended to num.) years old, years of age. -(- adj. suf. ^ -ak;

Paz. syn.

sdlak.

ihochruntuno,

v. to extort, to plunder, to

to seize; past part, ^ ^ ^ o ^ o shochrund,

'to detain'; Paz. syn. danar

(trad, jdvar)

a repetition;

jar)

Z.

•

'to p r e s s , gathei',

avordand. s. a time, an occasion, an opportunity,

danar

time to time.

ravage,

AY. 27,7. P r o b a b l y a shaphel

f o r m ; comp. Chald. 1SJ? 'to press, squeeze', Syr. Ar.

shanat

danar,

AY. 81,3. at various times, from

It is possible that the word

Jar (trad.

1

which explains this word in the P a h . - P a ' . Glos. 18,8., is merfely

a miswriting of

var

—

Myt2))*0 ddnistano,

bar.

v. to know, to understand, to comprehend, to

be aware of; past part. f Q ) ^ ddnist, P . ddtij Z. zan,

Sans. jnu\

shitsar,

Huz. syn.

GF. 3,94.

ledge, learning, science. ishno]

•^yO shlam

Pers.

anc.

kharltunastano.

AY. 70, 88,3. s. semen.

ddnishno,

suf. j y o

GF. 4,25.

Z.

ddnishno,

dan (crd. of

» Dk. 101,3. s. knowddnistano)

+

abst.

Pers. ( j i i l o . (trad, shum)

prosperity, peace, salutation.

GF. 5,5. I l n . 3,40. s. h e a l t h , 1

welfare,

Hob. Cl' ?^, Chald. E^tlN Syr. >aiL», Ar.

•fro ; Paz. syn.

drud.

-

W3

J80

This word might also be read si mom,

and

bo traced to Z. — u g l i i i J ^ j ^ ' 'contentment, joy'. dahurn, cipher

GF. 2,53. nuitn tenth; sometimes expressed by the

— - j y dah (I'ers. sj>) + jonUk, a. a k n e e ;

Z. >}eli, Sans,

ord. suf. $

see

-tint; Pors.

frdz-jdnuk,

Pers, ^ ¿ K ,

jural.

shnumano,

N. 77,3. s. propitiation, conciliation, satisfaction;

t h e sentence is incompletely extracted, arid in the MS. it va shnumano-i

apam

vispacsham,

l J f l V O ychcvuntcnio

Z, dat.

(trad, jdnuiiatan)

Past part.

VUGS

thus:

• AY. 5,11. 1

0. 61,7. Gl; Paz. syn.

danddn.

kcm, A Y . 10,10. adj. little, less, few, scarce, deficient, defective; see ^

kcm. Sufy

Pers.

Z.

A Y . 21,2. Hn. 3,3. s. a head, or skull (of evil be-

kamdr,

ings), a pate.

anc. P . kamana,

Z. - u q ^ ^ h ^ J comp. Pers. j+i

'a cupola', Sans, ham,

'a head'. -kun, adj. suf. a variant of hamo-kun,

and j j j -gun

-kun

\

bimkun, and j ^ j y i J

(see

M*

rcshkmi).

-U)^ kola, A Y . 1,43. 2,2,10,14. 68,4. 101,8,83. GF. 1 , 1 0 . Hn. 2, ie. Dk. 151,2,9. adj. all, every;

kola

79,2. 71, 73, 76, 3. all the two, both;

II,

- u k o l a khadih, A Y . 18,

9,10. 54,8. everyone, every individual; A Y . 22,7. every single time; place, everywhere; (used as pron). ^

A Y . 6, u . 52,7. 69,

- k o l a

-u)^ jindk, kola

kola

A Y . 18,12. every

maman,

24. Dk. 150,5. everything which, whatever, whatsoever; man,

A V . 6,9. 18,8. GF. 1, e. 2,5. everyone who.

N'Ss, Syr.

,

khadii-bdr,

Heb.

A Y . 3,14, kola Chald.

Ar. J f : Paz. syn. (rare in Pahl.) \u har.

M f , AY.

201

1 8 , 1 2 . 4 0 , 7 8 , 2 , 3 . 4 4 , 5 0 , » . 4 9 , 4 . 8 7 , », s. 9 5 , i .

3,4,22,29. s. a hill, a mountain.

Pers. s ^ f , or y?*"»

anc-

P-

GF.

kaufa,

Z. - u ^ i j j ^ . v. to strike, to beat, to smite, to thrash, to pound,

kûftanô,

to bruise, to trample; prêt.

OM£) fr^z

smote; pres. 3 d pl.

A Y . 41,3.

^

kûfand,

kuft,

A Y . 31,3. beat on,

Pers. ^Xi^

or

¿jfr,

A Y . 6,7-9. 7,9. 8,«. 13,10. 14,5. 101,21. G F . 2, 6 ,g4.

kirfak,

4, g, 13. 5,2. Hn. 1,35«, 38«. s. a meritorious action as enjoined by the Mazdayasnian religion, from Sa^

'an ordinary action, or duty').

kar,

« j ^ y , Paz.

A Y . 96,2. s. a variant of y g j ^

Pers.

^Y*

kafiz.

s. a doer, an actor, a maker, a performer, a causer;

kardâr,

From

Sas. Q-i"^ kirf,

kerba. kôfîz,

see

a good action, good works (as distinguished

Pl. p V u ç e ^

AY.

11,15.

A Y . 41,3. 52,2. s. an axe, a hatchet. Ilob.

tiTlp;

anâk-kardâr.

kardârân,

bardano. kardâm,

comp. Ar. ^ S s ,

and A Y . 1,26.

kardak,

kardakô,

Dk. 144,10. p. p. used

as s. what is done, an action, a performance, operation, use. Pers. a ô ^ ï Sas. pl.

or

kartakân.

A Y . 44, s. 59,5. 64,9,10,12. 7 8 , 3 , 4 , 9 . 87, 7-9. 94, 5 ,g.

kûdak,

95,5. s. a child, an infant. kûtak,

Pers. nùy.'f,

G F . 2,27,29,30. adj. short, small. Pers. x.»^, or s b ^ f ;

Z. ^^

kirdak, kardanô,

G F . 4,20. s. an enigma.

Pers.

dô^i.

A Y . 1,3. 3,17. 13,10. 67, s. G F . 2, aï, 39. 4,14. 26

202 Dk. 1 4 5 , i . 150,io. 1 5 2 , i . N. 77,2. v. to do, to m a k e , to perform, to offer (prayer, or praise), to practice, to use, to exercise, to accomplish, to execute, to provide, to fulfil, to commit, to cause, to effect, to construct, to form, to act; to set, or put, (in, on, or to, anything); past part,

hard,

A Y . 1,6,29. 2 , 3 , 5 , io. 4,28-30,32. 7 , 7 , 8 . 8, 28-30, 35, 45,

51, 67, 73, 84, 97,5. 9, 49, s. 12, 19, 24, 47, 71, 81, 89, 96, 99,7. 13, 22, 27, 31, 36, 44, 53, 62, 65, 66, 69, 70, 8 7 , 6 . 14,3,15. 16,9,10. 17,21-23. 2 5 , 5 , 6 . 55, 57, 76, 80,4. 60,2. 63, c, s. 64, 78,9. 68, is, 20. 7 7 , 4 , 7 . 79, 0, 9. 8 8 , 0 , 7 . G F . 2, 12, 44-40. 3, 62. Hn. 2,28-30, 3?. 2,2c.

Dk. 149,6.;

hará

hard,

hartó, AY.

quite made, accomplished, set on; see zarin-hard,

and

Dinó-kartó.

AY. 7,13,63,7.

1,17. G F .

Hn.

4,27. Hn. 2,31.

¿J^aj khup-hard, Pret.

hard,

yiS

A V . 1,37. 2,29.

1 5 , i o , n . 17,16,17,19,20. 19, 2 6 , 4 8 , 4 9 , 7 8 , 5 . 20, 21, 25, 27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38, 45, 46, 51, 58, 59, 62, 66, 84, 86, 93, 9 5 , 9 6 , 3 . 22, 24, 36, 40, 41, 44, 60, 6 3 , 8 1 , 8 5 , 8 7 - 8 9 , 4 . 2 3 , 2 , 4 , 7 . 28,3,6. 31, 4, 7. 32, 52, 3, 5. 43, 2,4. 5 0 , 3 , 4 . 5 5 , 7 2 , 8 2 , 8 3 , 90, 92, 97, 9 8 , 1 0 0 , 2 . 64,«. 67,8. 68,10. 7 1 , 5 , 9 . 94,3,5.

hartó,

AY.

made; ^s)^

101, is.;

^

yin — hard,

bard

completed. or

tano,

-^MJ bará

hünishno,

anc. P . Z . kar,

l,i.

quite

Fut. part.

hünishno,

N. 7 8 , 4 . to b e quite done, to b e

Pers. ^ ¿ j f ; Sas. p. p. kartíj

AY.

A V . 42,5. (probably) begat in, (and

G F . 2,45. perhaps contains a similar idea). JS. 7 7 , 7 .

hard,

91,2,4.

or

S a n s , hri;

kart

and

H u z . syn. tJ^IJQM

vádün-

which is generally used for the present, while J)^ )^ hardano 4

is

mostly used for the past tenses, in Pahlavi. Icust, s. a side, a direction, a quarter, a p a r t ; küst val kúst,

AV. 89,1. 94,2. from side to side.

i ) fÜ))^

Comp. Pers. cy.-áí'

'the loin, the side'. ¿TCl))^ kústík,

AV. 68,3. s. the sacred thread of 72 woollen strands,

or yarns, which is passed three times round the waist by Pársis of both sexes, and is tied with four knots.

Pers.

at first, probably,

-

203

an adj. meaning 'belonging to the waist', comp. Pers. 'loins, waist'. 11^001}

kitshtano,

substituted for

neksund

in AY. 1,9. by

?

IB. N., v. to kill, to slay, to slaughter. syn. H W r t ^ l yb-Hj)^

Huz.

neksuntano. kushishn,

sacre, murder, -ishn;

Pers. ^jJCAS", Z. hush;

AY. 30,5. s. killing, slaughter, butchery, mashush (crd. of

kushtand)

+

abst. suf.

Pers. kevan,

AY. 19, 23, 55, o. 39, e. 40, 4 2 , 7 . 68,5,21. 77,10. 87, 8 ,9.

8 9 , i o , h . 9 9 , n . GF. 3,47, 62, 03. 4,2. Dk. 149,4. 152,5. adv. now, present, yet, still.

Chald.

; Paz. syn. j))

at

nun.

^

kun, AY. 77,2. s. the backside, posteriors, buttocks, the fundaJ ment; see jy^y tivaz-kun. Pers. ( j ^ , or Huz. syn. j ^ ^ X J shatman. -kun,

adj. suf. affixed to substantives to form adjectives, and

equivalent to 'making, causing' (see kun);

also written ^

-kun

and

rcshkun

-gun.

and

Crd. of

sahm-

kardano;

comp.

Pers. kevanich, see U))^ kevanich. y^))^ ishno,

+

I.) AY. 1,30. 4,24. 17,12,14, is. 89,11

kiln-

AV. 4,18,23,25. 17,15. Hn. 2,22. N. 76,10. s. a doing, a deed, a performance;

dush-kunishn.

or

— j)^ kevan

kunishn,

an action,

^

Dk. 151,3. adv. with conj. now also, now even;

II.)

kun (crd. of Huz. syn. kun-marz,

see ym^y* kunishno,

kardano)

+

hu-kicnishn

fut. part, of abst. suf.

-ishn;

and kardano. Pers.

— j

^¿af,

vddunishn. AV. 19,71,7. s. unnatural carnal intercourse,

204

)»

sodomy, pacderaatism. ^

-

kun -f e)^" marz (Pers. yyn, crd. of

marzidano). Q))^ kevanich,

GF. 3,62, 63. adv. with conj. now also, now even,

now indeed; see

kevanich.

—

kevan -f-

-ich.

kaved,

AY. 58, 82,5. in K20, a variant of

kand,

p.p. of fj^j

M^M^J)^ karituntand, past part.

kandan. v. a variant of

karitund,

Jkanik,

kabed.

karituntand;

AY. 3 2 , ! .

AY. 4,18,21,22. Hn. 2,23. s. a maiden, a damsel, a

girl, a maid, a virgin.

Z. - u ^ j j j j j ^ , Sans, kanyikd,

comp. Pers. y + ^ f

and li^.jyi', kandan,

v. to dig, to excavate, to extract, to scoop out, to

root out; past part. S)^ kand, Sans, khan;

AY. 81,1.

Huz. syn.

Kai,

GP. 2,71. pr. n. a royal title of the Kayanian kings of

Z. nom. - u » ^ , Sans. kadbd,

kadbd,

and kavi.

GF. 3,54,68. adj. false, lying, fallacious, deceitful, unjust. kadbd,

II.)

GF. 3,48. s. a lie, a falsehood. Heb.

2T3 'a lie', Chald. N313, Syr.

Ar.

kef, AY. 23,3. s. foam, froth. Pers.

Paz. syn. ^yV) or

drogh.

Z.

kapha. j y ^ j t a ^ kiruMh,

cord.

Kai-Vishtasp.

I.) AV. 49,7. 51,5. 79,9. 91,4. G F . 3,46,55.

AY. 33, b. 90, 97,4.

Sans,

cU/", anc. P. Z. kan,

khefruntano.

Persia; see j j ^ a j ^ o ^ Kai-Khusrobo, Pers.

Pers.

Dk. 151,7. s. a memorial, a memorandum, a re-

kiruk (Pers. ¿ y S 'memory') + -^¿ty kesh, AY. 1,15.

fces/i,

of worship, a creed, a sect; comp.

abst. suf. ^

-ih.

AY. 47,7. s. a religion, a form poryo-dkcshih.

PI.

- M YWS1)

Keshan, AY. l , n .

205

Z. - " f y y - U j ^ i

Pers.

Sans,

dikshd.

AY. 53,5. H n . . l , s i . s. a region, a continent, one

kcshvar,

of the seven divisions of the earth's surface, which are said to be separated by seas and mountains impassable by man without spiritual aid.

The central kcshvar,

-^jiij^u Khvaniras,

contains the countries

best known to the Iranians, and is said to be as large as the other six united; the eastern kcshvar or

, Arzah;

is

the two northern,

Vorujaresht;

Savahj

the western,

^OO^jNl

and the two southern,

and -^jgj^)-*) Vidadafsh

and

Vorubaresht

Fradadafsh

(see Bund. 14, 5-13. 20,15-19.).

Pers. jy&S',

Z. ^ » f y l n j • ihy^Sij

kcshvar ik,

adj. belonging to the kcshvars,

or regions of

the earth, terrestrial, worldly, earthly; pi. used as a s. varikano, kcshvar

kesh-

Dk. 151,13. the earthly, the inhabitants of the world. + adj. suf. ¿i

Sy^i^

-ik.

j)^ kem, adj. little, less, few; see ty kctn.

Comp.

kcmtar,

AY. 18,12. lesser, smaller. kin, or ken, AY. l , i o . s. hatred, enmity, malice. Sas. p\

Pers. ^¿•S',

(?) ken, Z. (trad, kind)

- u f j kird

AY. 15,1. 74,5. s. a sheep, a goat, one of

a flock, or herd, a domestic animal. Comp. Pleb. ID 'a lamb, or sheep'; Paz. syn. Sjgj^sp, or ti^^S&i})")

gospend.

Kai-Vishtdsp,

AY. 11,3.

-»^OO^

Kat-Vishtdsp,

AY. 11, is. pr. n. the fifth of the Kayanian kings, in whose reign the Mazdayasnian religion was taught by Zarathushtra; he should not be confounded with the later Vishtaspa who was father of Darius.

-m^jjjjju^j^j/?

.

Pers.

Z.

206

f

-

$

m.

m is the twelfth letter of the Pahlavi alphabet, and the usual equivalent of Sas.

Pers. j . ,

Z.

and Chald.

C*

When not

final, it is always joined to the succeeding letter without any change of form, as in the compounds: J^y^ mdh, man,

madam,

etc.

mam,

man,

£

When joined by a preceding letter, the junc-

tion is nearly always made at the top, so as to force the bottom of the £ m below the line, as in the compounds:

ham,

zam,

etc.

sam,

^fo sham,

^

maman,

^

yam,

^

ram,,

]S

pron. suf. of 1st pers. sing, me, my; of (to, for, by, or

£-am,

through) me; it is usually affixed to an adv., or conj., at the beginning of a clause in the sentence (see arn,

atgham,

j)5

afam,

zyam,

adinam,

mamanam,

amat-

and

munam),

or

to a prep, in the middle of a clause; it also occurs occasionally unattached in the forms and -JQ -ash. £ -am,

Pers.

am, or

anc. P. gen. dat. - m a i y , abl.

-ma.

suf. of pres. 1 st sing, of verbs (see

•fjtftD" khaditunam, khavitunam,

^"jj^yiS

homanam,

etc.) and occasionally

^(^j^o

pezkunam, sdtunam,

-Aj^)

etc.); in Paz. verbs the suf. is often

„»«,»„, ^

khefrunam,

hankhetunam, bavihunam,

zektelfmatn, ydtunam,

am, like the other pron. suf. ^o -at

;„,,

toy*

-cm (see

pursam,

yehabimam,

-^H^OO

(see

^jnyiiyo

S

,.„«„«„„

-6m

MM*«, ^ purscm).

Pers. ^

, anc.

P. Z. Sans. -mi. mdh, AY. 8,1,5,7. 15,19. 72, c. s. the moon; the twelfth day of each Parsi month. Sans, mas;

Pers. six and xx>, Z.

Iiuz. syn. - u ^ kftkd and

and -w^yjjiwg, kamrayd.

•nyG mdh,

207

W

GF. 2,49. (and 2,51. in most MSS.) s. a month; (for

the names of the twelve months in the Parsi year, see

bidand).

Pers. sLo, anc. P. 7ndha, Z. gy^^G 1 Sans, mas and mdsa;

Huz. syn.

bidand. Hn. 2,35. probably a contraction of

muyd,

or

mdyah,

s. cohabitation, sexual intercourse; see p f l y - f mdyud. Comp. Pers. kjLo ; it explains Z. -wjjxug. • J ( j y t ^ t y G mdhmdnih, miydn,

Hn. 2,33. s„ see ^yo^u^

AY. 1,10. 25, 2. 53, 3. 68,24. 91,4.

N. 78,7. 126,5. ))*{)>•£ miyano, prep.) between, among.

miyan;

(sometimes used as

Pors. ( j L w and aiLyc, Z.

mlydnjiMh,

^ s x i l x x ) + abst. suf.

.

AY. 67,7. s. mediation, interposition,

interference, arbitration, administration.

madikdn,

miydnak,

N. 77,8. s. the middle, the midst, the

centre, the waist; mediation; see

-H^Dfapy^

mahmdnih.

mtydnjik

(comp. Pers.

-th. GF. 1,1. 6,1,4.

mddikdno,

GF. 5,1.

adj. pi. used as a s. a narrative, an account, a description, an explanation, a history, a tale (a term applied to nearly all the Nasks); also written

yty^ZyG' AY. 19, 28, 81, 86,2. 36,2,3. 37, 50,71, 3. 60, 8 . 69, 4.

S * $ m d r ,

GF. 5,2. s. a snake, a serpent; pi. 71,2.

AY. 66,2. N. 77,2.

mardno,

mdr-kerpth,

As. mala;

Pers. ^Lo. mar

, to which compound adj. is added

-ih.

mdlman, plete, perfect.

AY. 19,3. 56, 90,1.

AY. 36,7. s. a serpent form.

+ g ) ^ kerp (comp. Pers. the abst. suf. - j ^

mdrdn,

Heb.

Paz. syn.

AV. 2,29. adj. full, filled with, laden with, comChald. pur.

^D, Syr. i h o , Ar. $Lc,

¿dU,

208

Mdzdayasn,

adj. Mazda-worshiping, belonging to the

worship of Ahura-mazda, or to the religion of the Parsis, Zoroastrian; also written

PI. used as a s.

¿^SUJ^

Mdzdayasndn,

A Y . 2 , 1 7 , 2 1 . 3,io. 5,3. 10,7. 12,8. 101,28.

Mdzdayasndn,

A Y . 1, 42. 2, 8, 36. 3, 5, 6,13. 13, 9. 101 , 14. ytltok^tif

Mdzdayasndn,

A Y . 1, 39. 68, 9. )yoff}3n5uG Mdzdayasndno,

Muzdayasndno,

AY. 2,6.

jywjOgi-^ji-f

AV. 101,5. the Mazdayasnians, the worshipers of Ahura-

mazda. Sas.

Mazdayasn, mdsrabar,

Z.

and

adj. scripture-hearing, knowing the scriptures

by heart, able to recite all the religious formulas; also written mdnsrabar.

PI. used as a s.

masrabardn,

who know the scriptures by heart. mantra)

\

bar

(crd. of

mahmdnih,

mdsra

(Z.

Sans.

burdand). A Y . 7 - 9 , 1 . s. hospitality, lodging and enter-

tainment, board and lodging; see man,

A Y . 14,1. those

mahmdnih.

Pers. ^¿U-gjo.

A Y . 2,24. s. an abode, a dwelling, a residence, a

house; (also) a family, see

ja^^jjj

dttdah-mdn.

Pers. ^ L o , Z. - u J j u j G )

(Gath. -man,

-mdnd,

pron. suf. of 1 s t pers. pi. us, our; of (to,

for, by, or through) us; it is usually affixed to an adv., or conj., at the beginning of a clause in the sentence (see

afmdn,

amatman,

munmun,

aighmdn,

vadmdn),

zyamdn,

and

or to a prep, in the middle of a clause; it may also

perhaps be occasionally found unattached, like the sing. pron. suf. £ -am, -at,

and -jjy -ash.

Y^QY^G mdnpan,

Pers.

or ^ f , ) .

-am

+

pi. suf. )a>

-an.

s. a housekeeper, a householder, the head of a

family; pi. fWfWfcJf^ mdnpdndn, (Pevs. ^ L ,

—;

A Y . 48,7. —

mun -j-

pan

Y*4

^(¿jii^w-f

Mdrspendan,

the s o n , or d e s c e n d a n t ,

yo

suf.

J , i c . patron, adj.

Parsi

month; Pers.

likewise

pr.

1,7.

patron,

n. a n

old

man

adj.

a variant

see

j ^ ^ T

mdndan,

(crd. of

manishn-homand,

to

GF.

(trad,

to d r i v e ( a n a i l ,

makhttund,

past part. 5,c.

Iln.

«Hp, Syr.

variant -M^yw^u

abode,

-{-

+

pi.

Auharmazd.)

yy

a b s t . suf.

a

or p e g ) ,

AY.

57,4.

v.

io

s t r i k e , to to

destroy;

79,5.

92,1. 50, 3.;

Heb. NTO, nno>

Chald.

zadano. Dk.

Either (Z.

AY.

beat,

31,

P a z . syn.

yast

Mdrospen-

GO, 8 . 7 4 , 7 5 , 2 .

makhttund,

ftD^

dwellings,

homand.

to v a n q u i s h ,

A Y . 28, 5 8 , 2 .

-ishn.

Mdrspendan.

of ^ ¿ j A i ^ f

Mdzdayasn. and

dwelling,

(ji^j^^o-f

jj^jMazdayaslo,

of

a

pos. suf.

mditunatan)

-A-r. l i a j o 'to d e s t r o y ' ;

Mazdayast,

an

104,0.

2 , 2 8 . ; pret.

makhttund,

pres. 3d pi.

musrabav,

,jJoLo)

Dk.

patron, adj. variants

flog,

-jj^o^^jj .

of

s.

mdnishn

makhitfmtano to s m i t e ,

or

H n . 2, 3 , 3 5 . adj. h a v i n g

))*>£• Mdrospcnddno, 144,7.

day

^^JSff^Mujrdyik-munishno.--

Pers.

provided with habitations,

Dk.

^V^n^tV

A Y . 14, i. in K20. mdnishno,

a habitation;

yvy^f

SjgpAii^^, Z.

Parsi

(also) the 29th

II.;

or J o a , » ! ^ . * ,

mdnishn,

(as in

+

formula'.

mdnsrabaran,

residence,

written

A a A ^ L ,

mdnsrabar,

a

GF.

p r i m e m i n i s t e r of S h a p u r

'the beneficent religious

adj.

Mdrspend

^ ¿ j i t y ^

Mdrspend,

who was

Mdnsraspend.

98,6.

Marspendan;

e s p e c i a l l y t h a t o f t h e f a t h e r , o r f o r e f a t h e r , of t h e f a m o u s

each

ddno,

tlio

-an.

Ataro-pdd of

AY.

of M a r s p e n d .

or name,

209

149,2. =

151,3, n.

Z.

-u^jj^j^j^j) 27

-u^jjg is

substi-

210 t u t e d for

yasn

(Z. j u j » « ^ ) ) ; or

Z.

, 3 =

=

Z. - u ^ , and pQ) =

mal-formation of

(the change of

not uncommon in MSS.).

(comp.

^ji

=

was originally a m e r e

into

and vicc versa,

T h e word J t } ) ^ ^ is also sometimes

' g r e a t e s t ' (see Bund. 13, is. 14,c. 22, i. 4 3 , 3 , 4 . etc.), anc. P . Z. - u ^ o j ^ j j ^ j j g , Sans, mdyud, tion.

mathishta,

Hn. l , i o . s. sexual intercourse, copulation, concep-

reading would be mdyavad,

_ujj.u£>}.u

.

Perhaps a

better

' w h a t lias generative effect'.

mayuvad-homand,

H n . 3,35.

Wffl-G

H n . 2,35. adj. having what procreates, provided with

breeding creatures. vad

malrist,

mahishtha.

Comp. P e r s . ¿oLo; it explains Z.

yuvato-homand,

being

(Z. ^u>>) + matd,

mdyu

j^y^",

pos. suf. J ^ y « homand;

or

may6)

madano,

Z. £jj>>.o j j j w g .

P a z . syn.

jjj

dih.

v. to come, to arrive, to attain, to reach, to h a p p e n ;

mad,

A Y . 2,4. 4 , 1 2 . 8,6. 49,». 68,24. Si), 8 .

3,70.; (used as adj.) A V . 15,3. appointed, p r o p e r ;

-JJ^

A V . 10,3. H n . 2,35. 3,34. come out, come f o r t h ; rdz

A V . 4 , 7 , 8 . G, 19, 20,1. 12,,,-». 'Hi, 2.

f

mado,

come up, advanced, come up to, arrived at. P r e t . 3,53. H n . 2, 29.;

-f-

AY. 15,10. s. a province, a district, a town, a village.

Chald. NTO, Syr. j&jj, As. mat;

past part.

(=

-ujj

bard

mad,

mad,

G P . 2,45. bard

mad,

frdz

mad,

Die. 150,9. G F . 1,4.

A V . 4,2. came out, came f o r t h ;

n i a d , A V . 4,27. 17,19. G F . 4,21. came up, a r r i v e d ; madam

mado,

P . Z. Snns. gam;

D k . 150,13. came on, advanced. H u z . syn. J j ^ n ^ O O V^tantano

P e r s . jjtX^f, anc.

and

yat-

tuntano. Mitro

(trad. Matan)

A V . 5,3. pr. n. t h e y a z a d , or angel,

of t h e sun's light, whose n a m e is given to the lG Hl day of each P a r s i month. Z. nom.

, anc. P. M/thra,

Sans, mitra,

'the sun', Pers.^_gjo,

211 mitrò (trad, matûn)

AY. 52, e, 7. 85,7. s. a promise, an agree-

ment, a covenant, a contract, an engagement. Sans, mitra,

'a friend', Pers. Mitrô-âpân,

Z. nom.

comp.

, 'friendship'. GF. 6,2,5. pr. n. 'honoring Mithra' ( ? ) , a

Pârsî man's name, still in use in the form M e h a m m j i . âpân

Mitrò -f-

( = crd. of Pers. ^ i X j y L t 'to praise', Z. Sans, van))

^jkQijgjjI^a^' the 13 th century

Pers.

GF. 6,2. pr. n. a Pârsî man's name in

Mitrô-panâhk,

A. D. JJ^-f Mitrò, or mitrò.

-)-

panâhk

(=

panali). M^0-^" mitrô-drûj, a breach of promise. tano)-,

AY. 52,5. adj. used as s. promise-breaking, mitrò

Z. acc. C t y ^

drûj (crd. of

drtikh-

. P^JG*

mitrô-drûjili, ing, a denial of an agreement. Sç

+

AY. 70, e. GF. 4,20. s. promise-breakThe preceding -j- abst. suf. j y

-îh.

AY. 1,20. s. a number, a total, a s u m , an account, a

mar,

calculation : i r JÇ min

zak

mar

may mean either 'out of that

number', or 'on that account' (comp. Mkh. 10,4.). mar,

GF. 1,24. 2,3, is, 21,24,28,33,38, 43, 50,53, 56, 63, 66. 3,2,13,

18—21,28,37, 42, 53,65, 70^ 76, 82, 87, 9o,

criminal, a felon. fl^-f

Pers. y s .

mard,

Z.

93,

96. s. a destroyer, a malefactor, a

'deadly'.

substituted for - m ^ j gabrâ

in AV. 31, 36, 46, 68, i.

38, 58, 5. by K20, and in GF. 2,8. by K26,

mardô,

similarly sub-

stituted in AY. 22, 6. 27, 5. by K20, s. a man, a male human being; pl. martiya,

mardân, Z.

syn. -jujjj

see yj^^iyÇ

magôi-mardân.

Pers. ¿ y o , anc. P .

'a mortal', and -UJJQJJÌQ , Sans, martya; gabrâ.

Huz.

212

-

fa

AY. 1,28. 6, 15,2. 37, 47,1. 41, 66, e. 42,1, s . 48,7.

• A i t W niardum,

49, 89, 8. 55,4. GF. 1,4,8. 2,44-46,52. s. a human being, a m a n , m a n kind, people, a male human being (in AV. 37,1. 41,6. 48,7. GF. 2,45.); p'.

AY. 'J, 12,18,25. 15, 27,6. 16,7. 2 0 , 4 9 , 2. 29,

mardumdn,

47,5. 36, 75, 3. 37, 4, 6. 73, s. 92,4. 101,20. GF. 2,37. mano,

mardu-

AV. 28, e. 39,2. GF. 1,15. 2,75,7«. 3,30. Pers.

Huz. s y n .

anshutd. murdanu, part.

murd,

v. to die;

substituted for

Marzpan, yii^-G ing.

(crd. of O ^ j f t ) ^ marztdano)

in AY. 55,1. by K20.

+

abst. suf.

see

avarund-marzishnih.

see

marzuland,

v. to have sexual intercourse, to

Y^^yH^

avarun-marzishnih.

AY. 88,».; crd.

dashtdn-marz.

'to sweep', Sans, mrij,

marz,

see

Comp. Pers.

kun-marz

'coition', Z.

marcz,

AV. 55,1. adj. death-deserving, worthy of

death, capital (crime), mortal (sin); also written ya^lS^ mart] -f-

cohabit;

'to cleanse'.

marg-arjan,

SS^

-ishn.

marzishnih,

marzid,

and

past

s. sexual intercourse, cohabitation; see the follow-

marzishnih,

pret.

murd

murdand\

GF. 6,». pr. n. a P a r s i man's name. Pers. j j L j ^ c ,

tnarzishn,

marz

a variant of

marg-arjan.

arjun.

marak,

AV. 54, u. s. a n u m b e r , a t o t a l , a sum. Pers.

syo.

It may perhaps be here (and occasionally elsewhere) an adj., 'numerous', from

mar;

but it is usually a s.

- » f a malkd,

GF. 6,4. Dk. 144, 8 ,10. 149,1. 150,11. 151,4,13. s.

a king, a monarch, a sovereign; pi. malkddnd,

Dk. 144, 8, 10. 150, 11. 151,4,13.

malkadn, Sas. i J

GF. 6,4. mailed,

pi.

b

-

213

G 6 ( © malkdn;

t

Heb.

Cliald.

Paz. syn. - * 0 0marvarid, 0 ^jj^jji^o^.^

Syr.

Ar, d U i , J . J U ;

GF. 2, 13. s. a pearl. Pers. J o ^ l j ^ c .

marcnchinlddr

(trad, marochinidur)

s. a destroyer,

a devastator, a ravager, a murderer; see V u ^ y ^ o y ^ marcnclfmidar.

gelidn-

From the following. m

orenchinidand

(trad, marochinidan)

v. to destroy,

to devastate, to ravage, to murder; past part. AY. 47,6.

Z. marenchj

comp. Sans.

marg, s. death; see arjdn.

Pers.

marenchinid,

mri. pur-marg

and y w ^ - J Q ^

marg-

, Z. - u ^ O ^ G .

j y S ^ mcirgih, AY. 2], 2. s. death.

m«i'3 + abst. suf. -jy -ih.

mozd, AY. 93, e. s. hire, wages, pay, a salary, remuneration, a reward, a price; see

mozd.

Pers. ¿ ^ o ,

Z. -M^eb^g,

see

Pahl.-Paz. Glos. p. 156. mazg, P e r s . ^ w , Z.

AV. 46, 80, 81,2. 01,1. s. the brain, brains, marrow. Sans, majja,

(trad.) mazduntano, ^ojfS^

mazdund,

'marrow'. v. to sell, to dispose of; past part,

AV. 27, e. 80,7. Probably to be read

corrupted from

mczabnmitano

diate form j j ^ j j S ^ " mczavnuntano)

mczadnuntano,

(perhaps through the interme-

which is derived from the part, of

a pael form, such as Chald. ¡2?, Syr. , - s ] , 'to sell' (coinp. Ar. ^ J p ; whilst zebnuntand,

zednuntano,

'to buy1, similarly corrupted from

is the peal, or qal, form of the same verb, which means

'to buy' in Chald. and Syr. Paz. syn. mas,

frokldano.

AY. 4,25. 12, is. 14,1,17. 15,6,13. Hn. 1,11,16,21,26,

3i, 36. 2, 26, 27, 31. adj. great, grand, superior, (often used for the comp.)

214

-

-xj-u-f

greater, (and sometimes for the sup.) greatest; m'asdn,

AV. l , i o . the great, the grandees, the nobles.

P . math (in mathishta,

anc.

Z.

mahd. j comp.

mastaku. -XJ-O-^" masih,

mas

Pers.

'greatest'), Z. JJiifi a n d ^ u f i , Sans, mahat,

^ I J t D ^ mastorg, A Y . 46,2. s. a skull. Sans,

pi. used as a s.

+

AV. 12,15. s. greatness, grandeur, superiority.

abst. suf. - j y -i/i; Pers. ^QA . mtkh,

A Y . 67, 7 1 , 4 . 69,2. 79,5. 92,1. 99, a. s. a nail, a

spike, a pin, a peg, a stake.

Pers.

mai/a, I.) A V . 3, id.

.^jyo.

26. 10, is. 13, 20, 38, 58, 72, 98,5. 14,15.

15,3,13.17,17. 23, e, 8..27, 75, 6. 37, 6 , 7 . 4 1 , 7 . GF. 2,70. 3,10-21. Iln. J, 6. N. 7 7 , i . s. water, a liquid (in AV. 1,7.);

maydich,

Hn. 2,29.

the water also. If.) GF. 3,38,30. pr. n. the female yazad, or angel, of water, the Ardvi-sura

Andhita

of the Aban Yasht, whose name

hita is applied to the planet Venus; been substituted for the Paz. appellation. Ileb. 1Q, Paz. syn. jy

-jq-iq^"

has

do which would be her more correct

Chald. NJD, Syr. £ ¿ 0 .

Ar. fcLo, As.

AV. 3,20. in K20, a variant of

maydih,

mic\

myazd.

AV. 98,5. s. an aquatic region, or state; water-

iness, liquidity.

mayd

+

abst. suf. -J(j -ih;

It is probably, however, a miswriting of

aquatic', =

mayd

do. mydzd,

doth.

here the IIuz.

And-

-JQ^" mayd

-}- adj. suf. -D -ik;

Paz. syn. -iQ^y may at k 'watery,

Paz. syn.

dvik

(see

Bund. 48, d .). mishija

(trad, tnashyu)

liquor, essence, extract, or infusion. syn.

roghan.

AV. 84,5. s. oil, clarified butter, Ghald. NHtf'fp, Syr.

Paz.

(trad, mashydi)

mishgdih ousness, liquor, essence.

mediation; see magh,

Hn. 2,3s. s. oiliness, unctu- j - abst. suf. - j y

mishgd

A Y . 11,2. 15, in. also 25,2. in I l n ,

miydn,

ijjf

215 -1h.

s. the

miydn. G F . 3,69. s. stones in regular succession at certain inter-

vales used as a seat during the ceremony of purification. - j j j - f makas, Sans,

middle,

AY.

69,4.

s. a

fly.

Pers.

^pJuo,

Z. -»>)£) — mrim mandavam,

219

mun — frdz,

AV. 18,7. upon which;

G F . 3,53. which thing;

—

AV. 2 , n . J 6 , 3 . in which, on which;

^

mun —

yhi,

mun,

AV.

milmhim

9 4 , i . who by them whoso, by whom their; in OF. 3,17,6s, 91. perhaps mun is substituted for

amat,

and in G F . 1,». for ^

mamau.

II.) interrog. AV. 4,22. 6, 8, 74, 75,3. 9, 16, 65,5. 1 7,13. 66, 73, 77, 80, 1. G F . 3,26,27. Iln. 2,24. w h o ? ;

AV. 17,7. what? or who-?;

AV. 61,3.

70, 4. 79, e. which ? what? of whom ? who?; Hn. 3, 1. whom? to whom?; ->¿5

zak-i

mun,

A V . 26,'39,3. 5 6 , 5 7 , 2 . 67, 69,5. 76, 1. 99,0. that

(or those) of whom? whoso?; mun kafjarn,

j

i mun, AV. 1 7 , 3 5 , 3 . of whom? whose?

Chald. ]», ¡10, Syr.

kc (see ^ ^

Hn. 3, i. from whom?;

AV. 47,3. who and which ? (the conj. j va being

often omitted induads); Ileb.

£ mm man,

Ar

-

P« 2 -

yn-

^

amat).

munat,

lln. 2,25. rel. with suf. who (which, or that) of (to,

for, by, or through) thee; who (which, or that) thy, or thee. +

s

pron. suf.

mun

-at of 2 d pers. sing.; Paz. syn. kct.

munich,

A V . 15, 13. Hn. 2,29. rel. with conj. who (which, or

that) also (even, or too). munash,

mun -f-

(o^-ich.

AV. 4,20. 6,9,10. 18,8. 19, 7 J , 78,7. 2 0 , 2 1 , 3 5 , 4 5 ,

2,5. 22, 40,2, c. 23, 24, 31, 36, 43, 44, 50, 63, 81, 85, 87, 8 8 , 2 0 , 3 . 27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38, 39, 46, 51, 62, 81, 96,5.

28,1, 5. 48, 2,7. 79,2, 8 . 82, 83,

Hn. 2,25,37. rel. with suf. who (which, or that) of (to, for, b y , or through) him (her, or it);

who (which, or that) his (her, its, him, or

it); whose, whom; of (or by) whom (or which). -ash

of 3 d pers. sing.; Paz. syn.

ftJVfjf 13,74,75,

1, 5.

mtinsh&n, 14,3,

mun

+

pron. suf-

kesh.

AV. 6,7. 7, 49, 7 3 , 2 , 7 . 8, 42, 5. 9, .1, s. 12,7,15.

4,11,19.

15,

2,5. 37,2, 6. 5 5 - 5 7 , 7 2 , 9 2 , 1 , 4 .

1,7, 10,19.

16,9,

10.

17, 68, 2. 25, 4 7 , 6 1 ,

6 5 , 6 9 , 2,8. 6 6 , 8 0 , 8 9 , 6 .

70,76,77,1,«.

220 DO, 03, 'Ji, i. 97, 9 8 , 9 9 , 7 , o. GF. 2, is.

munshdno,

AV. 12, 1 8 .

14,7. 8 0 , i . 99,3. rcl. with suf. who (which, or that) of (to, f o r , b y , or through) thorn; who (which, or that) their, or them ; whose, whom; of (by, or to) whom. ing that

There appears to be no sufficient reason for supposmurtshdn

is ever used merely as a pi. of

mim,

although some sentences might readily be mistranslated in accordance with that view. or

W h e n the verb is understood, or is used in the pret. clearly means either 'that their, whose', or.

P - P " W O l j ^ >nunshdn 1

'that by them, by whom ; the phrase liunsdr,

^O)^*

munshdn

ni-

AV. 37,2. 70, 74, SO, 93, i. means 'that their head downwards,

or whose head downwards'; when the verb is pi., it agrees either with the antecedent of

mwi, or with a nom. understood, as in 13, i. 'that

consider their husbands', in 15,7. 'that walk among those of them who are brilliant', in 15,10. 'that they have seated them on it', in 55,1. 'that suffer their torment', in 68,2. 'that they drag them', in 75,1. 'that have been thrown under the feet of their cattle', and in 99,9. 'that have been disobedient unto their rulers'. d

of 3 pers. pi.; Paz. syn. munarn,

mim

-f- pron. suf. y^JQ

-shdn

kesha.

AV. 4,22. 11, 18,4. 17,13. 68,20. Hn. 2,21. 0,20. rel.

with suf. who (which, or that) of (to, for, by, or through) m e ; who (which, or that) my, or me.

mun

+

pron. suf,

-am

of 1 s t pers.

sing.; Paz. syn. kem. inunmun,

AV. 2,13. rel. with suf. who (which, or that) of

(to, for, by, or through) u s ; who (which, or that) our, or us. +

pron. suf.

-mun

of 1 s t pers. pi.; Paz. syn.

-niond, pos. suf. a variant of

mand;

mun

kema. see

ty^

shui-

mond. mang, mus),

AY. 1,38. 2,22,20,31. s. a narcotic, henbane (hyoscya-

'the seed of which, imported from Cabul, or P e r s i a , is sold in

Bombay as Khurdsdni

ajwdrt

(see Dalzell and Gibson's Supplement

to the Bombay Flora, 1861, p. 62). Pers. J b u > .

V mid, £

AV. 34,6. 54,5.

mu and

mud.

raid,

o f mill,

AV. 23,3. 96,2. s. hair; see

Pers. ^we, or yjc.

AY. 73,7. s. hair; see £

-mand,

221

mu and i f i mui.

pos. suf. affixed to substantives to form adjectives

implying possession of the thing expressed by the substantive; kkvahishnmand. Huz. syn.

Pers.

, Z. ja^JJfi—, Sans,

see -mat;

homand. niiiyalc,

AY. 16,7,9,11. 57,4. s. weeping, crying, wailing,

lamentation, (perhaps) tearing the hair. mandacam, 46,5. Dk. 144,5. 6,17,23,37,55. 3,53.

or mindavam mandacam,

Hn. 2,

28.

jo^xi

.

(trad, mandum)

AV. 1, n. 2,8.

AV. 17,19. 27,80,7. 68, e. GF. 2,

s. ¡i thing, something, anything, a matter,

an affair, a concern, property; 3,58. 4,18. even anything,

Pers.

mandavamieh,

anything whatever.

AY. 89,7. GF.

Chald. Q j n P ' DJHJD >

Paz. syn. - j q J ^ chish (Mkh. this). mczishnik, j j j ^ U ^ min ragdman

adj. making water, voiding urine; mczishmk,

£

AV. 25,6. making water on foot, or

whilst standing, which is forbidden on account of its causing the pollution of more ground than is necessary, and risking the pollution of the feet,

mrz (crd. of

inczidand,

II.) + abst. suf. y^j

-ishn

+ adj. suf. J) -ik (which is, however, probably a mere substitute for the abst. suf. -t(j -ill, pa

added to the compound adj.

¿ A

m

can-ragelma?i-mczishn). mizak.

adj. phrase

or mczak, s. taste, flavor, relish, savor; in the comp. pavan-mizaktar,

GF. 2,62,64. with more taste,

more in flavor, more relishable, more savory. Pers. syx. mivuk,

AV. 71,2. s. a sting, a fang.

Comp. Pers.

-

M^CJO^" mczulano, tncxtd, A V . 73,2.

v. to taste, to sip, to suck; past part.

l'ers. ^ J o ^ a x , or ^ J o » * .

D^OO-G" tnczufano, v. to make water, to void uiine; crd. •mcz, sec JDy^Q^

l'ers. ^tX-sv^yo -

mezishnik.

or

,

Z.

n^';,

Sans. mih. j Q ^ l i ^ " mirishnih,

see - j Q ^ j l i ^ "

frod-mirislinih.

A Y . 3,20. s. a sacred repast, of which Parsis of

trnjazd,

all classes partake at ccrtaia festivals, after the recitation of the prescribed prayers and benedictions for the consecration of the bread, fruit, and wine, which constitute the feast [Dest.] (sec A Y . p. 147, note); also written

OF. 3,25,32. s. a sheep, a ram.

mcs'i, -"^C

l'ers. Jjjye 'a banquet', Z. - j j ^ j j j j g .

myazd.

* Sans, mesh a;

or

Huz. syn.

Peys.

u^jwo,

Z.

arrun.

prep. J.) before s. and pron. A V . 1, 7, 16,22.

madam,

2, 16, la. 1-J, 57, 7 J, 1. 19,8. 31, 91,5,6. 40,3,6. 41, 76, 3 . 52,7. 64,3,11. 68,15. 7'J, o. 92, 94,i. G F . 1,23,21,20,2i>. 2 , 9 , 1 0 . 3,1,56, go. 4,1». Hn. J,4. 2,6, in, is. 3,5.»on, upon, up, above, over, about, into, along with, with, unto, at; ^ . » ^ . u aware of; i )

madam madam

A V . 101,20. acquainted about,

dkds,

val, A Y . 1,36. 10,4,9,12, u . 54, j . Hn. 2, 3,36.

on to, upon, up to, unto, into. II.) used adverbially with v. A V . 1 , 1 8 , 8. 3,3.

4, 16. 15,5. 31,93,2. 42,6. 54,5,11. 98,1. OF. %

m, :i7. 3, is, 37. sec ))fQ)J^y lchdstan Jl^fiJ^^fiJ

pad)raftauo,

sdtuidauu,

JJ^WO-'O

i/ditijCintano,

vazJuntano.

>.

shedkuntand,

Sas. K)yO madam

DJOO-U

Hn. 2,

hankhctunadano,

raviituiitanv, yakhsenuntanu,

4,23.

1,21,2s.

ridano, ddtshlatto,

JJpQ)-") vdyulano,

and

(?); but its etymology is uncertain,

as it is not satisfactory to compare it with Heb. Chald. DJiE> 'away from'; Paz. syn. (rare in Pahl.) mcdammunastcind,

avar. v. to seem, to appear, to be like, to

22 3 mcdammunast,

like, (o be of opinion, to d e e m , to c o n s i d e r ; p r e t . AV.

4,16.

12,6,10,13,17,19.

C4,u. 54,2.;

pres. 3

4

13,12.

1 4 , a , B, 10, 13, 18, 21.

mcdammiincd,

sing-.

1 5 , s , 15, 17.

17,

A Y . 1, a s . 4,25. 17,15.

GIF. 2, 42, 48. H n . 2, 18,1(1, 21, 22, 26, 27. 3, 17, 18, 21'.; p r e ? . 2 d pi.

mcdammuned, form, such

G F . 2,15.

P r o b a b l y c o n t r a c t e d f r o m t h e p a r t , of a p i e l

as Heb.

sahastano (Z. sad). magopat,

Chald.

Syr. ^ o f ;

P a z . syn.

G F . 6 , 5 . s. a P a r s i p r i e s t w h o is chiefly e n g a g e d

mobad; pi. magopat; y£ mago

magopatdn,

in t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of c e r e m o n i e s , a AY.

2,36. Sns. ( ~ > Q . 2 . > t )

1,9.

pat

+

(Z.

j^sjjj^j

, Sans,

-"¡yOyG magfn-yabru, M a g i ; also w r i t t e n - u j j ^ j ^ . anc. P .

magu,

Pers.

pati,

Pers.

,

(Z. n o m . ,

Ju.

)

c\.a_).

D k . 14!), 4. s. a M a g i a n m a n , one of t h e

magoi

— n

9 bru

.+

(Z.

; Paz.

^.»jj^-ug,

or

,

magoi-

syn.

mard. ytiy-f mlnishn, or mmnishn, A V . l,-.o. 4,24. G F . 3 , 5 , 7 0 . f y o y ^ minishno, G F . 3,7.-„ H n . 1 , 4 . s. t h i n k i n g , a t h o u g h t , a n idea, t h e m i n d , t h e d i s p o s i t i o n ; also w r i t t e n liriiushn' see y^y^yo hu-mlnishn, yOy£ j^Vw) Vohuman-rmnishn, and yt^y^foy dush-mintshn. — nun (crd. of j ) ^ ) ^ mini (law) + a b s t . suf. -islm-, P e r s . or

.

imnavadaml

M o d e r n w r i t e r s a r e a p t to confound this w o r d with (pi. of

minavad)

by i n s e r t i n g a s u p e r f l u o u s

mtnishnih, or malnislmih, see ^y^y^^y^yo

) 0.

hu-ravakh-

•minishnih. jk^jy^y-G minishmjish,

or

mahiishnyish,

Yadadan-viinishnyhh. minishnik, H n . 1 , 4 . a d j . tural. minishn + a d j . suf. A)

see

j^y^y^y^

y()ii

thinking, thoughtful, mental, na-27c; P e r s .

224

yi minavad,

or mainivad,

(trad, madonad)

A V . 2,24. 14,15.

GJ, 5. GF. 2,2,4,14. Hn. 1, 2 , i . s. a spirit, a spiritual being;

spiritual,

or immaterial, existence; an invisible state, heaven (as contrasted with - " f C J ) Mih, 'the world'); see minavaddn,

j ^ f p Ganrdk-minavad.

PI. y K j ) ^

minavaddn,

Hn. 2, 3,36.

A Y . 3, u . 13,7. 101,13.

minavaddnd,

AY. 1 , 2 4 . 5,4. G F . 1,2«.

an anc. P . word mainivat, Paz. mainyu,

Probably derived from

equivalent to Z. > j j j j j j g ,

Sas. 1^0

mind,

Pers. jj.-yo, or y ^ t , 'heaven'; it may be objected to this

supposition that a final t in anc. Pers. or Z. becomes a Pahl. $ d only when it follows n, mamivand, avatid);

so that mainivad

must either be a corruption of

or ought to be read mainand

(comp.

but the alternative reading mtnui

and

from Z.

is liable to still greater

objection, and departs more widely from tradition. minavad-vcnishnih,

or mainivad-veni&lmlh,

s. the discerning of spirits, beholding the spiritual world, visions.

minavad

Z. vacti),

-f

venishn

Dk. 1 4 4 , 4 . heavenly

(Pers. ( j i ^ U j , anc. P .

to which compound adj. is added the abst. suf. minidano,

or muniidand,

vain, -th.

v. to think, to mind, to heed,

to attend to, to regard, to care for, to like, to respect; past part. y&y-G minid,

A Y . 08, a.; pref.

^

tar

minid,

A Y . 26, G2, 0. thought

contemptuously of, scorned, despised ; pres. 3 d sing, 1 8 , i o . ; pres. 2d pi. ^ y ^ mined, flf^iy£

magoi-mard,

magui-mardan, one. P . magu, magoi-gabrd.

Pers.

A Y . 100,4.

Anc. P . Z. Sans.

s. a Magian man, AV. 1 , i s . — +

y £ mined,

man.

one of the Magi;

magot mard;

AV.

(Z. Huz. syn.

pi. , or

225 ) n,

v, u , 6, o , r ,

or I.

j n, v, u, 6, r, or 1, is ilie thirteenth letter of the Pahlavi alphab e t , and the usual equivalent of Sas. »,

>,

ijj,

i,

2,

and Chald.

corresponds to a medial Sas. i , Pers.

Pers.

^ , Z. },

1, J?; it also

,

sometimes

J , i_>, t i , Z. ) , and Chald.

W h e n initial, it stands almost always for n, or v\

and when

used as an apparently unnecessary final, it is represented by o. "When it is a vowel, it is read u unless the Z., or Chald., equivalent indicates some other vowel, in which case it is read o.

Its form remains

un-

altered, in all situations, as it does not join a succeeding letter; but when joined by a preceding letter, the junction is always made at the top, which tends either to reduce the size of the ), or to force it below the line, as in most of the compounds: )_£tO(y ¿p, WO'

rftV

HXjy

j^1

W ' jo,

rvuooi

fr

)»>

etc

-

In hasty writing, the ) is occasionally turned at the bottom and joined to the succeeding letter, being converted into j i, c, or i d ]

owing

to this irregularity (which is analogous to the frequent junction of and t>, with a succeeding letter in Persian MSS.) we f m d ^ j ^ j ^ j ^ ^ A i Srosh-yasharibd

occurring thrice in H e

Srdsh-yasha-

rubo (see note to AY. 3, io.), and ^ ( a ^ O ^ baresem-chino

in Kao for

j j j Q ^ j O ^ j baresom-cMtio, in which

(see note to GP. 4,27.); and several instances

j b has probably become ) v and then been

changed into

3 d by this irregular junction, will be found mentioned in the remarks on the letter

j.

) v a , conj. (nearly always attached to the word which follows it, in MSS.) and, also; (it connects phrases and sentences, as in) AV. 1,2, 3,6-15,17-19, etc. (as well as words, as in) AV. 1,6,7,10,12,17,19, etc. 29

226

-VI

(and is repeated before each word, or phrase, when several are connected together, as in) AV. 1,4,9,13,15,26. etc.

(It is sometimes omitted, as

between substantives repeated to give them a distributive meaning) see ddnar, and yy gutiak, (and in other cases where it might be expected, as in) AY. 2,26. 3, it. 4,27. 16,7,11. 17,19. 21,2. 50,s. 59,5. 60,8. 64,2. 101,21. GF. 1,28. 2,30. etc. (these omissions may sometimes be accidental, but it seems to be a general rule that when only two phrases, or words, are coupled together, it is optional to omit the conj. Occasionally this conj. has a disjunctive meaning, as in) AY. 8,6. 48,4. 54,7. 68,10. 91,o. 100,4. etc. but, yet. Sas. 2 va, Pers v ^ , Heb. Chald.

Syr. o, Ar. ^ , As. va.

M^OOM nihddano, v. to put, to place, to set, to deposit, to lay, to put out, to protrude; past part.

nihdd, AY. 66,2. Pers. jj^Lgj,

funddano. vakhtano, v. to ornament, to beautify, to enamel, to paint, to rouge; past part.

vdkht, AY. 73,7. Comp. Pers.

'decorated', iuCi-L 'plaster', Z. _u

~L>,

'embroidered'.

iXy) niydz, s. see fcx^l niydz. ^»iX» niydzun, AY. 88,7. pr. p. wanting, wishing, longing, craving, desirous, solicitous;

niydzdn kardand, to make desirous,

to tempt, to seduce, (yy») tuyaz + pr. p. suf. yn -dn; the pr. p. of a v

- M^CjOCt niydzulano,

'to want, beg' (Pers. ^ Jo^Ly), Paz. writers

read it vtava. K'iXyj vtyavdn,

AY. 53,2,3. adj. pi. used as a s. places without

water, a desert, a wilderness, a barren waste.

Pers. ^ L L o ,

Z.

-jj^jjjj^/j and - u g j u » ^ / ? . ntydzdnimda?id,

v. to make desirous, to instigate, to

-tyt -

227

tempt, to mislead, to seduce; pret. ^ ^ ^ O O * ) niydzdriinid, 71,9. Denom. from

AY. 1,4.

ntyazdn.

iq») Vdhrdm,

AY. 5, a. pr. n. a yazad, or angel, who is said

to be a promoter of successful war, and is a personification of victory; his name is given to the planet Mars, and also to the 20th day of each Parsi month; it was likewise assumed by several kings of the Sasanian dynasty, and is still common among the Parsis in the form Behramji; it is also written

Verehram and

older forms of the word.

Pers. ^ f ^ j , Sas. ^ 2 ^ 2 2 ,

Verehrdn,

Z.

yo^Sj^y)

, Sans. Vahramdn,

Verchrdn, or

which are psJ^2,

Vritrahan.

AY. 55,5. patron, adj. Vahram's; of, be-

longing to, or descended from, Yahram; an epithet of the most sacred fire, which is also often written without the suffix, -}- patron, suf. yi ^•^y) vahak,

.^^J

Vdhrdm

-an. AY. 27, e. s. a price, a charge, cost, value, worth.

Pers. L g j . )HJ>) nihdn, adj. hidden, concealed; see

nihdn.

" * 0 0 W ) nihdnyish, AY. 63, s. adv. secretly, clandestinely, privately. )»£)») nihdn + adv. suf. JiQy l y y j ndkhim,

-yish.

AY. 50,2. a finger-nail, a claw. Pers.

,

or

Sans, nakha. nisMv, AY. 49, s. s. a descent, lowliness, humiliation, degradation. Pers.

j,

or ^ w .

Or it may be merely a*

corruption of £)(_)») niyaz, 'want', as assumed in the text. )JH5Aa0') niydyishno,

Hn. 3,4. s. praise, thanksgiving, benediction;

often written y^s-j^j) niyayishn. b , or

^ p u u / ? , 'words', Sans. vach.

AV. 54,3. s. an aim, the fore-arm, an arm's length, a

cubit, (perhaps) a fathom.

Pers. ^ b , j j b , ^ b ,

or s ^ b ,

Z.j^jmj,

Sans, bdhu, or bdha. ^y») vdchak, vachas and

vdchaka.

^¿Am) varan, ^ b ,

N. 78,8. s. a word, a saying. Z. nom. ^ f o u / ? , Sans.

Z.

AV. 55, 1. Snns. vdr, vuri,

varano,

GF. 3,32. s. rain.

'water', varsha,

Pers.

'rain'; Huz. syn.

mitra. ^ ì ì ) naidn, AV. 75,2. pr. p. groaning, moaning, lamenting, wailing. Pers. ( j ^ b , pr. p. of ^ J o J b , ll^cA") vàrtUanò, v. to rain, to pour down, to fall (as rain); pret. vdrid,

AV. 77,3.

Pers. ^ J u ^ b , Z. vdr.

vdlinò, AV. 17,5. in H i s , K20, a variant of ^ O ^ t t i ) " " ) vdstryósh,

bulinò.

s. a cultivator, an agriculturist, a husband-

man, a farmer, an individual of the third class, or caste, of the Maz-

-

229

d a y a s n i a n c o m m u n i t y ; pi.

Hn. 2,21. 3,20. fQ).«)

over, on, or up.

kN. 14, n . Z. nom.

y. to blow ( a s the w i n d ) ; pres. 3 d sing. Jt})-")

j j p Q j i i ) vayidano,

vdycd,

vdstryoshdn,

madam

vdyeij,

Hn. 2,19. 3, is. blows

Z. r a .

vakhsishnd,

Dk. 151, «. for

vakhshishno,

increase, enlargement, development, augmentation.

vakhsh,

crd. of

j q j j ) vakhsliuland)

\ o O O - " ) Nikhshapur,

s. growth,

AiJJ) vakhs

-f- abst. suf.

(=

-ishno.

A V . 1,35. pr. n. a city in K h u r a s a n ; (also)

the n a m e , or title, of a commentator on the A v e s t a who is quoted in the P a h l . translation of Yend. 5,112. 8,64. Sp. and v e r y often in

likewise written

Nikhshapur,

Nishapur, pHhar, ^jLijo

\ N i k h s h d h p u r ,

^-»JOOO) Nishdpuhar,

^•"lOOO-") Nikhshapuhar,S*>)y±00") Nishdpuhar, and

^-»(OOOO)

Niklishdpuhar,

^-"lOOO-5)

and ^•»IfcXJOO5) Nishdhpuhar.

NishaPers.

A Y . 14,14. a d j . ( p r o b a b l y ) b u l k y , voluminous,

grand, m a j e s t i c [Dest.]. P e r h a p s -^j-") vakhsh + a d j . suf. ^jj -dk:

^^XJ - ") vahisht, 2,4,6,14,15. heaven.

Nishahpuhar,

.

^ o ^ j i i ) vakhshak,

shidand)

N.;

(crd. of

vakh-

comp. P e r s . ^ L i j 'a g a r m e n t ' .

A Y . 3, u . 5 , 7 , 1 0 , 1 2 . 6,9. 6 1 , 7 . 6 8 , 2 , 5 , 2 2 , 2 4 . GF. vahishto,

Pers.

,

GF. 2 , 2 . s. the best existence, paradise,

Sas..

vahtshti,

Z. nom. sing. m.

'best'. vahishtik,

Hn. 1,38». adj. of, or belonging to, p a r a d i s e ;

h e a v e n l y , destined for h e a v e n . vakhshidano, develop, to a u g m e n t ; 12,12,15. 14,12. 15,19.

^jy") v. to g r o w ,

+ to i n c r e a s e ,

Sl| f-

to e n l a r g e , to

past p a i t . or pret. ^ - ¡ y w ) vakhshtd, Z. vakhsh.

Sans, vaksh,

AY. 7,2.

'to a c c u m u l a t e ' .

230

- w -^J^t

ndmih,

GP. 2,74. s. fame, reputation, renown, celebrity;

(or) a writing, a history, a narrative, a legend.

nam (Pers. p l j ,

anc. P. nama,

4 - abst. suf. . j y

-th;

Z. nom. acc.

, Sans, ndmaii)

or Pers. ^ e l i , -U^») vdmik,

AY. 15,21. in K26, a variant of J f ^ bdmik.

It can

also be read ndmilc, 'famous'. nihuftand, nihufto,

v. to hide, to conceal, to cover; past part.

GF. 3,56.; (used as an adj.)

145,3. hidden, occult, obscure. JtJi)*») nakhust,

^^»¿jjajj

nihuftako,

Pers. ^jJCjLgj .

AV. 4,9. 7,1. 17,2. GF. 2,1. adj. earliest, first;

(used as adv.) AV. 3, ie. 5,4. at first, in the first place. Pers. J

>

,

Z. ¡Jtyblj

> ?

I^^M^XJ,

?

, or ^ j y J a J . vohii,

Hn. I , i i , i 8 . adj. nom. acc. sing. n. good; (used

as a s.) a good, a benefit; the second word of the sacred formula of the Parsis.

Sans.

^y«) nuhtlm,

ashem-vohu

vasu.

^yo) vohulc — Z. ¡j^yLl^ vohu,

ciphers 5 ?

Dk.

^^jm^^jw

see

ashem-vohuk.

GF. 2,19. num. ninth; sometimes expressed by the

^j^mjmjm . Vohuman,

?

— _«) nuh (Pers. &S) +

ord. suf.

-urn;

Pers.

AV. 11,1,5. GF. 6,4. pr. n. the ameshaspend, or

archangel, who is said to have special charge of cattle and sheep, and is styled

chdpuktar,

'the more active, or ingenious', as he

supplies wisdom (H6 extra fol. 10-11); his name is applied to the eleventh month and second clay of each month in the Parsi year. nom. ^{aG •

Pers.

.

i^V0) Vohuman-minishn,

AV. 3,4. adj. thinking of Vohu-

man , thinking good thoughts, inspired with good ideas. man

+

y^f-G

mxnishn.

Z.

Vohu-

w

~

-0»)

231

v&ng, AY. 23, 89,2. 53, s. 54, to. 57, i. 04, 12. 78, 80,3. 87,8. 101,1!. ( I F . 2,sc. 3,62,74. a. a voice, a ery, an outcry, a noise, a sound, S^aj) vana

clamor;

vuncj

crying; ) ) ) ^

dashtano,

hard and.

to keep crying, to continue

})J^YJ

JAJJ vang

make an outcry, to cry out, to cry, to crow. -»¿.o^

vdduntand,

to

Pers. > J b b ; Huz. syn,

kdlu. -uj)

Vui,

A V . 5,3, pr. n. 'flyer', an appellation -juj) Vdi

one of whom is

veh,

good flyer', a nanie

of tiie yazad

Y a s h t ; the other is

-ui) Vdi

Asti-v1]uid,

^00) jyj),

Vihjo. ayjj(

or i i j j j ^ j J^

ilie vayu

Kum,

vatar,

-ut) Vdi

'the evil

of two ¡¡/tapir, of the

flyer',

spirits, 'tiie Ilani

a name of

the demon of death; also witfen

or

7j. nahichak,

AY.

»a, 4n, 42,4». a. a lot, a chance; see the

\ remarks on •>) var.

The reading wants confirmation, but possibly the

word may refer to some mode of drawing lots by means of reeds (Pers. SjAi,

sjwLi,

^b,

desturs read vuijeh,

or ^ S ) of unequal lengths; some

and it is translated by Sans, danyaraka,

see A Y .

introd. p. 79, note 3, ntiirik,

Sans. ndri. , Vdyo, GF. 3,84. pr, n. sen -mj Vdi,

13, t,s. Z. yj), or MWNJfb

pi, ^AMASJJ) tidirikdn,

Hn, 2,39. s. a woman;

tWRjb

or

MWfly)»

vdduntanv,

AV,

Z. voc. ^ i j - u i ? .

v. to do, to make, to

perform, to offer (prayer, or praise), to practice, to use, to exercise, to accomplish, to execute, to provide, to fulfil, to commit, to cause, to effect, to construct, to form, to act; to set, or put, (in, on, or to, anything); pret, (rare) dtinam,

vddvnd,

A Y . 3, ss,; pi es. 2.;

vQpres.

A Y . 54,1«, 87,8. 101,si. GF. 3, B, ee. 3,79,19.

232

•>)

(in GF. 2,6. it seems to be used for the p.p.) 3>82-;

-^MJ baru vaduncd,

completes; pres. 2d pi.

GF. 2,8. quite performs, accomplishes,

pi.

15,14. lfi, 7. 42,2,7. 80,3.;

yin

2d sing.

vuditn, AY. 2,23.

bard

GF.

126,3.

AV. 85,2. they

AY. 80,2. they force in, GF. 1,3. Imper.

vddunam,

GF. l , s . ;

vadund,

jjj^yj

67. 4, s. quite perform, accomplish, complete;

"ML' ¡ e v ' n ° vudiind,

4,2n. put forward, advance; imper. 2d pi.

AY. 2, s. 16,11.

vaduncd,

vudimd,

Fut. 1 st sing, -fifty) -*>}) bard

vudimd,

AY. 5, s. 10,21,2.

vadund,

_uhu)' lulu vadund.

make up, construct; introduce.

AY. 100, 3. 101, 23.

vaduncd,

AV. 101,25.; pres. 3d

vaduncd,

GF.

vaduncd,

Fut. part.

vddtmishno,

N. 77,3.

It appears to be corrupted from a Semitic verb equivalent to

Heb. "DJ/, Chald. "DJ?, Syr.

Paz. syn.

kardand

(which is

generally used for the past part, and pret.). (trad, vu(junatan)

AY. 18,7.

v. to take, to seize, to catch, to hold, to retain; past part.

vakh-

or

11^*1)0^' vakhdunta.no

dund,

AY. 50, e. Iln. 2,21.;

Wftf)

fruz vakhdund, lakhvur

•withheld;

OMS) f''"z vakhdund,

GF. l , c . 2, i fl . taken hold of, laid hold on; vakhdund,

AY. 39,5.

laid vakhdund,

the nose), snuifed up. vakhdunto,

Pret.

held back,

AY. 81, 3. GF. 3,85.

vakhdund,

Micshm vakhdund,

3,6«. seized anger, became angry; J friz

retained,

Iln. 2,21. 3,20. taken up (in

Dk. 151,12.;

'53,i. GF. 3,if,.

AY. 11,2. oMdi

OM4) frciz vakhdund, vakhdund,

1 0 l , i . GF. 3, u . took hold of, took up;

GF.

AY.

AY. 4,c. 11,13. 16, 18, 0>) vdj vakhdund,

AY.

3,20. took possession of a grace, or short prayer, by muttering the first portion before eating, or acting; muttered grace. vakhdunum,

GF. 3,8.

vakhdCtnam,

Pre3. 1 st sing. •$))$)

AV. 17,7.; pres. 3d pi. S ^ j

^e» -

-«oat

Imper. 2d pi.

233

vakhdund,

AV. 14,17.

vakhduncd,

Heb.

Chald. nnx, Syr. , I f , Ar. J ^ f ; Paz. syn.

AY. 101, ie. gereftand.

\»J) vafar, AY. 40,3. 55,1. GF. 3,4. s. snow. Z. i ^ i J t naparto,

or nipereto,

Pers.

AV. 1,4. p.p. used as s. what has

destroyed, war, a battle, a fight, a conflict. Pers. ¿ y o , Z. ni -j- peret. neflunastano pres. 3d pi. ^„>0,

^

(trad, oaflilnastan)

v. to fall, to drop;

]fin neflitnd, AY. 43,3. they fall upon; fut. 3d sing.

bard nefluned, AY. 18,8. Ch. Pahl part, naflat, Heb.

Chald. 'PS:, Syr.

Paz. syn.

)*> aupastand}

whose term.

-stand is adopted by its Huz. equivalent. y^Q) nafrin,

AY. 26, B. S. a curse, an imprecation, a malediction,

an execration; opp. of

dfrin;

nafrin

kareland,

to

curse, to imprecate. Pers. nipist, AV. 1,7. for 150,3. J^^XJfiJ) nipishtako,

nipisht,

nipishto,

Dk.

Dk. 150,7. p.p. used as s. what is written,

a writing, a document, a record.

Past part, of

nipishtand,

Pers. v^civAi, or nipishtand, pisht, Hn. 1,34. nipishtako,

AV. 4,1. v. to write; past part. nipishtak,

AV. 1,7., (used as adj.)

Dk. 150, 2 . written, (used as s.) see the preceding; pret.

^XJfiJl nipisht, AV. 3,24. GF. 6,2,5. Pers. Sas. part.

ni~

^ x i ^ j , or ^.¿".¿.jjj,

nipishti, anc. P. inf. nipishtanaiy;

Huz.

yektibuntand. ^¿jj

nafshman,

AV. 1,30. 13, 8 . 15, 26, 58, 82, 95, 97,5. 22, 67,3.

24,43,G. 35, 62,2. 44,2, G. 59, 2, 5. 63,3,6,8. 64,5,12. 71,9. 72, 76, 83, 91,x. 78,7. 87, 2,7. 89,ii. 94,1,5. 100,4. GF. 3,9,45,52. Hn. 1 , 2 . 2 , 6 , 10,22,25,28. N. 78,9. adj. belonging to one's self, personal, one's own, 30

234

-

V)

his own, her own, its own, their own, my own, etc. (according to the pers. alluded to); ,.£($¿1)

tanit-i

89,8. Hn. 2,18. 3,17.

nafshman,

nafshman

AV. 34,7. 38,5. 81,3.

tana,

AV. 19,8. 62,89, 6.

one's own body, one's self, himself, herself, etc. (according to the pers. indicated); ^ f i j )

Iln.

lak nafshman,

zak-i nafshman,

AV.

2,21,25.

thou thyself;

4, i s , 2 s . 1 7 , 1 2 . 2 3 , 3 . 5 0 , 0 . 1 0 1 , M .

Hn.

2,2,

7,12,22,25. 3,2. that which is one's own, one's own, his own, her own, e c,

na

^ > i-WJ^' ' t ^

f s ^ m a n (interrog.) AY. 4,22. whose own? whose? O o„

Sas. n f 2 2 . C ^ nafshman, As. pi. napshdt,

Heb. Chald. tfEO 'self', Syr.

'lives'; Paz. syn.

.Dgj) nipik,

¡jJij,

khvesh.

GF. 6, 2, 5. s. a writing, a book; pi. with conj.

nipiMhaich,

Dk. 151,4.

Pers.

niptmishnih,

see -¡(jy^^g))

vadakhtano,

or vidakhtano,

or

GF. 3,7,10,15. v. to melt, bara

GF. 3 , i i . quite melted; (used as adj.) G4,4. Dk. 145,5.

vadakhtako,

- u j j bard vaddkht, GF. 3, s.

[¿yi,

lala-niplmishnih.

to fuse, to liquefy, to dissolve; past part.

vaddjed,

Ar.

vaddkhtak,

vaddkht, AV. l , i e .

Dk. 144, e. melted, molten; pret.

GF. 3,1 c.; fut. 3d sing.

Pers. ^JCi^f J o , Z. vi +

bard

tach,

'to flow' (p. p.

takhta). vaddrdano, away; past part,

fl^-u^o)

pret. ^ . u ^ ) vadard, MitWl

vadardano,

or vicldrdano,

v. to pass, to proceed, to move

yin vadurd,

AV. 101,27.

AV. 18,14. passed in, entered;

Pers.

nearly the same as

but sometimes more causal, as if derived from Z.

vi + caus. of tar. vaclardak,

or vidardak,

AV. 16,9. p. p. used as adj.,

or s. passed away, departed, deceased, dead; departure, decease; pi. vadardakan,

AV. 4,9. 16,7,12.

vadardakdno,

AV.

Vl —

235

10,2. the departed, the deceased (specially applied to the righteous, as contrasted with

murdak

applied to the wicked).

Past part, of

the following. vadardano,

or vidardano,

AY. 16,4. v. to pass, to cross,

to proceed, to pass away, to depart, to die (specially applied to the righteous);

bard vadardano,

traverse; past part.

vadard,

AY. 16,9. to pass over, to

AY. 16,

-tabard

vadard,

AY. 5,2. Iln. 2,35. passed over, passed away, departed, deceased; pret. flf^)

vadard,

AY. 16,4.

tar, Sans, vi + tri;

Pers.

jS' and ^ j X i j j " , anc. P.Z. vi-j-

IIuz. syn.

j'fltW) vadardik,

vabruntano.

or vidardik,

dak; pi. used as a s.

adj. a variant of ^^¿W)

vadardikan,

vadar-

AY. 4,9. in Kzo, the

departed, the deceased. vadak, AV. 17,15. adj. bad, evil, vile. vadirdand,

or vidirdand,

away, to depart; see hard vadtred,

vadardano;

Pers. •£ AV. l,io.

2>) val miydn,

val

i)

miydn,

AV. 11,2. into the midst, amongst,

among; (when the v. is modified by an adv., the latter generally precedes any phrase of the object dependent on val, as) i ) AV. 1, 2,15. 47, 60, 91,6. GF. 4, 2 6 . 1) 5 3 , u . GF. 1,12. Syr.

See

, Ar. ^ l e ; !>) val,

glial.

Sas.

frdz val, val, Ileb.

bard

val,

AY. 2,30. 4,7. bp, Chald. bp,

Paz. syn. j^v avo (trad. o).

GF. l,io. 4,27. Hn. 3,37. pron. that one, he, him, she,

her, it, they, them; (used as an adj.) A Y. 3, s. that, the. See vardzishak,

adj. a variant of ^ - ^ O ^ J bardzishak;

vardzishaktum,

sup.

AY. 12,9. in K20.

Verehrdm, pr. 11. a variant of for ^ o ^ j l q ' ) Vdhramdn

valman.

Vahrdm, substituted

in AY. 55,5. by K20; but ytbJS)

Verehrdn

is a more usual form. Valkhash,

Dk. 150,4. pr. n. of several Persian kings of

the Ashkanian, or Arsacidan, dynasty. j j ^ j j j w ^ j varddmdand, to alter, to convert.

AV. 68,24. r. to make turn, to change,

Pers. ^ J j j i l O j i ' .

id) -

AY. 6,12. Hn. 1,33. s. a turn, a whirl, a revo-

vardishn,

lution, a change, a transition, flg^) vard -j- abst. suf.

239

eh

-ishn;

Pers.

-"O^Ki^l vardishnih, M^Oid) vardidano,

(crd. of

.

see - j q ^ ^ )

-ay

bard-vardislmih.

v. to turn, to whirl, to revolve, to change,

to vary, to become; pres. 3d sing.

vardcdd,

a miswriting of j ^ j ^ j varzcdo), ^ J ^ J

^^fi)

r

f '"!

turns away, departs, deserts; imper. 2d pi. ^.u^aA lakhvar

f ^ ) vardih,

vardidano)

varded,

N. 76,10. (perhaps varded, varded,

Hn. 1,38. AV. 401, ie.

AY. 53,7. turn ye back, return.

AY. 14,0.

var ditto,

AY. 12, m. adj. turning,

winding, surrounding, encompassing, wrapping; see vardin.

—

vard, (Pers.

) + adj. suf.

Pers.

-in.

rdnoSo taken in the

text; but it may be a s. 'a crown, a coronet', Pers. ^ ¿ j i f ' , ( j r ^ , and ^ l y ^ S ' ' ; and it may be read vartir, with Sas.

kartir,

Ileb. "TQ and m^J? 'a crown, wreath, diadem'.

M^OJ'flC^l vardinidano,

GP. 4, 21. v. to make turn, to change, to

alter, to modify, to convert, to avert. ^

varz,

AY. 15,

varl.iro, and compared

Caus. of

vardidano.

GP. 3 ,73,79,82. s. agriculture, cultivation,

tillage, husbandry, farming, labor, work, a practice, a habit, a custom. Pers. y p , or ^ , ^ u ^ j varzdk,

Z. -u^).»/?

'practice'.

AY. 32,«. 75,5. GF. 4,5,12. adj. cultivating, tilling,

ploughing; the phrase in GP. should be translated: 'how much is the ploughing value of one ox?'

varz

(crd. of

varzidano)

+

adj. suf. ^ji -dk. - " O ^ l ^ l varz-kardih,

Dk. 144,2. s. a customary habit, an hab-

240

e>i -

itual practice.

varz +

h

hard (p. p. of l)^«)^ kardand)

-f- abst.

suf. j y -ih. M^O^) varzidano,

y. to till, to cultivate, to labor, to practise, to

accustom, to use, to employ, to contract (a marriage); past part. varzid,

AV. 8,5. 13,8. 15,1. 68,7,12.; pret. d

17,18,25. Hn. 2,32.; pres. 2 pi. bard varzcd,

varzcd,

varzid,

AV. 4,33.

AY. 100,4., imper. 2a pi.

AV. 101,17. practise ye fully. Pers.

or ( j j o ^ j , Z. verez. narm, kardand,

AY. 2,3. adj. soft, mild, gentle, easy;

narm

to soften, to soothe, to ease, to learn by heart. Pers.

t^) valman,

^ .

pron. Hn. 1,7. that one; AY. 2,9. 4,11. 8 9 , 1 0 . Hn.

1,13,38. 2,5,24. h e ; AV. 2,14. 17,8,14. 32,2. GO, 3. 63,7. 8 5 , 7 .

etc.

h i m ; AV. 4,11. Hn. 2,2,5,7,12,19. 3,2, is, 38. his; Hn. 2,25. she; AY. 24,3. GF. 3,48. her; GF. 3, 6 4. Hn. 2,22. it; Hn. 2,35. 3,34. they; (used as an adj.) AY. 1,3c. 2,1,10,21,25,34. 3,1,15. 4,15. 17,11,13. 19,7. 20, 21,5. etc. that; AY. 1,5,8. 17,5. 54,7. the; AV. 92,4. those; valman-I,

Dk. 144, 8 . 150,11. that one;

see j t^

glial.

j^j

PI.

AV. 2,20. 6,13,61,3. 16,9. 56,57, 90,2. 70,77,4. they,

valmanshdn,

those; AV. 2,21. 14,3. 42, 99,5. 56, 74, 89, 90, 92, 94,1. 66, 6 . 93,1,5. GF. 2,t4. N. 78, e. them, those; (used as an adj.) AV. 1,33,42. 17, 24, 29, 32, 34, 36. etc. those.

Sas.

rtf/2

'the', As. ullu;

valmanshund,

valman,

2,2,12,

AV. 14, n . 61,1. 99, 9.

lleb. bit, bit, bit, bn, Chald. bit,

AT.

j f

Paz. syn. (hardly used in Pahl.) oi, pi. osha and esha,

whose pi. term, -sha is adopted by its Huz. equivalent. {¡>, varen,

AV. 95,7.

vareno

(often personified as a demoness).

Z.

(trad, varan)

s. desire, lust,

'a wish'; comp. Pers.

'greedy'. varenoih ness

(trad, varum)

vareno + abst. suf.

AV. 55,7. lustfulness, lascivious-ih.

>) -

tf,

j^j vareno-kamakih,

241

AY. 60,6. 71,8. s. a desire for lust,

a liking for lewdness, lasciviousness.

j ^ j varend

+

kdmak

-(-

abst. suf. -¿¡j -ih. varoishn,

AY. 1, is. s. belief, a creed, faith, trust, reliance;

pi. p j y u j i ^ ) varoishndn, varoishndno,

see ^ o ^ i ^ ) ¿j^u IcI>up-varuishnan;

AY. 1,17. •—

varo

believe', Pers. ^ J o j ^ , Z. var)

(crd. of

varotdano,

-j- abst. suf. y^i

-ishn;

'to

see jA^^yta

giravishn. varijan,

AY. 63,3. in K20, a variant of j y ^ j

-H^MS) nizarih, emaciation.

barijan.

AV. 77,8. s. thinness, leanness,

nizar

{—

vazluntano

meagreness,

, Pers. ^fyj) -f- abst. suf.

(trad, vazrunatan)

-ih.

v. to go, to proceed, to

pass on, to depart, to become, to ensue; past part.

vazlund,

AY. 2, 41,6. 16,i. 18,2,5. 53, n . 77,». GF. 3,49,08.; frod

— vazlund,

AY. 99,4. gone down. Pret.

— vazlund,

AV. 3,

1,2. 2 0 , 5 . 53,10. 64,2. 65,3. 68,22. 9 5 , 7 . G F . 1,2. 3, ei, s i . ;

bard vazlund,

AY. 17,5. 60, e. GF. 3, es. went out, went forth; -n»)^)'

) Idld vazlund, dam vazlunto, lund,

-uy

AY. 86,2, went up, ascended:

jty

ma-

yin

vaz-

AY. 4, ie. went into, passed over;

AY. 19,2. 41,8. 69,4. 70,3.

1 s t sing.

AY. 1,24.;

birdno

lakhvdr again; over; pres. 2 d pi.

- u ^ bard vazluned,

vazluned,

frod, vazlunSd,

Pres.

AY. 1,40. 17,7. Hn. 3,4.; pres. 3 d sing.

vazlunam, vazluned,

GF. 1, 15. went i n , entered.

GF. 4,15. goes o u t ,

Hn. 2,4.

departs;

GF. 3,17,19,20. goes down, sinks, vazluned,

madam

GF. 2,41,47. goes b a c k , becomes

vazliined,

vazluned,

abates;

AY. 18,s. goes into,

GF. 2,15. Fut. 1 s t sing. 31

passes -uy

242

fi

-

bard — vazMnam, 3,67. 4,8,20.

GF.3,47. Imper. 2d sing.

vazluno,

luiit, Heb. buN', Chald. vazand,

AV. 101,5,22.

vazlun,

GF.

Sas. pret. (">£2^/2

vaz-

Syr. v 4 i ! ^az. syn.

sMdano.

AV. 33, e. Dk. 150,5. s. damage, injury, ruin, cala-

mity, misfortune.

Pers. y and

nazdik, nazdik,

ft}))

^jj.

AY. 4,27. GF. 4, 8 . DSS)

nazdik,

GF. 3, gt.

AY. 17,19. adj. near, nigh, neighbouring, adjacent, contiguous;

(used as a s.)

nazdik-i,

GF. 3,47,49,77,81. Hn. 2,4. the neigh-

bourhood of, the presence of. Pers. i X j O j j , Z. -ju^-u} , Sans, sup.

antika,

nedishtha. ^fj^iiS)

nazdikih,

proximity.

Hn. 3,3,5. s. nearness, vicinity, neighbourhood,

nazdik

+

abst. suf.

4J) N. 78, 3. perhaps for j y j veh,

- t h ; Pers.

as it seems to stand for Z.

JJ^-*3) a common way of writing ^(j'S) -ju»iij nasdi,

^¡Ci^yi.

neshman.

AV. 35, 49, 96,2. 38, 2 ,5. 41,2,7. 44, e. 83,1. 98,4.

GF. 1,15,17,18,24. s. a corpse, or any portion of the dead body of a human being, or dog; dead matter, dead refuse.

Pers.

Z.

pi. nom. acc. ^».umu). ) vastar,

AV. 2,27. s. clothing, dress, bedding, covering,

a carpet. Pers.

and

iMt^ftlM vastardand,

, Z. or vistardand,

, Sans,

vastra.

v. to spread, to expand, to

lay (carpets), to make (a bed), to drape, to cover, to clothe; past part, see ^ J t D ) vastard,

khvp-vastard,

AV. 2,26.

stri and stri).

and

stardako;

pret.

^fO))

Pers. ¡JO^XMS, or ^JoyCwX, Z. vi + star (Sans.

JtlM ^ r C D l vastarg,

243

AY. 2,26, si, 34. 9,3. 15,9. 69,10. 89, s. 101,27. GF.

1,15,17,21. s. see ^JtJ)) vastar,

of which it may perhaps be an adj.

form (ending in ^ -ah, comp. wsp,

vispo,

Z. nom. m.

'rainy', Vend. 21,5.) used as a s.

Dk. 149,2. adj. all, every; see (J35A) visp.

, anc. P. vispa, Sans,

visva.

AY. 2,33. s. a writing, a book, scripture; one of the

nask,

21 sections into which the Avesta and Zand, constituting the complete Zoroastrian literature, were formerly divided; see Pahl.-Paz. Glos. p. 165; sometimes

nosh in modern MSS.

£.13) (trad.) nasadman,

Pers. iXmo , Z,. _u

.

AY. 5,4. 10,8. 17, ie, ^ ¿ i )

nasadman,

AY. 4,3. s. an obeisance, a bow, reverence, homage, worship, prayer ^asj worship.

nasadman

yedruntand,

to offer reverence, homage, or

The etymology is uncertain, and consequently the reading is 8

doubtful, but comp. Ar.

S

""

| -

A

and ¿L&j, 'beseeching'; Paz. syn.

namdz. -jq) veh, AY. 4,26. 5,3. 17,17. and substituted for l i g j - j ^

shapir,

in GP. 2,14. by H«, K26, and in Hn. 1,26. by H e , adj. good, excellent; (used as comp. without suf.) better. ved. Sans.

Pers. 20 and j i j ,

Z.

vasu. vish,

Hn. 3,38. s. poison, venom.

Sans, visha. ^)OOJ vihdd,

see

vashddand,

Z. J ^ j / ? and - ¿ i ^ g j / j ,

Asti-vihdd. v. to open, to uncover, to display, to bare,

to free; past part, see the following. Pers. ^¿Lci.S', or ^ ¿ L k J ; Huz. syn.

sharituntand. Dy^u^y

^OOC) vashdd-dwbdrishnik,

AY. 25,6. adj. used as a

s. running about uncovered, or without a shirt and sacred thread, which

244

-fM) —

is a sin among Parsis. +

jfy^Mjy

tfHi)

vashad

(p. p. of ))^J0)

vasht, AY. 4,15. in IIi7, turned away,

departed.

Pers. ^XMS.

WtD^OI nishastand,

v. to sit, to sit down, to alight, to rest, to

remain, to stay, to abstain; past part, ftl)-«^) nishast, pret.

nishast, AY. 68,24.; fQ)-^})

sat down. Pers.

^XMUMJ

AY. 17,24.;

bard nishast,

GF. 3,69.

, anc. P. impf. 1 st sing, niyashadayam,

m'sfe -f- had, p. p.

, Sans, ni -f- shad;

Z.

Huz. syn.

yetibiinastand. vehih, AY."12,15. s. goodness, good, excellence. +

vch

abst. suf. j^J -th\ Pers. vashammuntand,

attend to; past part.

v. to hear, to hearken, to listen, to vashammund,

hammuncl,

AV. 18,4. 101,11.; pret.

AY. 101,26.

Prom the pael form of a Semitic

root like Heb. yipu/, Chald. JJOttf, Syr.

Ar. £+.1, As. pael 3d sing.

vas

yushamma;

Paz. syn.

ashnudano.

D^SJ^Ki) vashuftand,

or vishuftand,

v. to disperse, to devastate,

to ravage, to ruin, to destroy; past part. fut. 3 sing. IV-

vashuft,

>

; comp. ^.£¿.¿1, or ^¿¿^..if;

, or

AY. 1,6.;

hard vashupcd, or vishoped, GF. 3,55. Pers. —

d

Z. vi -J-

khshub

(Sans, kshubh). nihip, or nihiv, AY. 50,3. s. fear, dread, terror; nihip kardano,

to frighten, to alarm.

Pers.

, or

O-^}) .

nishim, AY. 19,2. s. a resting-place, a seat, the fundament. Pers. jvJyki. "XJl vch-dost, volent, kind. -1^)) we/i -(-

AY. 15, is. well-befriending, friendly, benedosi.

246 vaghdán,

Hn. 2 , 4 . s. a head (of good beings); also written

and y&y

y$Q_yaghdán j) vak,

vakdan.

Z. - u J í j ^ / í j j j

AY. 60,8. 69,4. s. a frog.

Pers. (¿J^, or ¿ L .

m'Ms, AV. 15,2. Dk. 150,9. s. a look, a glance, observation, watch, care, custody;

nikás

dáshtand,

to keep watch,

to take care of. Pers. x l x j , Z. ni -f- kas, comp. Sans, níkás'a, JH^1)) nikirishn,

A Y . 4,20. s. observation; see fHyby

nikirishn.

v. to kill, to slay, to slaughter; past part.

neksüntano,

A Y . 6 0 , 8 . 74,5.; pret.

neksúnd,

'certainty'.

AY. 1,9. slew outright.

bara

Chald. D3J, Syr. •

neksünd,

Páz. syn.

kushtand. nikún,

AV. 69,3. adj. inverted, upside down. Pers. ^ySCj. AV. 37,2. 70, 74, 80, 93,1. 88,2. 99,4. adj. head

nikünsár,

downwards, overturned, upside down, inverted, topsy-turvy.

Pers.

^Lwjjo, ^LwujXi, or ^Lw j j ^ J o . jj^jjj)^) niküínídand,

v. to disregard, to slight, to neglect, to

despise, to scorn; past part.

nikuíníd,

AY. 68, 8, 11.

Comp.

Pers. yOü^i nikezishn,

Dk. 151,2. s. an intention, a purpose, an accep-

tation, an approval, an interpretation, an opinion, a doctrine.

Comp.

Pers. ^jJCil 'purpose, intention'. nikírái, ing; (or s.) a defrauder. nikirishn,

AV. 56, i. adj. embezzling, peculating, defraudPerhaps Z. ni +

garew.

Hn. 2,23. ( j ^ l i ^ ) nikirishno,

AY. 37,7. s. ob-

servation, a look, notice, regard, attention; see ynj^-)) nikirishn. nikir

(crd. of

nikiridanó)

+

abst. snf. y^

-ishn;

— Pers.

ty jj^jii^)

-

•*>»

247

niMridand, v. to behold, to look upon, to see, to view; AY. 72,6. 91,5.; pres. 3d pi. Sjjli^)

past part.

nikirid,

rcnd, Dk. 145,9.

Pers. ^ J o ^ J o .

niki-

-om, Hn. 1,5. verbal suf. of 1 st pers. sing, affixed to a s. am, I am. Pers. ^f, or

Huz. syn.

homanam.

-dm, suf. of pres. 1 st sing, of most Paz. verbs; see £ -am. Q -um, ord. suf. affixed to all numerals above three, to form their ordinals; see ^ J i ^ y ^ chaharum, Z.

—, namdz,

^ ( ^ ¿ J panchum,

etc.

Pers.

anc. P. Sans. -ma. AY. 2,7. 3, 11,7,8. 10,6. 101,4,26. s. an obeisance,

a bow, reverence, homage, worship, prayer;

namaz

ye-

druntand, to offer reverence, homage, or worship. Pers. ^ U j , Z. fcyjjjgj}, Sans, namas; Su^fy

Huz. syn.

nasadman,

numUddr, Dk. 145, 2. s. a shower, an exhibiter, a displayer,

an indicator.

From the following. numtiddno,

v. to show, to exhibit, to display; past part.

numiid, AY. 17,2. 53,3.; pret. 1st gjng.

jyjgj fraz numayam,

hibit; pres. 1 st pi.

numud,

AV. 10, 13.; pres.

AY. 10,12.

I show forth, I ex-

numaycm, AY. 0,7-10,12,13.; imper. 2d pi.

bard numdyed, AY. 11,11. show ye forth, exhibit. Pers. ( j t ^ i , Z. anu + ma, 'to measure' (p.p. mita; anc. P. Sans. ma). vands,

AV. 6,7,9,10. 13, u . 19, 48, 49, 67, 71, 73, 78,5. 20,

21, 25, 27-30, 32-34, 38, 45, 46, 51, 52, 58, 59, 62, 66, 84, 86, 93-96,3. 22, 4,7. 23, 24, 31, 36, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 60, 63, 76, 77, 80, 81, 85, 87-89,4. 55,2,4. 64, 65, 69, 79,«. 72, 82, 83, 90-92, 97, 98,2. 99,7. GP. 5,4. Hn. 1,35«, 38«. s. a sin, an offence, a fault, a crime; see Pers. sliS, or xJS,

avi-vanas.

248

«)) - >) J ^ - U ^ J ) ) ) vanaskdrih,

criminality, wickedness.

A V . 23, 7. 98, 4. s. s i n f u l n e s s , iniquity,

«(J.U)) vanas

-(-

kar + abst. suf. j ^ j

-ih\

Pers. ^ I X s c L i ' . j j ^ j i i j » ) ) vinastdano, l a t e ; pret.

v. to hurt, to destroy, to annihilate, to vio-

vina-sid,

^ - ^ ( O j J vanjishk, Pers. i X ^ s U 5 ,

L ^ L s u i ' , or

- W f O ^ t j burzishmk;

nas (Sans.

nas).

G F . 2 , 2 2 . s. a s p a r r o w , or other small

bird.

^jj,

A V . 12,19. 13,12. in K 2 0 , a d j . a v a r i a n t of

vurzishnik,

^ i i j j ndsk,

A Y . 86,5. Z. vi +

comp. ^ - ^ ^ e ) ) ) viirzishniktar,

D k . 152,4. s. a variant of

A Y . 12,10. in H e .

nasfc, especially in mo-

dern M S P . navak, P e r s . sjLi, or -vand,

A Y . 2,25,26. G F . 1,21,28,29. a d j . n e w , Z. - u » j j } , Sans. n a m .

pos. suf. affixed occasionally to substantives to form

possessive adjectives, see i))**^1 amdvand, Aj^

Z. -vant,

f r e s h , novel.

baramvand,

etc. P e r s .

Sans. - u a i .

5) w a d , I.) prep. A V . 1,2,16. 6,6,11. 64, is. 87,9. till, u n t i l ;

AY.

2,22. 31,2. 54,5. G F . 3,47. H n . 2,10,11,15,17. 3,20. to, unto, as far a s ; A Y . 87,8. G F . 4,23. i n t o ; A Y . 2, is. in the course of, in, a f t e r ; vad rff dam,

kevan, vad

G F . 3, 62, 63. until now, h i t h e r t o ; (o5) vadich,

mamcm,

D k . 150,7. even to, moreover u n t o ; ^

5)

N. 78,7. S) vad

ma-

A Y . 34,5. into and on, over.

II.) adv. A Y . 1,39. 4iJ, 4. G F . 3,53,70.

till, until; A Y . 5,7. 10,12. 68,21. G F . 1,12. 4,3. so that, that, so;

AV.

4,14. whilst, while, during.

Paz.

syn.

andd, or 5) -and, or -end,

I l e b . Chald. "1J?, Syr. , 1 ,

As. adi)

andak. suf. of 3 d pers. pi. p r e s . and fut. of P a z . v e r b s ,

m affixed to the crd. verb; in some cases this suf. is written Huz. verbs the suf. is 5 -d. -anti.

Pers.

, anc. P. -antiy,

-end;

in

Z. -ehti, Sans.

A similar suf. is occasionally used to form a present participle. U) niz,

A Y . I l , i 2 . conj. also, likewise, even, too, moreover; see

the remarks on y j

i S zak-niz.

vechast, vachcst.

Pers.

y^i.

N. 78, s. s. a verse, a stanza; also written

Z. jyHjjtyiSSiipulp.

The meaning of this word is proved by

a passage in the Pahlavi Eivayat, which states that the five Gathas, together with the Yasna Haptanhaiti, 'stanzas', 1016 mdrtk,

gas, 'lines', 5567

and 16,554 nizak,

Pers.

278

vachak,

vachcst,

'words', 9999

khiirdako.

A Y . 5,1. s. a short spear, a lance, a javelin, a pike.

, or a y o . vir,

vira,

contain

Hn. l , 3 i . s. a man, a hero, a warrior. Z.

Lat. vir.

Sans.

It also means 'reason, intellect, the mind', Pers.

i y i i ) Viraf,

^ .

AY. 1,34,36,43. 2,1.2,18,21,25,30,34. 3,1,3,5-8,13,15,

20,21. pr. n. the priest who is said to have been sent by the Mazdayasnian community to ascertain the condition of departed souls in the spiritual world, and whether the religious ceremonies they performed in this world, were of any avail; he appears to have lived after the time of Shapur II. ( A . D . 309-379); 5

5 , 4 , 5 . 10,7. l l , 8 , u . o»^ ) -"»fleV»» Arddx

Arda Viraf,

Virdf,

AY.4,4.

A V . 53, u . 101,5,14,22.

'the righteous Viraf', the title applied to him everywhere except in the introduction to his account of the other world, and applied to the narrative itself in GF. 6,1,4.

Pers. o l ^ ;

in the old Paz.-Sans. MS. H i s

( A . D . 1410) the name is always written Virdja, and Vtraya,

Virdja, virdstak,

or Virdjya,

or Virdzli,

in Paz.,

in Sans.

AY. 1,7. p. p. used as adj. prepared, arranged,

controlled, orderly; comp.

virdstaktar,

AV.

1,30. 32

Past

250

h

part, of

virdstand

-

->03»

(Z. vi + rad, Sans, radh);

comp. Pers.

tJUufj+j and iOLu/fjI. j ^ j j ^ i i j i i ) virayishmh, S^J) nirang,

see ^y^Suh)

jyjgj

A Y . 1,26. GF. 5,2. Dk. 145, io.

2,32. GF. 4,27. iyta) nirang,

frdz-virayishnih. nirang,

AY.

Dk. 144,9. 145, 5. s. a religious formula,

a form of prayer used on particular occasions and generally as an exorcism, or charm, to keep away evil; a ritual; see A Y . p. 147, note. Pers. l X ¿ ^ 3 . i j ^ j j i b ) Neryosang, yosang,

or Nairydsang,

GP. 6,5. •ixjjjlj) Ncryosang,

GF. 3,72,77. Sj^jjA})

GP. 3,78. pr. n. a yazad, or angel,

who carries messages from -u^ynyo Auharmazd; name among the Parsis. very6k, Z.

Ncr-

also used as a man's

Z. -ju^yj-ojj .

or vairydk,

see

yat-akuk-verydk.

. gjji) visp, adj. all, every; see gjj) visp and the following. , anc. P. vispa, Sans, CJi'5) visp-ramishn,

delightful. ejji) visp -f -j^j^jOO

visva. A Y . 15,21. adj. all-pleasurable, allramishn.

€35^) visp-shddih,

gjj^j visp +

Z.

A Y . 1 5 , 2 1 . adj. all-joyful, all-happy,

shddih.

-HjS) vcsh, A Y . 6,9,10. Hn. 1,38«. Dk. 149, 152,6. adv. much, many, more, most, greater, exceedingly. Pers. J L & . Nishapur, \ s ) 0 0 " u 1 Nikhshdpur. nishan,

GP. 6,2. pr. n. a city in Khurasan;

Pers.

or

GP. 2,5,6. 3,6,15.

sign, a mark, an indication, a token.

Pers.

see

. nishdnd, GP. 3, S9. s. a or ^ L i - o .

- J O — niydz,

251

AY. 59,5. s. want, need, necessity, destitution, priva-

tion; see £)(_)•) niyaz.

Pers. ^ L y . AY. 2, a. 17,12. 20, 26, 34, 35, 59, 62, 86,1,5.

^ j i j neshman,

2 4 , 4 4 , 6 3 , 8 1 , 1 , 6 . 2 5 , 3 7 , 6 6 , 1 . 6 0 , 6 . 64, 1, 8 . 68,1-3,14,22-24. 71, s. 78, 1,7. 8 2 , 8 3 , 1 , 2 , 4 . 84,95,1,3,5. 85, 8 7 , , , 4,6. 88,7. 97,98,1,4. GF. 2,45, 49,51. 3, 36, 47. s. a woman, a wife; pi.

ncshmandn,

AY. 22,2.

57, 72,1,4. 69,i,8. 70, 76,1,6. 71,9. 73,1,7, 94,3,5. 99,1. GF. 3,41,41,45,51,57.

' J ^ r ^ t i ^ ncshmandno, Syr. pi. f j

Heb. Ohald. pi. D 1 ^!,

Ar. pi. g L « j ; Paz. syn. (f> zan.

(

AY. 2,10. s. womanhood, womankind, wife-

ncshmanih, hood.

GF. 2,45.

p^j- 3 ) neshman A)) -andak,

-f- abst. suf.

-lit.

pr. p. suf. occasionally affixed to a crude verb to

form an adjective with the meaning of a present participle, see zivandak.

This suf. is probably a compound of the pr. p. suf. 5) -and

(Paz. -ihd)

+

a

( = p. p. suf.

d j . suf. ^ -ah] -t, or -d, +

vimdrih,

analogous to the suf. ^ adj. suf. ^

-tab,

or

-dak

-ak).

AV. 5,8. s. sickness, disease, illness, infirmity.

Pers. ^ U a j . vadman,

AV. 1,24. adv. with suf. till (or so that) of (to,

for, by, or through) us; till (or so that) our, or us. suf.

-man

of 1

nim-pur, (Pers.

st

or ncm-pur,

.

nlm

pur.

AY. 4,17. 17,11. Hn. 2,19. 3, is. s. a part, a portion,

2,19. Z. - u g ^ j j j ) , Sans.

-UiiQXUi^

pron.

GF. 2,32,35. adj. half-full,

a division, a district, a quarter, a direction; pi. y»^)

vimond,

+

pers. pi.

or ¿t+xj, Z. -ugjy.»»)) + nemak,

vad

nemakdn,

Hn.

nema.

AY. 50,6. s. a boundary, a border, a frontier.

Z.

252

p

vîmgûn,

-

pi

AV. 55,i. in K26, and 99,2. in K20, a variant of

bîmgûn. nyôkhshîdanô, part.

nyôkhshîd,

-^yoy)

vcnishnih,

v. to hear, to listen, to attend to; past

A Y . 67,10. Pers. ^ J ^ ^ x j ,

see - 1 y m y f i y ^

Z. ni +

gush,

mînavad-vcnishnîh.

jy) nadûk, AV. 4, u, is, 29. 11,10. 12, 32,5. GF. 2, 6 . 3, 62, 88. Hn. 2,5,23,25-27,30.

nadûk,

GF. 3,oi. Hn. 2,23,36. adj. good, well, ex-

cellent, virtuous, happy, handsome, graceful; comp.

nadûklar,

A Y . 4,29. 11,4. GF. 3,35,36, 38, 86, 94. Hll. 1 , 21 , 26, 31, 36. ^qt^JJf tar,

Hn. 2 , 3 0 . ; sup.

dûktûm, Hn. 1, i6. u^O)^

naduktiim,

Hn. l , n . 2 , 5 , 2 4 .

Pers. ¿Lu, comp. anc.. P.

^y) nadûk-rûbishnîh,

tuous conduct. ^y) nadûk

HadÛkna-

naiba.

Hn. 2,5. s. good proceedings, vir-

-J- y^y)

rubishti,

to which compound adjec-

tive is added the abst. suf. -j^j -ih.

y) nadûkih,

AY. 4,12. 5,10. 61,7. 68,92,4. /-vj^)

AY. 2,14. 4,ii. Hn. 2,5. 3,4. kîh,

nadûkih,

nadûkîh, AV. J 5,6.

nadû-

A Y . 3 , u . 4,11,13. Hn. 2 , 5 . s. goodness, good, excellence, virtue,

happiness, benefit,

yy) naduk

nadukak,

nadûkuktar,

-f- abst. suf.

Pers. ¡^JÛù.

adj. handsome, elegant, beautiful;

comp.

AV. 4,22. GF. 3, 35, 36, 38. Pers. yQo.

vayô,

GF. 2,68. s. air, breath.

Z. - u n i m l f ,

or >jj/?,

Sans.

vâyu. i>yf vînîk,

AV. 4, i 6 . 18,8. 70,88,3. 80,2. GF. 3, 6 4.

A Y . 69,4. Hn. 3,20. s. the nose.

Pers. ^À-u; Huz. syn. ^ i i ^ o

vînîk, tâlman.

253 i,

y,

j ,

$, j , y, i,

i, c, d,

g, or j , and

) I , or 1.

d, g, or j , is the fourteenth, and last, letter of the

Pahlavi alphabet, and the usual equivalent of Sas. 9 , '

' ^

JO'

^

3:

Z.

> yC^-'

(following ^¡j), and Chald.

When initial, it is almost always a consonant.

Pers. JJ

'

% -j, j .

In other situations it is

often a vowel, and is then read i unless the Z., or Chald., equivalent indicates some other vowel, in which case it is read c. the succeeding letter, and enlarges before u , the compounds

(see under sh),

, y

?

It always joins

,

or J ,

as in

and -(j (see under s);

before the other letters it is very little altered, as in the compounds u ? w, etc.

The diacritical marks which are

often used with this letter and its compounds, are: a circumflex above it, to indicate d, , y,

as in 5 ,

, -jq,

, ^£>¿5,

j?, etc.; two dots below it, to indicate 1/, i, c, as in 3 ,

^ ,

i i , jj, etc.; two dots above it, to indicate g , as in , p , etc.; and one dot below it, to indicate,/, as in - j y ,

The numeral cipher of unity

etc.

^ i , which is represented by the Pers. idhafat

is classed with this letter; and so is the peculiar com-

pound

yin, or yen.

j i, rel. used conjunctively: d) like

rnun, for connecting a s.,

pron., or phrase, with a succeeding phrase, in which the verb is expressed, as in AY. j

1,1,4,25,2s.

i — azash,

4,33.

9,2. 10, u . etc. who, which, that;

AY. 7,70,2. that from it, from which; or

the verb may be understood, as in AY. 1,16,28. 3,6,13. 4,7,19. 5,10,13. 12,5. etc. who (which, or that) is (art, or are); see also jiS and

denman-i.

%ak-i

b) for connecting a s . , or pron., with its follovring

254 adj., in which case the v. 'to be' is always to be understood, forming a phrase like 'a man who is good', as in AY. 1,3,7,13,16,21. 2,24-27, 29,32. etc. who (which, or that) is (or are); when there are several consecutive adjectives, J i is either repeated before each, as in AY. 1, 4, 8. 3, 29. 4, 24. 12,9.13,1. 14, 8. etc., or the adjectives are connected by the conj. ) va, as in AY. 3,19,22. 12,4. 13,2. etc. ing a s., or pron., with a following

c) for connect-

one in the genitive, in which case

also the v. 'to be' is always to be understood, forming a phrase like 'a man who is of wealth' (though the rel. and v. are unnecessary in English), as in AY. 1,3,14,19,27,28,40. 2,6,15,34. etc. 4,22,24,25. 5, e. etc. who (which, or that) is (or are) of; sometimes the gen. is compounded with other words, as in AY. 1,2,9,10,12. 2,24,34. 3,1. etc. d) for connecting a s., or pron., with a following s., or phrase, in the same case (that is, in apposition), as in -w^yi tar,

Aûharmazd-i

Akht-i yuiulc,

J

khût

etc. where J means 'who is, that is',

e) sometimes for connecting

a prep, with the s. following it, as in AY. 2,21. 3,7. 12,3,5. 53,2,3. etc. The rel. J i is sometimes understood, as in AY. l . i s . 3,21. 4,7. etc. and in some phrases of frequent occurrence, as J^XJ

Âtarô

and similar appellations of other yazads, -juuçoja» -u^yujjo zakar

yasharûbô,

^

ycdatô

Auharmazd

^Jû Srôsh

yasha-

rubo, etc.; some of these omissions may be accidental, but they are so numerous that it is evidently considered optional to omit the rel. J i in such common phrases; in consequence of this fact it would perhaps be advisable to express the idhafat by % whenever the Pahl. J is written, and by i whenever it is understood. Haug's Essay on Pahlavi, p. 89-91. stood, or expressed by

zt (see

Regarding the etymology, see

In the Sas. ins. it is either underzy-).

$ -d, suf. of 3d pers. pi. pres. and fut. of all Huz. verbs, affixed to the crd. verb; in Paz. verbs the suf. is 5) -and, -end or

-end,

but this form is hardly ever used with Huz. verbs, except occasionally

-jy> by modern writers.

255

This is evidently a mere modification of the Paz

suf. 5) -and, the ) n being omitted because the Huz. crd. verb ends in )) -tin. or 1, num. ciph. one, an, a, (nearly always suffixed to a

^

8., as in) AY. 2,11,24. 4 , n . 6,12,20,22-24,26-31,33-35, 38,39, 41, 43, 45, 46, 48, 51, 52, 58, 59, 62, 64, 66, 68, 71, 74, 81-85, 87, 91, 95-98,1. 10, e, is. 16, 53,2. 17,9,10. 19, 36, 40, 50, 63, 86, 88,1,2. 21,I, 5 . 32,1,2,6. 44, 60, 67,1-3. 49,4. 54, 8,5. 69,3. 78,79,1,3. GF. 1,7,9. 2, s . 3, 6, 79, 82. 4,5,6,12. 5,1,2,4. Hn. 1,11,23,28,33,350,38».;

khadih-I,

1,24. some one person, a single individual; ^

khaduk-I,

AY. 1,32,34. only one, a single one, one only; 144,8. 150,u. that one; S ) ^

1-chand

fcyy

^f^) valman-I,

Dk.

(suffixed to a s.) AY. 25,

37,49,i. many a one, some, several, see j I precedes the s., as in)

AY.

^

aSchandj

(occasionally

^rd I dvdd

(perhaps

tord-i I dvdd, or tdrdk I dvdd) GP. 3,82. a couple of bullocks, (and probably in)

^

zamik I dast,

The word -u» ac, or khad, and the cipher

GF. 4,4. a cubit of land.

is often substituted for the cipher ^ I,

^ I is also occasionally substituted for the similar

word -jw aH, or hi, 'this', see Bund. 3,19. in K20; in modern MSS. 5, or j , is often substituted for

y

Pers. idhafat of unity ^ ,

y II, or 2, see the next word to -u -ih. •¿iyy ffiydh (trad, gabdh, or gabhd) AV. 15,3.32,6. s. grass, hay. It seems to be merely an old way of writing AV. 3,3. supposed to be a variant of stands it may be read

giydh, Pers. sLa5. khelmu;

as it

y II, ciph. for do, -+- £ man, or mxt,, and be

compared with Heb. Hon 'stillness'. gabrd, AY. 1,29,33. 2,19. 4,14,27,34. 17,69,9. 19,1,7,8. 21, 27-30, 33, 38, 39, 45, 46,51, 52, 58,1,5. 22, 23, 31, 36, 40,43, 50,60, 88,i,c.

256

jy>

-

»ft

24, 95,7. 2 5 , 3 2 , 41, 4 9 , 6 6 , 91,1. 4 8 , 1 , 3 , 4 . 6 2 , . . 6 4 , 8 . 67, 71, i, T. 68,i-s, 6, 14, 22, 24. 2 , 8, 10.

76, 7,9.

7 9 , 1, 6, 8.

3 , 5, 14, 73, 79, 82.

8 5 , 6, 7.

9 6 . 1 , 3, 5.

97,

98,

1, 4.

1,7,9.

G F .

H l l . 1, 13, 18, 23, 28, 33. 2 , 18, 21, 24, 3 2 - 3 4 . 3 , 17,

20,33.

s. a man, a male human being, a husband (in A Y . 24,7. 62,6. 64,8.); Iin. 2,29. a man also; see

gabrdich, ffjtjjj

AY. 99, i. Heb. "Oil, Chald. N'^J, Syr. j ^ a j ,

gabrudn,

yKs*; Paz. syn.

substituted for

mardicm,

K20, s. man, mankind. In this hyb. the Huz. tuted for the Paz. flf^ mard

y g p dapir,

in

is

gabrd

Sas.

A Y . 3,22. s.

Pers. ^ u i ) ,

dablr,

suf. of past part, and pret. of verbs whose inf.

-idano.

iO - c d ,

Pers. p. p. stX*—, pret. -cdo, suf. of pres. and fut. 3d sing, and 2 d pi., and

of imper. 2 d pi., of all verbs, being suffixed to the crd. verb. sing. t X l _ , 2d pi. tX*

, Z. opt.

yat-ahu-vairyok

Pers. 3 d

-acta.

yat-ahuk-vcryok, ^lijj^j^

substi-

hom.

A Y . 3,23. jjjgp dapird,

(trad, dapgiin)

-mZ,

in GF. 2,45. by

mardum.

see the next word to

a writer, a secretary, a scribe.

suf. is

Ar.

mard.

gabrdum,

Hum,

PI.

mog-gabru.

or yat-ahuk-vairyok,

GF. 5 , 1 .

in K 2 0 , s. a sacred formula which is often

recited by the Parsts; it is so called from its first three words, and is as follows: Yathd

ahu vairyo,

vanheush

athd ratush,

dazda mananho,

khshathremcha

ahurai

ashad

chid

shiyaothnanam

d, yim dregubyo

hachd,

anheush dadad

mazddi,

vastarem.

This formula may be translated * thus:

*

See Haug's Ahuna-vairya Formel in the Sitzungsberichte der phil. und hist.

Classe der K. bay. Akad. der Wiss. 1872.

W

-

257

As a heavenly lord is to be chosen, so is a spiritual guide, for the sake of righteousness, (to be) the giver of good thoughts, of the actions of life, towards Mazda, and the dominion is for Ahura (the lord) whom he (Mazda) has given as a protector for the poor. The 21 words of this formula are applied, respectively, to the 21 naslcs, or books, into which the whole Zoroastrian literature of importance was anciently divided. ^^

dadak,

Z.

or

¿i/? . ¡jtyu . dadako,

wild beast, an animal.

0•

Dk. 151,o. s. a beast of prey, a

Pers. » ¿ a ,

or ò ò ,

-ìdanò, inf. suf. of all Pàz. verbs whose Pers. equivalent ends in

. yetibunast,

AY. 7,3. 14,4. p.p. used as s. what is sat

upon, a seat, a resting-place.

Past part, of the following; Paz. syn.

nishast. yettbunastanó

(trad. jatibCmastan)

v. to sit, to rest,

to remain, to stay, to abstain ; past part.

yeMbunast,

2,34. 4, 81. 14, 20.15, 10. 17, 24. Hn. 2,29,3i.: bunast,

AY. 1,33. sat down;

lakhvar

AY.

- u j j bard

yeti-

yetibunast,

AV.

4,19. set back, or settled downwards; see also the preceding word; pret. bara

yetibunast, yetibunast,

AY. 3,23. 4,9. GF. 1,29.;

AY. 2,27. sat down.

tiam, GF. 1,24.; pres. 3d sing. 2 , 3 . ; fut. 1 s t sing. 2a s i n g ^ j l J J ^ j

-u^

imper. 2 4 pi. Heb.

-"Jj bara

yetibun, bara

Pres. 1 st sing. yetibùned,

bara

yetibunam,

i/etibu-

GF. 2,17. 3,4. Hn. GF. 1,26.

Imper.

GF. 1,23. 3,50, ct. 4 , 8 . sit down; yetibùned,

Chald. 2iT, Syr. ^ e L " ; Pàz. syn.

term. ))Jti) -stanò

-*MJ

AY. 1,31. sit ye down. nishùstatiò,

is usually adopted by its IIuz. equivalent. 33

whose

258

—

AY. 1,43. GF. 2, 6 . Hn. 2,33.

dadigar, AY.

jyy

2,30. 8,1.

AY. 4 , 7 . 17,27. Hn. 2,7. 3 , 6 . adj. se-

dadigar,

cond, another, other; ^ ^

dadigar,

c^py ^ ^

3,34. with one another, both together; (used as adv.) GF. 2,4».

dadigar,

by the cipher

Hum.

GF.

levatman khaduk dadigar,

dadigar,

GF. 4 , 5 , 1 2 . secondly; sometimes expressed Comp. Pers. 0

'two' and

'other'.

U -tch, conj. suf. also, likewise, even, too, yet, else; a variant of -i^3 garm -f- adj.

suf. J) -ik (used here for the abst. suf. j y D^O*^ drfikhtand, (a promise); see 85,7.; durukta;

crd

v. to lie, to speak false; to break, or violate, past part,

drukhtano; sec

druj,

3 , 8 - I I .

10,2.

^

^ ^ 3

Garodman,

AV.

Anc. P. duruj, p.p.

drukhta. AV.

drtid,

health, welfare, prosperity, salutation, a blessing. ; Huz. syn.

dr&kht,

U^4^ mitro-driii.

Z. druj (Sans, druh), p. p. drM, AV.

-ih).

3 , 1 3 .

101,29. s.

Pers. Oj^J, Z. acc.

shlam. AV. 10,1.

Garodmdnd,

GF. 2, 6 8 .

3,6i. pr. n. the highest heaven, and abode of Auharmazd and the ameshaspends.

Z.

. druj,

(Giith.

. ^.u^g,), Pers. jjLevpS".

GP. 4,27, s, a demoness, a she-devil; usually the

263 personification of an evil habit, or besetting sin; pi. AV. 70,3. GF. 4,15. 5,6. druj, crd. of j j ^ j ^ i drujih,

drujdn,

drozanan,

.

mitro-drujih. drojvo, or drozano, AV. 96,7. 97,-,.

adj. false, lying, deceitful, fraudulent; to deceive, to defraud, to cheat.

Z.

dnMitano.

see

drojo, or drozan,

AY. 53,4. AV.

drujdn,

drozand

PI. used as a s.

kardand,

drojoan, or

AY. 5,9. 90,4. the false, liars. Comp. Z. sup.

anc. P. draujana,

'a liar', Paz. druzhani,

jy^u)^,

'falsehood', Pers.

t')^

'a liar'. droghj6, or droghzan, o^o^i

drogh-zand, AY. 96,7. in K20,

a variant of the preceding; pi. used as a s. drogh-zanan,

droghjodn,

or

AY. 79,8.

dron, AV. 1, 26. 2, 28. 17,16.

drono, AV. 3,20. 13,6. Hn.

1,13. s. a small, flat, round cake of unleavened bread, which is consecrated and eaten, in certain religious ceremonies of the Parsis, see AV. p. 147, note; a consecrated wafer; (also) the name of the whole ceremony in which the dron cake is used. Z. nom. darvand,

or drevand,

, Paz.

AY. 1,3,8. 17,5, 13. 19, 48, 67, 78, 7.

20, 21, 26-28, 30, 33-35, 38, 39, 45, 46, 51, 52, 58, 59, 62, 84, 86, 95, 96,5. 22-24, 31, 36, 40, 43, 44, 50, 60, 63, 81, 85, 87, 88, 6 . 41, 6 , 8 . 64, 79, g. 71,7. 82,83, 97, 98,4. GF. 1,24. 2,3,18,21,24,28,33,36,38,50,53,56,63,66. 3,2, 5, 6, 13, 1 8 - 2 1 , 2 8 , 37, 4 2 , 54, 5 5 , 6 3 , 65, 7 0 , 7 6 , 8 2 , 87, 90, 93, 9 6 . H n .

^

darvand,

AV. 55,4. GF. 3,53. Hn. 3,2.

3 , 17, 20, 33, 34, 39.

^ darvand,

GF. 2,43.

adj. wicked, impious, irreligious, ungodly, infidel, unbelieving (nowadays applied to everyone who is not a Zoroastrian [Dest.]); comp. darvandtar,

GF. 3,63.; pi. used as a s.

darvandan,

AY. 1,40.

264

^

5 , 2 5 , 7 4 , 7 5 , 5 . 11, is. 17, 2 ,

27.

18, is. 49, 7 3 , 5 2 , « , 7 . 58,56,4. 54,76,

77, 80,89,6. 5 5 , 6 1 , i . 65,69,8. 99, i,». 100,2,5. GF. 4 , 2 2 . vanddn, duno,

AV. 17, 61,5.

darvanddn,

dar-

AV. 70, e.

darvan-

AV. 5, i3. Dk. 145,9. the wicked, unbelievers. Z. acc. g ^ y ^ u » ) ^

and

Pers. o S ^ ' o . giravishn, girav

var)

AY. 47, 7. s. belief, a creed, faith, trust, reliance.

(crd. of

giravtdano,

+ abst. suf.

-ishn;

daridano, 3 d sing.

AY. 64,12.

h u r t ' ; Huz. syn.

vardishn.

Pers.

Z. dar,

Sans, dri, 'to

scdkuntano.

diliryish,

see Jty^S&s

I J J t i ) ^ giristand,

tag-diliryish.

AY. 16,7,9,11. v. to weep, to cry, to bewail;

pret. f Q ) ^

girist,

Pers.

, or ^ . X M J S . darim,

see

Z.

v. to tear, to r e n d , to lacerate, to g a s h ; pres.

dared,

a^^yi

'to believe', Pers. ^ J o ^ ? ,

AY. 59,2.; pr. p. y^S

giryan,

AY. 59, 5. 64, 2.

AV. 17, i 2 . s. (probably) a spot, a speck, a stain, a

scale; see

akandrak-darim

and

darim.

Z.

,

see Vend. 7,4. 8, 2 2 s. Sp. -j^S

daregush,

as a s. y o a ^

Z. nom.

GF. 2,35. adj. poor, indigent, destitute; pi. used

Paz. dareyosh, daregushih,

o ^ y A i dargush

A V . 67,10. 68,6,10. G F . 3,97. t h e poor.

daregushdn,

Pers.

AV. 49,8. s. poverty, indigence,

-f- abst. suf. yezbekhuntand,

-ih\

beggary.

Pers.

v. to consecrate with ceremonies and

prayers, to observe rites and ceremonies, to offer up prayers, to worship, to solemnize, to repeat, recite, or recapitulate (prayers, or some religious

r i t u a l ) ; past part,

it»*

yezbekhund,

265

AY. 2,33,35. 3,20. 4,26. 14,3.

Iln. 2,29.; pret.

yezbekhund,, AY. 2,28.; pres. 1 s t sing.

^ m „ a

pres. 3« , i n g .

m

,

AV. 2, a.;

pres. 3 d pi.

yezbekhund,

sacrifice', Chald. fDT, Syr. yi^jyjjSi

OF. 5 „ ,

AY. 4,34. Hn. 2,32. Heb. r e ? Ar. ^¿l

yezbekhunishn,

^^ti^Si

Paz. syn.

AV. 4,35.

'to

yashtano. yezbekhunishno,

N.

76,2. 126,3. s. consecration, offering up, worship, solemnization, recital (of prayers, or ritual).

jyt^Si

yezbekhun

abst. suf. jUu«j|, or a o b u j ,

Huz. syn. ^ ^ y j ^ j J i

anc. P . Z.

yekavimunadak. 34

266

FQP dastak,

o

J

AY. 32,6. adj. used as s. what is fit for the hand,

a handle, a handful, a bundle, a complete set (of anything), a suit (of dast -j- adj.

clothes), a quire (of four, or more, sheets of paper). suf. ^ -ak\ Pers.

.

dasto, AY. 15, io. s. power, authority; see

dast.

Z.

nom. Isadv&star,

^rCi^it}^

AY. 11,3. pr. n. the son of

Zaratuhasht,

by his principal wife; being the head of the priestly class, he was mobad of the mobads, or chief highpriest, and died in the hundredth year of the religion (Bund. 79, is.—80,5.). dastobar,

Z. - u j y n a i l p . ^ a u j j .

AY. 1, is. GF. 5,4. Hn. 1,7. Dk. 150, s. 151, i.

a d j . 'authorized', used as s. one who bears authority, a Parsi highpriest; see A Y . p. 143, note 1.; pi.

dastobardn, dastobarano,

is, 29,32,36. 3,5,7, is. dasto

bar (crd. of dastobarth,

AY. 1,9,19,2s. 2,

AY. 2,24. 3,12. D k . 144,5.

burdand);

Pers.

AY. 2, 22. Dk. 150, 12. s.

. authorization,

permission, privilege, custom, the office and duties of a highpriest. ^ ^ J l J t i ) ^ dastobar

+

abst. suf. j y

-ih.

f J S II, or 2, a rare form of the cipher Hn. 2,23. YW*

It must not be confounded with gchdn,

y in ,0.5 ^ O J i ^

XV,

60.

gchdno, see after the words beginning with

^yO^ yzsht, or yasht, AY. 7,7. GF. 2,8,44. 5,3.

y.

yesht, AY.

2 , s . 8,5. 1 2 , 2 3 , 7 . p . p . used as s. what is offered up, prayer, worship; a form of invocation and praise addressed to one of the ameshaspends and yazads whose names are applied to the days of the Parsi m o n t h ; sometimes it means the Yasna, or general ritual of ceremonial prayers, including the Gathas [Dest.]; J ) ^

^ H i ' 5 y^ht

kardand,

to offer up

SOO* the p r e s c r i b e d p r a y e r s . Pers.

*

267

P a s t part, of ^ ^ X J ^ yashtano,

or Z. - S ^ - ^ J O H J '

. A Y . 20,5. 22,2. 7 2 , 1 , 4 , 7 . 76,«. H n . 2,35. s.

dashtan,

m e n s t r u a t i o n , the m e n s t r u a l

discharge.

'a m e n s t r u o u s w o m a n ' ; Z.

P e r s . ^UcxcO, a n d .

A Y . 22,6. s. sexual intercourse with

dashtdn-marz, a menstruous woman.

dashtati

+

marz

(crd. of

marzidano). v. to consecrate with ceremonies a n d prayers,

yashtano,

to observe rites and ceremonies, to offer up p r a y e r s , to w o r s h i p , to honor, to r e p e a t , or recite (prayers, or some religious r i t u a l ) ; past part. ^XJ-i

yasht,

yasht

in A Y . 2,33. 8,20. by K 2 0 ,

bekhund MSS.

G F . 2,46.

Z. yaz

(Sans, yaj),

substituted for

yez-

and in A Y . 2,35. by t h e other

p. p. -u^-njuy^

| I i u z . syn.

yez-

bekhuntano. D ^ O O 5 gashtand,

v. to t u r n , to change, to b e c o m e ; see

pret. ^JO- 3 -^Jj bard

vashtand; parted.

5 -ishn,

-ishno,

abst. suf. a variant of t h e abst.

often used w h e n the crude v e r b ends in it h, or ) u, 0,

v, and sometimes in other cases, (sec JHi^fO^ii rdishn,

de-

Pers. ^ X w X . -ish?i, or -yishn,

suf.

A Y . 4,15. t u r n e d away,

gasht,

parastislm,

j^-i-Jy

y i ^ i ^ i giravishn,

jtQi

dashin,

khvahishn,

dahishn,

buyishn, va

vajutshnu,

~

etc.).

A Y . 32, 2,6. 60,8.

r i g h t , the r i g h t - h a n d side.

JHJ^jj

dashino,

Z. - u J j ^ j j j ^ , Sans,

A V . 60,3. a d j . the dakshina.

J} - i k , a d j . suf. affixed to substantives and adjectives to form a d jectives (see tubantk,

afzunik, tomik,

burzishnik, rdminhnik,

J>\u yckavimuned,

AV. 7,8. 60,2. GF. 2,64. 3,17,19. Hn. 1,2.

t - q l^CJl ty'** y^avimuncdö,

2 6 9

AY. 6,3, e, u . 16,5.; S) am-U SuyjS

münd,

Pres. 3 d pi. 5)

yekavi-

lakhvär

GF. 1,

Dk. 145, 3. is.

*

\

19,26. they stand back, desist; they stand before; 5)

yy

levin yekavimünd,

¡¡in yekavimünd,

8,6. have.

Fut. 1

sing.

Imper. 2 a pi.

yekavimünd,

- u j j bara

yekavimuned,

whose term.

AY. 7,9.

yekavtmunam,

AY. 101, is.

Syr. ioa_c, or xj-o, Ar. ¡¡Ii; Päz. syn. fetädanö,

AV. 15,13.

AV. 54,6. they stand

inside; (used as an aux. to form a perf.) st

yekavimünd,

GF. 3,48.

Hob. Chald. Elp. astädanö,

-udano

is

or - f t i P

adopted by its IIuz.

equivalent. suf. of pres. 1 s t pi. of verbs (see

-cm,

homanem,

^ I ^ ^ O ^ Ü yäityünem,

numäycm,

also occasionally used for the suf. £ -am, sing, in Päz. verbs (see ytjo daman, K20 for damänö,

or

pürsem).

AY. 4,4. yujo daman,

zamäno

avasparSm, etc.).

-dm, of the pres. 1 s t

Pers. ^

, Z. opt.

in Hn. 2,32., and for

zamun

Dk. 151,5. and substituted for

in H n . 2,30.

zamanö in GF.4,2i. Pers. ^ L o j ;

zamän. yemalelüntanö

yemalelüntanö,

(trad, jamrünatan)

a variant of

£

which is very common in K20, see the note to AY. a

17,4.; pres. 3 sing.

yemalelüned,

dimastän, the cold season; +

AY. 32,4.

dimastänö,

N. 77, n . 126, e. s. winter,

also written ^ u f Q ) ^ zimastdn. Sans, hima +

Pers.

sthäna.

A

^

-aema.

AY. 4,35. and substituted by

by K20, s. time, season, a period, an occasion, duration. see yvjS

It is

G^^

damak,

AY. 18,3. s. heat.

'scorching heat of sands'.

Comp. Pers.

'hot', Ar. moo

So taken in the t e x t ; but it may probably

270 mean 'snow and wind, driving sleet', Pers. meo, which is adopted in 5 _' Ar. in the form -u^

gamld

(trad, jamná)

GF. 2,49,51. s. a camel.

Chald. íóc.li Syr. í-Llll^, Ar. J u á . : Páz. syn. ^^OOf* 0 £

yemaleluntano

(trad, jamnunatan)

Heb. bcá,

aushtar.

v. a variant of the

following, and is more frequent in modern than in ancient MSS.; pres. 3d sing. ^ J M ^ yemaleluncd, d

23, 24, 41,5.; pres. 3 pi. $))£ -M)^ baru

yemalelund,

3 d sing.

AY. 6 , 8 , 2 0 , 4 7 , 84,4. 9, 17, 49, c.

yemaleliind,

14, 1 6 .

AV. 2,32. they speak out, recite; fut.

bard yemalehméd, JJ yemaleluntano

yemalelünídano,

AV. 1,1,35. 2,8.

GF. 5,1.

(trad, jamnunatan),

or perhaps

£

v. to say, to speak, to tell, to relate; past part, (pro-

bably) ^ J ) ) ) ^ yemalclúníd,

Hn. 2,3,35. Dk. 145,9.; pret. (in most

places where it has been taken as the pres. 3 d sing., it can perhaps be better read yemalelúníd lelunam,

as the pret.).

Pres. 1 st sing.

GP. 3,54,55.; pres. 3d sing. ^ J ) ) ) ^ yemaleluncd,

£

ycma-

AV. 10,18,

11. 16, 19, 48, 67, 71, 73, 78,6. 17,4,13,11. 21, 25-30, 33-35, 38, 39, 42, 45, 46, 51, 52, 58, 59, 6J, 62, 74, 75, 86, 93-96, 4. 22, 31, 36, 37, 40, 43, 44, 50, 60, 63, 66, 70, 76, 77, 80, 81, 85, 87-89,5. 55-57, 72, 82, 83, 90-92, 97, 98,3. 64, 65, 69,79,7. 99,8. GP. 3,48. Hn. 1,13,33. 2,5,21,24,25,37. 3,20., ^ará yemaleluncd,

Hn. 1, is, 28,33. 2,5. speaks out, utters, re-

cites, proclaims; pres. 2 d pi. ^ 5 ) ) ) y e m a l e l u n c d , AV. 101,8. GP. 1,13. 3, 46, 68. 4, 9.; pres. 3 d pi. 2,35. 3,34.

yemaleliind,

Put. 1 s t sing.

fut. 3d sing. ^ J ) ) ) ^ sing. ))) j¡¡ yemalélún,

£

bard yemalelunam,

bard yemaleluncd, AV. 3,14. 101,6.

6,8. 16,11. 101,9,i4. speak out, proclaim. S O - V M t ^ fr^z

ycmalelüní-aít,

AV. 10,3. GP. 1,2. Hn. GP. 4,15.;

Hn. 1,35», 38«. Imper. 2d - u j j bard yemalelun,

AV.

Pas. pres. 3d sing. OMfiJ

Hn. 1,7. is spoken forth, (lit.) there is

^ a speaking forth. Paz. syn.

271

Heb. piel

guftano.

Chald. pael

Syr. pael

The inf. of this verb occurs so rarely that

its form is doubtful, and the p. p. form

£

yemalelund

can hardly

be found in any authentic Pahl. texts, while the form ^j))) ji

yemale-

lunid is certainly used sometimes for the p.p. and pret., and probably in most cases where it can also be taken as the pres. 3d sing, yemaleluncd; under these circumstances, it is probable that J ) ^ ) ) ) ) £

yemalc-

lunidand is the correct inf. form of this verb, as if its Paz. syn. were rather the equivalent of Pers. ^ ( X ^ y ^ than of Pers. ^ x A i , yemituntak

(trad, jamittintah)

p. p. used as adj. dead,

deceased, defunct; pi. used as a s. 18, 2 1 , 24, 28, 33, 38, 43, 50, 53, 56, 63, 66.

yemUCintakan, GF. 2,3, 3,

2, 13, 18, 28, 37, 4 2, 6 5 , 87, 90, 93, 96.

the dead (specially applied to the wickedj. yemituntano,

Past part, of

with adj. suf. ^ - a k ; Paz. syn. yemituntano

(trad, jamituntan)

murdak. v. to die, to expire (spe-

cially applied to the wicked, as contrasted with applied to the righteous); past part. 3,34. died away, expired; pret. y))^}^

frod yemitund, ycmituncd,

bard

yemitunam,

vabruntano, frod yemitund, Hn.

yemitund,

AY. 89,10.,

^¿J

Hn. 3,34. died away, expired; pres. 3d sing.

GF. 2, 41, 47, 48. 3,20.; fut. 1 st sing, - f ) ) ^ } £ AY. 23,2.; fut. 34 sing.

bard

yemi-

tundd, GF. 2,35,36,42. 3,17,19. Hn. 3,2. Heb. niE, no, Chald. niD, ryOi Syr. L¿0, Ar. ¿ U , As. miti; Paz. syn. damik,

murdano.

AY. 13,5. GF. 2,70. Hn. 1,36. and substituted fo

zamtk in AY. 41,7. 76,9. GF. 4,4,11. by K20,

damik,

AY. 14,12.

96,7. Hn. 1,6,36. 3,4. and similarly substituted in AY. 72,5. by K20, s. the ground, land, the earth; pi. zamtk;

Pers. ¿JUxn>.

damikiha,

Dk. 151,8. See

272

}> — »)> y -dan, inf. suf. of a few Paz. verbs, see y -in,

chind.

jji -ino, adj. suf. affixed to substantives to form adjectives,

implying 'made of', 'relating to', (see Frai-ardi.no, ^ J j y t a srubiti,

asimin,

puldvdino) ddrin,

etc.).

y -gun, suf. a variant of

yy&u

zahabain,

Pers. jj-*—, Z. Sans.

-gun;

asinin,

see j j p

zarin, -ina.

angun.

-up guh, AV. 41,2. - u j j guh, AV. 49,2. s. human faeces, excrement, ordure, night-soil; see ftyy

Pers. s o r

¿o.

dukht, GF. 2, is. s. a daughter. Pers. cy.-i._jO, or o j i - O ,

nom. - u Q^J^ tfyy

guh.

, Sans. nom.

dvad,

Z.

duhitd.

GF. 3,73,82. tfyy dvad,

GF. 3,79. s. a pair, a couple,

a brace (of birds), a yoke (of oxen). M^Oy duyidand,

or dvadand,

v. to shout, to vociferate, to ex-

claim, to speak (as an evil spirit); comp. tfyy

Z. du, impf. 3d sing,

dvad, Hn. 3,37. -jQ^ojy^ gudftih,

advantage.

qityy

drdyidano; davata.

AV. 94, c. s. acquisition, gain, favor, privilege,

gudft (Z. vi -j- ap, Sans, vyapta,

Z. - m ^ j ^ j j j j a n d Pers. xXsL>) -f- abst. suf. - j q •Gf&tyj* dvdzdahum, by the ciphers Say

gohar,

pret.

•

'obtained'; comp.

-ih.

GF. 2,62. num. twelfth; sometimes expressed Pers.

s. I.) GF. 3,88. Dk. 151,6. s. disposition, nature,

essence, substance, origin, race, lineage, a pedigree. II.) a gem, a jewel; \uj> gohar-afzud, gohar-phid,

AV. 14,8. studded with jewels;

AV. 13, 2. set with jewels. Pers.^jCj.3, or y ^ t . gavaruno,

Iln. 3,37.

(j)^jijj

dvdriino,

in K20) some de-

preciatory adj., but both the reading and meaning are uncertain.

»>» -)i Davdnos,

ay

273

AY. 32,1,5. pr. n. a governor of thirty-three

districts who neglected his religious duties; also written -(J)a>jj .

The

reading is uncertain. H J t D ^ J ) ' dubdrastand,

v. to run, to flee, to rush, to crowd, fo

wander, (used only in describing the movements of evil beings and the wicked); pret.

dubdrast,

4,10. J t D ^ ^

AY. 1,11. 17, 5, 28. 29, 6. 36, 7. GF.

madam dubdrast,

^j^jjjj?

GF. 4,23. rushed up; pres. 3 d sing.

dubarM, Iln. 3,3. runs together, hovers about, wanders.

Z. dvar;

comp. Sans, dru and

DfH^u^y

dubdrishmk,

(wickedly); see Dy^jtyy

dru.

adj. running, fleeing, rushing, wandering jiCyJ

vashad-dubdrishnik.

khadu-muk-dubdrishnik

and

— ^jJj^i dubdr (crd. of

bdrastano) + abst. suf. y^j -ishn + adj. suf. J) -ik (which may, however, be merely substituted for the abst. suf. -jq o y ^ j j gubdkih,

-ih).

or gobdkih, Dk. 151,7. s. a statement, an asser-

tion, a narrative, an account, evidence, testimony, ^ y of

guftano)

+

adj. suf. ^j» -dk

+

gub, or gob, (crd.

abst. suf.

-ih; Pers.

and YQY

gubishn,

or gobislm,

AY. J, 30. 3,15. 4,10,24. 17,6.

or gobishno, GF. 3,48. Iin. 1,2,7. 3,4. Dk. 152,1,3. s. speak-

gubishno,

ing, speech, utterance, a saying, words, talk, discourse; see yj^yyn hu-gubishn yoy^y

and«jj^X^j^J dush-gitbishn.

tffiuy*

and si-gubishnan

yubishndno, tano) + abst. suf. y^ -HjYtyf

PI. yjyj^y

and yoy^y

Hn. 1,2. — -ishn; Paz.

gubishnih, or gobishnih,

gubishnan,

see

rdst - gubishnan;

^y gub, or gob, (crd. of

guf-

gaveshn. see -¡(jy^y

^yiQ)

star-gubishnih.

g&ftcmd, or goftano, v. to" say, to speak, to tell, to relate: past part, p g p guft,

AY. 3, 40, 55, 96, e. 7, 12, 33,5. 10,7, s. 11, 78, 8 . 35

274

-

cq>

13,68,97,4. 101, is. GF. 1,8,22. 2, »,14,«. 3,43,50,73,78,79. Hn. 1,2,29. 2,3. 3,3, ii.

gufto,

guft, GF. 3, 56. 4, 25.

Hn. 1,24. 3,i. Dk. 145,3.; ^gj)» -jMJ

gufto,

bard

AY. 2,31. spoken out.

Pret. yyy guft, AY. l,si,»7. 2, is, 21. 3, s, 12,15,21,24. 4,s, 5,10. 5,7. 10,14. 53,8. 68,6,14. 90,4. 100,2. 101,5,io. GF. 1,24.-2,3,15,18,21,24,28,33,38, 43, 50, 53, 56, «3, 66.

3, 2 ,

13, 18, 28, 37, 42, 4 6 , 51, 65, 67, 81, 84, 87, 90, 93, 96.

4,8,24. 5,4. Hn. 1, s, 12,17,22,27,32,37. pgj})

4, 1 ,

3,

gufto, Dk. 152,5. N. 78,i.;

bard guft, AY.3,20. 11,5. spoke out,

Hn. 1,7. spoke forth, recited, proclaimed.

frdz-guft,

Crd.

jj» gub, see the pre-

ceding words; the pres. of this verb is rarely used in Pahl., being expressed generally by its Huz. equivalent. a

(pres. 3 sing, gaubataiy, or

Pers.

anc. P. gub

d

impf. 3 sing. agaubatd)\

yemalelUntano, or

£

^eji "dud, AV. 93,2. s. smoke.

Huz.. syn.

yemaleluntand.

Pers. O^O .

py dod, substituted by H17 in AY. 25,2. for Sjqo tanid, of which it is a Paz. misreading; written did. in Mkh. dddak-mdn,

AY. 15,10. s. a large family, a tribe, a clan,

a race of people. Pers. jaldano

,

(trad, judan)

v. to gnaw, to devour; past part, ^cy

jald, AY. 23,6. 32, 49,2. 98,4.; pret.

jald,

AY. 25, 29, 32-34, 45,

66, 71,2. 37, 81,8. 56,i. Comp. Pers. ,jJuJL&., or ,jtUJLa., 'to gnaw'; and Sans, gal, 'to eat'. ^Bgip duzd, AY. 15, s. s. a thief, a robber. Pers. ganabd (often corrupted into duzdidano, past part, ^ ^ ¿ o ^ duzdid, 9anJ°i

Huz. syn.

zanabd).

v. to steal, to pilfer, to rob, to plunder; AY. 27,7. 46, s. 63,8.

Pers. ^ j j

Dk. 150,$. 151,ii. s. a treasury, a store-house. Pers.

V -

275

gtirbah, GF. 2, « . J ^ p gurbak, Huz. syn.

GP. 2, m. s. a cat.

Pers.

shumdrman.

gtird, s. a valiant man, a hero, a warrior, see 5)j> gitrd; pi. gurddn, AV. 14, s. Pers.

o^.

jurddlc, AV. 27, e. s. grain, corn. ^ii^jj

gftrsak,

AY. 75,6. 89, s. ^xSy

gursak,

AY. 95,2,6. adj.

hungry; pi. used as a s. yo^Ji^y gursakdn, AV. 3 , u . the hungry, gurs (Pers. ^ f )

+ adj. suf. ^ -afe; comp. Pers.

j ^ ^ i J ^ p giirsakih, j y ^ j j gursakih,

i^y

AY. 59,5. ¿Q^Sp

AY. 89,2. s. hunger.

AY. 23, 2.

gursakih, gursak

+

abst. suf.

- i h ; comp. Pers. ^SJuwji, dulak, AV. 27,5.

fty

dUlak, AV. 27,2. s. a cup, a goblet,

(or) a pitcher, a bucket; a measure of capacity whose amount is uncertain, perhaps a gallon, a pint, or an Indian sir. JjO,

Pers. idjO 'a cup',

or wpJ^O, 'a bucket'. S^jS gurg, AY. 15,2. s. a wolf. Pers.

vrika;

Huz. syn. - ^ 0

Z.

, Sans.

deba.

gospend, AY. 14,15. 17,17. s. a sheep, a goat, (it includes all cattle when the larger animals are not mentioned separately, and sometimes all beasts); also written

gdspend; pi.

go-

spcnddn, AV. 30,5. flocks. Pers. Juucwj^, or dJJu»y^ Z. fti))* dost, AV. 4,19. adj. beloved, dear, friendly, preferred, charming ; (generally used as a s.) a friend; see dosttar, GF.4, ie. Pers. o ^ ^ Z. p. p.

, Sans, jushta.

veh-ddst.

Comp.

(comp.yc^t>), anc. P . daushta,

*>y - - v y

276

gospend, A Y . 72,7.

AY. 13,5. G F . 2,-19,51. H n . 1 , 6 .

gospend.

a sheep; see

gospend-hom and, sheep, having flocks, pastoral. ^jejjj)

yanseguntand

y gospend,

Hn. 2, 3, 35. adj. supplied

gospend

+ pos. suf.

with

homand.

josgunatan) v. to t a k e , to receive, to seize, to extort, to exact, jj^ojjMijj bard yanseguntand, GF. 3,9. to t a k e a w a y ; also written yansuntano. P a s t part. ^>)yiiy yansegund, AY. 79,9. 96,5.; pret. yansegund, AY. 9 3 , 6 . ; pres. 3 d sing. yanseguncd, GF. 3,3}.; pres. 3d pi. yansund, A Y . 18,13. 19, 2 4 , 3 . ; fut. 3 d pi. bard yansegund, A Y . 2 , 1 2 . H e b . Chald. hiph. i ^ H (for .Viwn); Paz. syn. sitadand. T h e variant yansuntano, may be compared with H e b . NiW, Chald. NiM; and another variant j j ^ j y i i j j yansebuntand (quoted by Anquetil (trad,

and the Burhan-i-qati') with Chald.

Syr. > mj.

-i^jp gosh, AY. 54, 5. 69,4. GF. 3,64. gosh, AY. 88,3. s. an ear. Pers. j Z j f ' , anc. P . gausha, Z. - u ^ l i i J ^ ; Huz. syn. aunayd. It is also the name of the 14th day of each P a r s ! month. -J(jy dush-,

adv. pref. ill, evil, bad, wrong, mis-, opp. of }A>

see compounds in alphabetical order.

Pers.

••¿i>, Z.

hit-',

—

Sans, d u r - , Gr. S v g - .

tion, evil

dush-ham-pursakih, A Y . 17,26. s. evil conversacommunion. dush—|- - J y - ^ J g ) . ^ hdm-pursakih.

^VOW used as s. a

dush-humat, AY. 17,25. (and variant of qe^y^jQy dush-humat;

H n . 1 , 2 0 . in K20) adj. in AV. 17,27. it is used

as the name of the first place, or highest grade in hell, -f-

humat;

- f y y dush-

comp. Z. - w ^ o - u g j ^ ^ ,

dush-dmukht,

H n . 3,39, adj. ill-taught, ill-informed,

•vr ill-instructed.

dCish- +

277

f t ) ^ amukht

(p. p. of

dmukh-

tano). YWp

AY. l , n . 5,7,8,10,13. 6,10. 1 6 , 2 4 , 3 7 , 5 8 , 6 7 , 2 .

dushahi),

17, 28. 18, 29,6. 36, 2,7. 4 6 , 6 1 , 7 . 53,3,11. 54,4,9-11. 68,2,5,22. 7 9 , 3 . 8 9 , 93,i.

99,2,1.

G F . 2 , 3 , i 8 5 21, 24, 28, 33, 38, 43, 31, 53, 56.

65, 87, 90, 96, 4, 10, 22, 23.

f^Ji})*

ilushdhu,

AV.

3, 2, 13, 18, 28, 37, 42,

54,80,1.

68,23.

100,2.

GF. 2, 63, 66. 3, 93. s. the evil existence, liell; the abode of Akharman and the demons, where the souls of the wicked are punished until the final resurrection. dush-

+

Sas. I l & l l l j

yj -ahu (=

dushahtit,

or

dusahui;

aM).

dush-hukht,

AV. 17,25. 68,12. Iln. 1,15,20,3s. adj. used

as s. what is ill-said, evil speech, evil discourse, evil words; in x\Y. 17,27. it is also used as the name of the second place, or grade, in hell; see ^ f t J O K j V ) frd-dHsh-hukht. hukht;

—

o^jji dush-

+

3guman, AY. 1,14. 61,7. GF. 3,74.

guman, AY. l,is.

gumano, AY. 1,3. adj. and s. doubtful, dubious, uncertain; doubt, hesitation, suspicion; see )*>£}£avi-gtimdn.

Pers.

Z. -uJjjg^i-?.

j^j^A^p gurridnih, AY. 1,15. s. doubtfulness, uncertainty. }*y£p guman + abst. suf.

-ih.

36

282

4y dumbak, j

>

Pers. xx3t>, ^o^J-jq

»y

GP. 3, 25,32.

dumbo,

J

or y u o J , Z.

yom-shapan,

ydm-shapdno,

-

GP. 3,64. s. a tail.

.

or yom-shavan,

AY. 2,35.

-£y

AY. 2,32. GF. 3,84. s. pi. days and nights, natural days

of twenty-four hours ; in AY. 3,2. the sing. 'day'.

j j ^ ^ y yom-shapdno,

See .£y yom and

M^OO-^y gumikldano,

is used for

s/mjs.

v. to mix, to mingle, to blend; past part.

yOU-Gf gurnikht, AY. 27, 6 .; pres. 3d sinp. ^ U - f j » gumejed, AY. 101,21. Comp. Pers. x j ^ + f ' a n d ft

denman

•

(trad, gornari) pron. (used absolutely) sing. AY. 1,22.

3,15. 9,5,7. 10,14. l l , 2 2 - 2 4 , e . 16,20,21,26-30,5. 17,3. 19,7. etc. this, this one; denman-i,

denmanich,

Dk. 145, 8. 152,4. this also, this too; J ft

AY. 10,4. Hn. 1-3,36. this which is; see

ft\

le-denman;

pi. AY. 8, 13, 25,5. 10, 3. 37, 6. 42,47,3, 5. 49,7. 55-57.4. etc. t h e s e ; (used adjectively) sing. AV. 1,3,7,18,25,32,41. 2,8,13,15,19. 3,6. 6,5. 7,4,6. 8,3,5. etc. this; ( O ^ denmanich,

Dk. 151,1. also this; pi. AV.

1, 26. 4, 33. 6,6,11. 7, 37, 4. 16, 49, 5. 25,3. 55,2. etc. these; (used adverbially) rt^J

ft

zenman,

denman

and, AY. 16,12. thus much, so much.

Sas.

Heb. Hi. Chald. ¡"1, jn> i m , n r i , Ar. ( ¿ , Paz. syn.

(rare in Pahl.) y 'in. Q f t denmanich, these even; se ^jO-fy

gumejed,

AV. 101,20. pron. with conj. this also, this too, denmanich.

ft

denman

+ y

pres. 3d sing, of

-ich.

gumikhtand.

)y -giin, s. used as suf. affixed to pronouns; a kind, a sort, a mode, a manner, (see )yyo -gun, or

-kun. Sas.

dngun and -giin (in

chigiiri);

sometimes written y

chigiiri), Pers.

or

v xsjS*, Z.

Sans. guna.

283

It ought to be read - g o n , if it be

traceable to Z. _u}ijj(j5,. )y -gun,

adj. suf. a variant of

rcshgun,

sahmgun,

-kun,

sahmgtin,

see

bitngun,

and jffaSa

sazdguri).

This must not be confounded with the preceding, as it seems traceable

to

kun (crd. of )y -¡no,

kardand).

adj. suf. see y

-in.

Ganrak-mmavad,

AY. 1, 3. 17, 26. 1 0 0 , i . Hn. 3,37.

pr. n. the evil spirit, the devil, a name of nent of

Spenak-minavad

Akharman,

the oppo-

(the good spirit whom the later

books identify with -u^yoj*) Auharmazd,

though both the good and

evil spirits seem originally to have been considered merely as his creatures).

Probably a corruption of Z.

gu-vajur,

or gd-vijur,

explaining, verbatim, explicit,

jar

(crd. of it}))y

> ^iyj4* j

Gana-mainro.

AY. 3,24. adj. and adv. speech-

y gu (Pers. y.V 'a word') -f-

va

~

vajardano). drust, AY. 3,13. 10,7. 101,3.

driest, AY. 3,21. 101,

5,22. adj. and adv. perfect, whole, sound, well; proper, fit, right, correct;

f t i ) ) ^ drust

yfjy)y

^

tanu-drust.

gunak,

A Y . 3,6. 4,4. 11,8. welcome;

Pers. o - ^ j i ; comp. anc. P . durusa,

OQyytDir drustyish,

correctly.

ydtimd,

.

AV. 1, 41. adv. perfectly, properly, rightly,

drust +

adv. suf. o ^ y

-yish.

or gonak,

s. I.) A Y . 47,2. color, hue, tint, complexion.

II.) a species, a sort, a kind, a mode, a manner; yy nak,

Z.

see

giinak

gu-

A Y . 5,8,13. 54,9. 55,1. 99,2. G F . 3,44,51,57. sorts and sorts, various

kinds; see yyg ham-gunaki),

ham-gunak. Pers. x j j i ^ ,

Z.

Sas.

gunakt Sans. guna.

(in It ought to be

284

))» -

read gonak,

sy

but the Sans, being better known than the Z., has pro-

bably led the Paz. writers to adopt gUrd,

guna.

AV. 99,10. s. a valiant m a n , a champion, a h e r o , a

warrior, troops; see ^ y S)j> guild,

gurd.

Pers.

o^.

GF. 3,64. s. a testicle.

Pers. dJ?.

The

traditional

meaning is 'mouth'. gond, s. stench, a variant of ip gand; dridst,

dush-gond.

Dk. 151, i 0 . adj. a variant of ft}))}? drust.

J>)p gondak, AY. 17, 1 0 . y>)p gondak, fetid, foul-smelling; a variant of up gandak; AY. 17,13.; sup.

gondaktum,

tum, AY. 54,4. —

AV. 54,!. adj. stinking, comp.

gondaktar,

AV. 17, n , i 2 .

gondak-

gond -(- adj. suf. ^ -ak- Pers. s j a ^ .

gondakih, kih,

see

AY. 18,8, 8. 38, 2 . 68, 2 3 . 70,3.

gonda-

AY. 5,8. 54,9. 65,2. s. stench, fetidness; a variant of -ty-Vp

dakth;

see -¡{¿^SHU^f

dush-gondakih.

— j j f p gondak

gan-

-f- abst. suf.

- i h ; Pers. ^¡¡XJJ'. $p gand, 5)j> gond; gandha,

Iln. 3,17. s. stench, a stink, a foul smell; often written

see

dush-gand.

Pers. ¿ u f ,

Z. J ^ J - U Q g , ,

Sans.

'a smell'. -end, suf. of 3d pers. pi. pres. and fut. of a few Paz. verbs,

affixed to the crd. verb (see ^ X o > * > angarend, S j A * ^ vajarend);

the usual suf. is Sj

or -end,

rejend,

and

in P a z . ,

and

5 - d in Huz. verbs. javut,

I.) AY. 1,17. j ^ j y javidd,

different, distinct, separate; comp. adv. apart, distinct, exempt, except, free.

Dk. 152, 8 . N. 78, 8 . adj.

javitar,

N. 78,7. II.) Hn. 1,31.

Z. _ u ^ e j y i j '

*y — javidak, divided, parted.

285

AY. 1,29. 57, 1. 71,9. adj. separate, apart, distinct,

Pers. ItXa*.

-XJ^fti)^

ft?

javid-rastakih,

tion, different fashions.

AY. 1,15. s. diversification, varia-

javid

+

^fQ)^ rastak

which compound adj. is added the abst. suf. j y -X^JtiJ^O

4h.

S&y j a v H-dddi s tdnih, AY. 1,15. s. disagreement,

dissension, non-conformity.

javid

+

dddistdn,

which compound adj. is added the abst. suf. ^Tti)^

javtdd-ristak,

gandak,

adj. suf. ^ -ak;

ill.

or javido-rajistak;

com p.

see ^ p Q ) ^

ristak.

Hn. 3,38. — J p

gand

AY. 38,2. in H e , H17, K26, s. stench, fetid-

ness ; often written -J(j 4 h ; Pers.

gandaktar,

Pers. s J ^ ' j .

- j y i i p gandakih,

yyU*

to

Hn. 3,20. adj. stinking, fetid, foul-smelling; often

written J)fp gondak; +

(Pers. ¿OU^), to

gondakih.

—

My gandak

-f- abst. suf.

5JU5.

gehdn, AV. 1,1. 47,7. 54,4. 101, i 8 . GF. 2 , 6 7 . Hn. 2,1.

yyQ*

gehdn, AY. 1,15. 5,3. Hn. l , i . 2,35. jy^^O^ gehdno, GF. 3,21,6-1. j^^^O-5 gehdno,

Dk. 145,7. s. the world, the earth.

Pers. ^Lg.xS1',

or ^ y i destroying.

yfJO^ did,

appearance.

gehdn-marenchinidar,

gehdn -j-

AV. 100,1. adj. worldmarenchiniddr.

AY. 4,20. p.p. used as s. what is seen, a sight, an

Past part, of didand,

didand;

substituted for

Pers. Jos>. khadituntano

in AY. 4, is.

by K20, K26, v. to see, to behold, to perceive, to observe, to look; past part.

did,

AY. 5,5. 11, is. 57, 60, 93,1. 101, 6 , u . Hn. 2,11.

256

Jw dido,

substituted for

anc. P. Z. dt;

khadUund

in Hn. 2,«. by He. Pers.

Huz. syn.

dtl, AV. 4,19.

dil,

khaditHntano. AV. 74,2. s. a heart, the heart, the

mind; often written \ia which may be mistaken for sar. or J o ,

Z. _ u j j j ^ ,

Sans. hridaL.a\

Pers. ,

Huz. syn.

dcr, AY. 4, 35. 1 7 , 2 6 . Hn. 2,36. l i S dcr,

Itbbemman. Hn. 2, 32, 36. 3, 36.

adj. lone;-continued, long (as regards time), lasting, tedious; often written \ i s , like the preceding. Pers. vjO ; comp. anc. P. daraga, Huz. syn. ^ A u artk,

j , Sans, dirgha; •¿m^yijShs

dcr-zamanyish,

or (tiad.)

Z.

rakhtk.

AY. 10,5. adv. for a long time, last-

ingly, durably, eternally.

der +

yojS zamdn

+

adv. suf.

-ylsh. ycdruntano

(trad, dadrunalan)

AV. 39,6. 55,9. 64,13.

77, io. 99, u . v. to bear, to suffer, to carry, to bring, to provide, to assume, to convey, to lead, to take; (contracted into) nasadman

68,21.: namdz

ycdruntano,

yedriinfano

yedrtind, (see ^ ^ J

AV. 2, 41, 76,7. 5, 1. 10, s. 38,5. 7/, 8,9.

4,3. 89,9.

yedrunto,

AV. 37,7.;

AV. 18,6. carried down, sunk;

inside, introduced. 101,3,2«.;

AV.

-ujj bard ycdrund,

Hn.

a

khvâb,

Auharmazd. 2) feft (final) hômanâe.

or khvâp.

4)

5) the cipher

j.

1) akh, akha, in oqi akh, I o q » akhar. chah, ^-»^yj bâhar.

-jqjj^

y^j-i^Ji

2 0 0 , ^Vu 2 0 0 0 .

3) kh (final) in -uSy

3) de foi^

mûr, sahcd,

vakisht,

rabâ,

j ) 1) ft (final) in

aêtûn.

hîch,

h esani,

khelmûnd,

6) 2 in

(final) in - m ^ a » hômanâe.

in

in

khe, khi, in -(j^-u MIT us,

-m 1) d (final) si«7i

fpu

-1(3Valkhash,

f t î ) ^

Aîrân,

¿ j ^ i » âsh'ûp ; (medial) in SuÇ

3) ft, ha, he, hi, hu,

4) kh, kha,

khayâ,

asp, yjSlu

-2) dft, âha,

3) akh, âkha, in ^ j ^ j j ^ y âkhczêil,

a^y^

in a ^ y ^ ravakh,

312

Phonetic powers of letters.

^OQifQ) Stâkhar.

4) hâ in S&jjy

5) khâ in

vak.hâ.

^oq» khâk.

hâsar,

6) âi-i,

âyî, in

^ ^ O t ) sncshar,

-^y^

zyash,^j^J^y

9) yîh in j^^Çy}

patîyârak.

A n d other compounds

of

may

probably a

be

final

a

of

of

the

fty^yi

hân

last

in

some

âkhta, in in

hakht.

+

hû-ravâkh-mînishnîh, khâmak.

nêshman.

$

+

3) hâta, nihâdanô.

2) âkht,

had,

hâda,

4) hakht

yasht, H^CO* yashtanô.

in

And

of

J

-f

2) îyâv

in

00*

sâhmgûn. 2) âkhm, âkham, in zâkhum.

3) hum in ))>£{)> hâmînô.

5) any compound of i

1) âkhmô in ^^WP in

4) çjc-

%yashân.

nîyâzânînîd.

A n d other c o m p o u n d s

j i ^ y 1) uhm in

khva-

•

5)0» 1) hjâz in ^yyiyy)

khdma in

H^OO*'

5) yasht, yashta, in 3

more

2) hîshn in T^OCT*

apâkhtar.

^OM^OO* hâdôkht,

other compounds of

is

akhtman, ^ ^ X ) 1 okhtar.

vadâkht, hâtar,

but

2) hîsht in ^ X J C hîsht.

A n d o t h e r c o m p o u n d s of

gchânô.

sangïh.

cases,

3) îslîân, yashân, in )*OOM nîshân,

1) akht, akhta, in

yâvâli.

in

-(y.

1) âhân in y^^y^jii sipâhûn.

in

c^j^y^y

hômanyîh.

^ X J O * 1) hâkht in ^OOO^ôJ farhâkht.

7lîshn.

stîsh,

-J^J .

variant

form

^J^y^jy

8) îya in

10) gîh

hômanyîh.

à

mî-

nîshîv, J^yftl)

yasharûbô.

a final form of OQ», as in

yWy

pâî-i,

7) îsh, csha. yash, yasha, in

aperenâyîk.

^

vahâk, j^y^yÇ

Tâkhmôrap.

4)

+ 2) for

êshman

Phonetic powers of letters.

313

Y f j i i) aha, alio, ahv, in y^y ahu,

2) akhu,

in ¿fOlK)' akhursand^Mj^ly^jt

akhv,

in

anshutadn. parahom.

aharik,

pirdhan.

6) dMiu in

keshvar.

16) ikan, or

yan.

Auharmazdan.

igan,

varirishn.

pddiyavand.

in

madtkan.

of S +

17) sdn in yiy-G masan.

homand.

And other compounds of & + )a>.

-{¿•(y ahi in

in

dhcm

in ^00»)*>

khvdhcm.

fOty

ahcn

in jOO'h0

khvahcnd.

y* db. 3)

hab

in

15)

iyan

in Yiy~G

And other compounds raye-

in JHJ^^CV

atojishn,

madak.

hatat, Q^fcy hatich. fchctyd.

abar.

2) db

4) see all compounds of ji -f-

in -¿(¿¿ifty atash, J^ygJ paid,

pokhtano,

13) dashin in

abidar,

-uy>S zahabd.

3) ad, ada, in ^ y ) vdd, jfiy^f fiattan,

11) cshva in

18) yeho in Sfiyyh

y*, 1) ab, aba in

1) at, ata, 2) dt, ata,

khdntk,

mdhtk.

fpiy

ji», or_

hava,

8J han, hana,

9) khan, khana, in -Vyy

12) ishn in ywy))

14) tydv in ^J^^CVfiJ

dashino.

7) huv,

hdvisht.

10) zddn in yyt^yoyo

frd-

pdhnai,

nakhtln.

hdvan,

nihanj ^ f f y ^ barhanak.

3) dun

nhfik, qa^y^jhy

5) dim, dhan, in

hdvi, in ynyfj* havan,

khanak.

akhveshkar.

4) dhu, dho, in

humat,

in

ahosh, )*>)ȣ)> ahvan.

^fJO^^^V

ataft-d&d.

dtard, ^flfcyj bdtar.

4) hat, hata, hati, in

5) kht, khta, khet, in ^ y j

bakht,

6) any compound of ^ + ^j. 40

314

Phonetic powers of letters.

az, aza,

0> 1 )

apdkhtar,

^^OtyW

afa, in -t^ty

khardj.

-Hjbi in

khef

taved,

1)

arsh, arash,

-Hjkiy* khvdrih.

c o m p o u n d s of a

+

3) ^

andmurz.

atyydr.

hamdk,

3)

And

drih other

C^gjg amatich.

khayébct.

S^» amarg,

ii^^»

kamdd,

in jji^MS

stahambak,

amata,

tfjyyi

hm, ham, hama, hami, hum,

4) khm, kham, in ^»j^o tókhm, amati,

in

ham-cMm.

(o^»

hamich,

pctkham. ^HJ^JJ'

2) hamta, humat, in

humat. hamch in

2)

of

MfQ).^

humdndk.

tishnih,

compound

nam,

^ug

amatat,

13) haf

arashk.

2) khayc in

sahmgitn,

amat,

9ar~

patkdrddr.

in ^ j ^ b u ^ g

2) am, ama, dmu, in ^ ^

1)

any

arshya,

1) am, ama, ame, in ¿j)*^ amdvand,

kàmastanò,

Kàf-

+

1) a i y y in Su^yt

ameshóspend.

dpustano,

12) haz in \u$y hazar.

in - J ^ - J ^ J U

drda

namaz,

))pQ))iy

15)

af,

vachak.

in ^ j y )

avard,

fl^y»

in

avd-

dfrinó,

khefrund.

in

3)

azvar,

9) df in

avari,

14)

deh a

5)

8 ) 1) ai, aya, in -Qigj pai, 3) khi in ^-q» khik,

other compounds of

sdyak.

^-Q»^ rakhik.

j) + J and

cipher -yi in -q> 60,

70.

2) hi in

4) khda in ^-QJj bakhdar.

A +

* hi.

in

ac,

in

nasdi, -juj^a) homanac.

-jwii)

hi

1) ai,

khad

5)

ju» at,

dk,

3)

khad.

in uuu

ac.

2 ) ai,

ag,

or

ih

6)

in

ac,

in

-uA

Frobak.

-^^¿J

homanih,

in - u * ^ } * )

farpih. )»»

1) a i ,

nikirai, 5)

ih in

*

+

J

ac,

in

y*

ai,

ae.

2 ) a ? , ac,

homanac.

3) hi in

hi.

homanih.

6) the cipher

3.

( f i n a l ) in

4) khad in 7)

see all compounds

-(y

a final f o r m of

in

rfy pat,

jgy 1) a dm in spcnak-minavad. ^^y

Admitan.

3) kliim in gyy*

acmat in ^^y

gy I) aiman in jy

1)

ayu, ayo,

ainman.

in

khudawdr,

mdyavad. ainak, ^

^y hcmv ayoshdasar.

ta-i^jjyjy

aguftar.

1st. 2)

am

4) aiu, dyu, dyo, aiv,

nayitdd,

zaremayo, Ssijfj^oy^

5) din, aina, acn, ayen, dyin, in

6aen, i^y^gj hcno.

dcvayasnan.

jyasn in

hu-khim.

ayuf,

¿j^y

3) agii in

6) /¡cm in

2) dgm (for dkm) in

Qt aimandcn. 2) hcmnu in

Kdt~ Us,

zahabain,

aighash.

acmat.

dyava, in -{¡^j

8)

of

homanac.

tf-m aigh, aigha, in ytyf^Mj aighman, j^t^u

ayinid.

khad.

'

rf

in

y

padpiayend,

7) isw (for 9)

cdina

shin-

as?;) in (for

tfjit

adina)

isvar. in

-¿(jffl

cdinash. or

khadu, in

'

«^w in

fra-dushmat.

vakhdund, SM^^^J khaduk-bdr.

11) fcM03'

W

aiyydd.

sa(}

khaycbct.

40

W-45'

(= 3)

3

10)

of

(usually^-(j),

W^i

etc.

J-O' o r ^ j J S )

deb

for^jij

^

Y**>1 ^OO^

sabsabd

2).

yéb

in - u j ^ Q p ^ '

ma-

6) dih (— -iq ) in

^

4)

tgab

(?).

9) i y y in

12.

ft))** hasi> ^fQ) •sfor, ¿Vci)) ^flàftDJ*'

W^i

JQ-f mikh.

fQ) 1) si, sta, sti, stu, sto, sat, in

tishn, i S f f l ) sturg,

50.

in ^ K J ^ O

debit.

in

8) tkh in in

and

respectively.

mòg-gabra.

X) jeh.

2) a n y compound of

^OOO4'

t

5) ggab in

7) jeh in

compound

50

^{¡Sm ars.

etc. a r e often w r i t t e n like

dih.

2) any

cipher

3) tlie cipher

-ux>,

gòi-gabrà.

yansegund,

afsurd.

fl^-iiy

^¿J

y»).

a and J +

in

srud,

sedkund,

3) a n u m e r a l

>0

zóhar,

(initial and m e d i a l ) in

—¿5 1) s (final) in 3 +

afzùnik,

asar,

J^^g)

/OAi 3 (usually

bar,

ytjS zamàn,

zimastàn. £ zmu in V^Y0

i

azmuyishn,

vastarg,

austurdak,

stàrak,

dastó-

-wpQ) sii/i, j ^ j f j ) - «

hùstovar,

as~

sató,

Phonetic powers of letters.

yifj)^ rasat.

2) sad, in SD^Q)

váyíd,

sadígar,

ft^-U-f) numáySd.

dítünd,

randíd,

321

fiQ)j basad.

4)

3) yíd, yéd, in kha-

d í d a , in

))Jtj) didano.

5) gSt in 4>Jtí) gctík.

And

other c o m p o u n d s of ¿ -f- ^Ü*

$55 asazák.

1) si)a in 3) sp,

pasijak.

spa,

spe, sip, sipa, in ^$55 spór,

spárishn,

$55 ¿1 asp,

darmad,

^555^4(3^» ameshóspend,

•^655- siparam.

2) saz in

55 spazg,

^$55^

y^ugfiqy

ava-

asparás, j^yg55 sipáh,

»Spcn-

-^ái^y*»

ansipás,

4) suf in ^0555 suft.

1) sm, sam, som, (usually

^pjí ayS-mükht.

asman,

in

1) sman, smin, in in

sazíd,

kresman,

3) yadman

{V-HJ

hesam,

yásmin.

in ^ p yadman.

2) yema

4) gadman

in

gadman. s

1) siJ, so, st'ff, sav. in

ud,

-OJÜW a/sós, ^ J O I P khürsvand, sin, in

sneshar,

3) sar in ^-»(jfO sardár. ytníd, SjjO^S giryínand.

JO'

or

tVi

8) din, díni, den, ródénd. JO? pagdón.

tÓi

2) sn, sna, san, senu, ásnatár,

^ j j j O ^ O yakhsenuncd,

4) yin,

yína,

asinín.

áyín,

in

rá-

5) igú in ^ ^ O t ) * aví-gúmán,

)f(¿0

i n ^ ^ O O S J ^ f i ) farpihtar.

II^OO

hashtum,

in

ydtuk,

rikhtano. U d 3,

P» 4, ^jpw

a variant of

j j , or j ,

5) see

^ in ^Ji

cMbd.

2) db in

yat-ahuk-vairyok,

yehevuned,

pursid,

^J^yj

J« 4) qiy in o^yy

zyat,

yetibUn.

chidano,

pSddk,

shdyad.

3) dt, dta, in

hu-bddtum,

dadigar,

^Jl^» Horvadad,

tangtar.

bulandtar. ^ j dadak.

6) fcie in

an occasional form of ^gj id, cd, yad,

1) ich, cchct, in

Iticluh,

4) d«c/r

5) gt, gta, in

zektelunam. as in

^jyjy^yu khurshed, ^¡Qflg) vaduned, Qj^yy

y , or y ,

3)

_u) .

2) id, ida, cd, yad, in

pcddk,

kadbd.

1) it, ita, ct, yat, yet, in ^ji» ait, •Gtf}** aitam,

-u^OJ beta,

tagtum,

2, ,-Oii 3.

And other compounds of A - f

y h (=

or

dada, in

5.

1) lb in

gab in -uj^f gabrd.

giydh.

it also forms part of the compound ciphers

did,

^jt^gj

shdyad. avi-clum,

329

Phonetic powers of letters,

lakich,

aechand.

2) ija,

cj, in

barijan,

O^J^gJ

3) tz, izd, ez, eza, czi, yaz, yuza, yazi, yez, kafiz, ^jU

kanizak,

^jgjji'^w angczed, ^yiy

yazSd, -XJ^O-HXXJO 4) cf in

yezbemund. O

6) dich in

gaz, gaza, gazi, in ^ j y i s , or i s ,

^ogisjj

aSrpat,

5) «y in

I s , or

in

gajcstak,

i i , or i s

-^¿f^

y^y

agazand,

10)

gazishn.

2)

auzayerind.

daregush,

4) r/re, gar, gere, gir,

dgcreft, )*ois girydn.

nikirishn,

tl, el, in

4 - AS, or

It?*'

3 +

is^j

^yiS,

etc-

a r o

in

grehmak,

tfKJ^'

)*>iS,

J) 1) t,k, yak, yeka, in ^.ttigj parikdn, yekavimundd. 3 ) c/a/c in

JUyo andak.

i . e>0^

MM,

,

, etc.

respectively.

-Ao^o turtle,

2) igr, iga, in

dakyd,

gardn,

Z000.

s o m e t i m e s used f o r

i y ^

yoSi

gilin.

ZOO,

W O ^

-JQgjis

dirakht.

$ 4 - -s; s e e iJ s +

"xiM~>' S O O O ^

HXi^i

drdyid,

flfcyis

5) gil in j j i s

6 ) a numeral cipher in - 5 i s

Jtt — i

jt

gajcstak.

1) ir, m , cr, yar, yer, in 1 ) ) vZr, ^ w j i s ^

dargas,

sadigar.

r/czo. 8) ^ac/i in

3) cZr, dra, cZar, dare, dira, in

drafsh,

yak,

^¿i

niivuk,

ia-uigj frdyar,

mezishn,

JHO^ yazishn,

7) etes in

gazid, J j ^ i i

ffltj-f

Iclyd.

pCZ, -^ji^

is

avezak,

liavandich.

9) gaj, gaje,

gachin.

karizdr,

shcdayya-yazakih, kef.

pdhrcj.

biganak, 4 ) jiga

1 ) ini) cm, cma, yam, yem, yema, yim, in

in i-i> asim, ^ 42

mtii-DfQ) jigar. Item,

330

Phonetic powers of letters.

nemak, JJS

zyam,

2) gum in qo^jJ gumbad, y^y

Yim.

yemaleluncd, JJ

ycmitund, angumin.

jj, o* Jgi 3) dam, dama, dem, dima, dum, in yijj daman, damak,

dimastdn, JJQ

dem, imta, cmta, in

3)

^

dammu

^

1) tmu in

yemale

basimtar,

kcmtar.

medammunast.

in J t } ) ) ^ ? ^

2) iman in

yekavtmund.

in ^ J J ) ) ^

or

gazdum.

yemaleluncd.

5) dman in

4)

gaml in

yom, zivishn, A

—

asinin,

rimanih.

gamld.

nasadman.

y, or jj, 1) yu, yd, iv, iva, tvi, eva, in yiish,

^

yudan,

pa-

vdstrydsh, tyy-5 zived, -(J^yo1 avi-vanas, ^ui

bevar.

2)

in, ina, tni, en, eni, yan, A

\

in

yy&ji

minavad, yay-f minishn, syQJ rejend, y^y) venishn,

$)y£>y yansegiind. 3) ir in -»y^ kira, y^> dapir. 4) du, do, do, dav, dava, in

y, or y, afdum,

dost, ^yyyo andokht,

davdn,

mindavam.

y)^ Itandan,

dushman, -fyty

dvdzdahum, yoj&u Ar-

5) dan, den, in y£y danddn,

denman.

6) dr, dar,

in

bidand,

drust,

Spendarmad. w 1 or

y, 7)

gu-i 90, in y^fy gtiman, )yyi dngun, ^jiji gohar,

qsyy-G magopat. 8) gan, gun, in

ganj,

Myby pargandak,

dngun. y 9) ju, jav, in ¿y jui, y^y javid. jal in

yin,jald. yen,

in

yin

(often 'written

10) jan in yy jujan. Jen),

11)

yedrtlnyen.

331

Declension of Substantives.

II. Declension of Substantives. Pahlavi substantives admit of no variation except the addition of a plural suffix. The usual suffix is yj -an, as in JA^flfW 0

YfyVMY ddyan.

anshHtadn,

rubdndn,

mardtlmdn,

tanuan,

khu-

When the singular ends in ^ -fc, this letter often combines

with the plural suffix to form the syllable

-gan, in conformity with

j j i r in modern Persian, but this is more probably a change in writing than in pronunciation, as the regular plural termination ^u^ -lean is more usual in old MSS.; in some cases the termination the glossary) is added to the ^ -k.

-gan (see

The suffix a q ^ -iha

(see the

glossary) is sometimes used to form the plural of a few words, but more commonly in the later writings.

It should be observed that a

plural suffix is rarely used when the substantive is preceded by a numeral, or adjective, which indicates clearly its plural nature. The relative meanings indicated by case terminations in other languages, are expressed in Pahlavi either by the position of the substantive, or by the use of certain particles. When one substantive precedes another and is not the nominative to the verb, and the two substantives are neither coupled together, nor in apposition, then the former substantive corresponds to a genitive, and defines Airan

dahyupat,

he meaning of the latter, as in ^«gJJOO 'the ruler of Iran',

fifty

khanak-1

baba,

'the door of a house'; sometimes a word, or phrase, intervenes between ¡ n AV. 2,2.

the two substantives, as in the case of the genitives and

f^O1

8enitive

a

^s0

ver

y

lows the other substantive, in which case they must be connected by the relative particle J i, 'that', as in -u^a^^m 'the soul of man' (lit. 'the soul that is of man').

ruban-i

ansMtd,

332

Adjectives.

All the remaining cases, except the nominative and accusative, are expressed by the use of the Huz. prepositions 1») val (for the dative), £ min (for the ablative), 5) vad, ))£) pavati,

ytn,

syi). ))A> avo,

& a«, ^-Hjy*

andar]

madam,

levatman,

(see the glossary), or more rarely by their Paz. 2

andak,

^u^)» 1 auafc, pet 2 ,

Sty avar,

also by the Paz. postposition

rdi.

The accusative usually follows the nominative, but is rarely distinguished by any particle; occasionally it is followed by the postposition

rat,

as in

A V . 1 , d.

GtP. 3 , 9 , 5 4 , 6 0 . 4 , 2 7 .

and this is more

frequently the case in later writings, in accordance with the use of the corresponding f^ in modern Persian.

III. A d j e c t i v e s . Pahlavi adjectives often take the plural suffix yo -an when they are used as substantives, that is, independently (the word 'people', or 'things', being understood) Arvmdkdn.

yasharuban,

'Roumanians',

'the righteous',

tishnakan,

'the thirsty'.

But when used as adjectives, in connection with plural substantives, they do not take the plural suffix, except in a few rare instances in the translations of the Avesta, as

yasharubodno (— Z. asha-

vabyo) in Yend. 3,57. 5,143,144. and jm^j^y^ vahishtaSibyo)

pahltimakdn

( = Z.

in Yend. 2,45.

The only trace of variation in a Pahlavi adjective on account of gender, occurs in a feminine form of j ^ o ^ y yasharubo,

'righteous',

which is occasionally used in the translations of the Avesta, and is variously written

^ y y j i j ^ y in Vend.

19,62.

Yas. 6, u . Yisp.

1

These Paz. forms are also very rare in Pahlavi.

2

This Paz, preposition has not been found in Pahlavi.

3,20.,

333

Adjectives.

y ^ j y L f y in Vend. 22, 9 . Yas. 2,49., in

Yas>

2'22>'

y^j^'Hyin

in Yas. 13,28., vend.19>

in Yas. 2,49. The comparative is formed with the suffix zishttar, 'uglier',

'more frightful',

shamguntar,

tar, 'colder', ^ ^ j ^ i s saritar

'worse'.

as

-tar,

sard-

When the comparison is definite,

the comparative is construed either with the preposition £ min, 'from, than', or the conjunction ^ u atgh, 'that, than', as ) min %ak roshantar than that',

va naduktar,

^uj ^ ^ y i i

tS

£

'more brilliant and excellent

sakhttar aigh hamdk, 'severer than all'.

Sometimes the comparative is used indefinitely, like a superlative, as ^«f^S

^

maman

jective

garmtar?

shapir,

'what is the hotter?'

'good', and its Paz. syn.

The Huz. advch,

are often

used in a comparative sense ('better') without the suffix. The superlative is formed with the suffix 'most frightful',

sahmguntum, lished', sition £

sarydtum, min,

afzumktum,

-turn, as

bardzishaktum, 'worst'.

'most embel-

It is construed with the prepo-

'from, of', as ^ ^ A S j ^ y »

£

min

minavaddn

'the most munificent of spirits'.

The adjective, like the genitive, can either precede, or follow, its substantive, but in the latter case it also requires the relative particle J i, 'that', to connect it with the substantive; thus we raba hanjaman,

'a great assembly', j j q

religion', and

find

-ju^

shapir dino, 'the good

bot-i basim, 'a pleasant scent' (lit. 'a scent

that is pleasant'), ^ ¿ j j q 'the religion that is good').

Jdind-i

shapir,

'the good religion' (lit

When several adjectives follow a substan-

tive, they are connected together either by the conjunction ) va repeated before each adjective after the first, or by a similar repetition of the relative particle J i.

334

Numerals.

Many adjectives can be used adverbially without change, but most Paz. adjectives are converted into adverbs by adding the suffix -yish, equivalent to -ly in English, as in -JQO W ) nihanyish, • J UOitD)y drustyish,

JLQQ

'secretly',

'perfectly', - j Q ^ ^ h i i'^o tag-diliryish,

'cour-

ageously'. IV.

N u m e r a l s .

Pahlavi numerals are usually expressed by ciphers; but when words are used, the numerals 1, 2, 3, 10 are generally written in Huz., 5, 6, 7, 8 in Paz., and 4 , 9 in either.

Numerals above 10 have no

Huz. form in ordinary use. Pahlavi ciphers consist chiefly of three elements: first, the unit which is sometimes written

^

and is reduced in size to J when joined

to other units; second, the ten ^

which is also often reduced to i

when joined with units; third, the score ^ which is always reduced to i , or j , when more scores than one are written together.

All

numerals below 100 are expressed by a combination of these three elements, and 100 and 1000 are represented by the score cipher with special additions. The whole series of numerals and ciphers, with their variants, is contained in the following list, in which the Huz. form (of the first ten numerals only) is given first, then the Paz., and finally the various forms of cipher. 1. ^ftf khaduk,

1

jii> khad, or ac;

2

qfc;

j

3

, J3.

Always follows it substantive, sometimes written^)» , and may be either

Huz., or Pfiz.

akbrid,

2

Only in compounds, as

3

These ciphers follow their substantives.

ahmn.

Numerals.

trSn, fi do;

2.

y

¿i,

,03.

3. - w ^ ^ o telatd, JCD 4. j j ^ j j

335

,043.

arid,

^ S

chahar

5. - ^ j j ^ j ^ a j khomshya,

JiAi,

(»jgj panch;^yy>

3,

6. -u^XJ shitd, -J(_j-J(j sftasft; 7. j y o

s/n^a,

8.

haft;

tdmanyd,

9. j ^ j ^ J ^ ) tishgd,

11.

ydzdah;

12.

dvazdah

IB. -J^O*5

sizdah;

14.

^Sj^ya^chahdrdah;

15.

-^(^Aigj

pdnzdah

16.

8

17. -iQ^O»

haftdah;

4343

hasht-.

433, ,

yt) nav * ;

10. ^^jojj asn/a, jy>

,0433

4343

4343,

,043. ,0433

,0433.

433 433 433, , 0 4 3 , 0 4 » , 0 4 3 .

X) 6 ' dah;

or

33 J05, , 0 3 , O i i .

jai .ai, /OJ3 ,043.

^yMjn',

^{¿ii

/OJfli.

j,5.

8

^J^5« 6;

5,

)0

5>

z0^

^^

*

5-

)

7

;

y j }

shazdah;

, ,

7 r ^

•

y^yQ 7 ,0435

,0433.

1

These and similar ciphers have their tails sometimes reversed, as in JJU for^M.

2

jO^

3

Either cipher may be placed first, but this position is the most usual.

4

Or

a's0

navo,

ocoul's

the

compound

tasubrid.

but this Paz. numeral and all the following, as far as 19,

are rarely used, except with the ordinal suffix. 11

Generally circumflexed here and elsewhere.

6

Also j y ^ j j i duh&zdah, or

' Also s

Also

panchdah. -jftS-H)) nakhust, 'first',

1

Probably for

not reduced in size.

^

'one score', which would be read

nazdist, 'nearest,

if the

^ ^

Pronouns.

first'; Huz.

tanid

^ f t i ) sadigar,

337

'second, another', Paz.

'third'; ^ j ^ y ^ chahdrum,

dadigar, 'fourth',

'second'; tasCtm,

'fourth'; and all other ordinals are formed by adding the suffix .£) -um to the numerals; and the same suffix is also added to the numeral ciphers for the same purpose, as

2a,

3 d , etc.

V. P r o n o u n s . Pahlavi pronouns admit of no variation, except that the personal pronouns and one, or two, others have a plural form.

All distinctions

of case are indicated by the position of the pronoun, or by the use of particles, as with substantives; and adjective pronouns are treated as adjectives, but generally precede their substantives. a) The personal pronouns are of two classes: independent and suffixed. my', pi.

The independent personal pronouns are Huz. \ li, ' I , me, lanman,

'we, us, our';

lak, 'thou, thee, thy', pi.

lekum, 'you, your'; and their Paz. equivalents, which are very rare in Pahlavi, are £ man, pi. cases the verb

amd ; j^o tu, pi.

homanam,

shumd. In some

'I am', or its variant

, or

,

is used for the first personal pronoun (see glossary, p. 55, note). The third person is expressed by the demonstrative pronouns Huz. j^j valman,'1 that one, he, she, it', etc. pi. HOOT^I valmanshdn, them, their'; Paz. (rare in Pahl.) )ya avdj )^jgh,al,

'those, they,

and the Huz. i j val, or

which is sometimes substituted for f ^ j

valman.

The suffixed personal pronouns are used only for oblique cases of the pronouns, and include the meaning of any preposition (such as 'of, to, for, by, through', etc.) necessary to complete the sense; these suffixes are £ -am, 'me', ^e -at, 'thee', -j^j -ash, 'him, her, it', with their

1

Used more as a pronoun than as a numeral. 43

338

Pronouns.

plurals

-m&n, 'us', yiy

-tan,

' y o u , yfJQ -shdn,

'them'. T h e y are

suffixed either to certain adverbs, conjunctions, and relatives, usually begin a clause in the sentence (see amat, vad,

aigh,

JfOCy chigun,

¿S

hat, jy af-,

zy-,

^

which

tfja

maman,

adin,

mun, i j

in the glossary), or to certain prepositions in the midst of the

sentence (see

az,

^

aub^ogj

pad-,

£

min,

in the glossary);

also occasionally to other adverbs and conjunctions, as in -J^J akharich-ash

in Vend. 5,48., -^¿JJOf ayuf-ash

in Vend. 3, las, 139. 5,

and even to verbs, substantives, and adjectives, beginning a clause in the sentence, as in

guft-ash

atto-am,

lotto-am

Vend. 5,26., -¡(¿^^Q

in Vend. 1 , 1 . ,

ait-am,,

in Vend. 4 , 2 . ,

fratum-ash

mayd-ash

in Vend. 5,150.

in

T h e s e pronominal

suffixes are also found unattached, at the beginning of a clause, when t h e r e is no a d v e r b , or particle, to which they can be suffixed, but in this case they generally t a k e

the forms of

ash,

yyQu

aman,

yofty

atdn,

1

am,

at, -JQM

ashan.

b) T h e demonstrative pronouns, which are used either substantively, or adjectively, are Huz. ghal,

valrnan,

'that', (for which i f

is sometimes substituted) pi.

P a z . (rare in Pahl.)

2

avo,

or ^y*,

hand,

'this, these', (occasionally

or

'those',

zak, 'that, those', P a z .

ae, 'this, these', (sometimes written

denman,

val,

valmanshan,

'that'; Huz.

(rare) )}M dno, 'that, those'; Huz.

2

'this, these', Paz. - u i , y

at,

le-denman),

or

^ e);

Huz.

Paz. (very rare

in Pahl.) y in, 'this, these'. c) T h e relatives )fimun,

iS

zy-,

J - i , 'that, who, which', are

rather conjunctions than pronouns, for when used with a preposition,

Rarely written

, except by modern writers.

These words are more commonly prepositions meaning 'to, for, at'.

339

Pronouns.

the latter does not precede the relative, but is either combined with a pronominal suffix in the midst of the sentence, as rikht, 'on whom was poured' (lit. 'that on him was poured');

miin padash

or it is used with another pronoun, or substantive, as man kabed

rubano

'in

yin zak rud yehevund,

which river were many souls' (lit. 'that many souls were in that river'); or it may be used adverbially with the verb, as ^tjj^y^o

mun haft frasp yin hankhetundd,

^O*

'in- winch seven lintels

were fixed' (lit. 'that seven lintels were fixed in'); or the preposition may be understood in a pronominal suffix attached to the relative itself, as

"XJij^' m'unash

vanas,

Sometimes the conjunction

'whose sin' (lit. 'that the sin of him'). axgh, 'that', is used as a relative (see

AY. 86,3. GF. 1,4.). d) The interrogative pronouns are kaddm,

'which? what?' (all applied to either

kadar,

persons, or things),.and ^

mun, 'who? which? what?',

maman,

'which? what?' (applied only to

things); these are real pronouns, as they are used with prepositions in the same manner as substantives. verbs, as ^ u aigh,

The other interrogatives are ad-

'where?',

acmat,

'when?',

)jt}(^cMguri,

'how?', §)(^chand, 'how much?', ^ c f i i ' m , or^(o^chim, 'why?'. e) Other pronouns are f{]t hdn, adar,

'whoever', J)wty

visp, or

avdrik,

'other', ^.u^y

or J J f Q ) ^

harvistin,

'all', j^^*» hamo-kun, 'every kind', ^ojaj khucl,

'self', iyn and, 'so many', khvesh, 'own',

hand,

'other', \u har, 'every', gj^^-u har-

harvist, 'all', ^¿jii^i) harvispin,

'every kind', ^ug hamak,

htch, 'any',

'anyone', (pi. yfJQS** khadihdn, khadihich,

or

Syn and chand,

'as much as',

ac chand, 'several', ^ ¿ J * 'others'),

khadihich,

'anyone whatever', ^(jgJJJ benafshman,

'self',

khadih,

or tanid,

340

Verbs.

'another', (o^*»(a^chdnch, 'whatever', -J^JQ^chish, 'something', S \ ( ^ c h a n d , 'some', j u j q ^ j j ^ chigamchai, -tuiS

zak-ac,

-tu^u^

'whatsoever' (also written

'other' (also written

kadarchai,

yS

kaddmchdi,

'any whatever', -u)^ kola, 'every', or ^

zak-e,

-u)^ kola maman, mindavamich,

yolS

^(g^^Cy)»

and

or

kanamchdi,

kold-2,

'whatsoever',

-uyoiS),

'both', (^-u)^

mindavam,

'anything whatever',

koldich,

'something',

nafshman,

'own'.

Several of these pronouns a r e , however, oftener used as adjectives, or adverbs. VI. 1.

The

CRUDE FORM

Verbs.

of the Pahlavi verb occurs as the last mem-

ber of certain compound adjectives and substantives, where it has the meaning of a present participle, as in 'peace-seeking', ^

anamurz,

'dead-arising',

®shtih-bavihun,

'unforgiving',

rist-akMz,

mitrd-druj, 'promise-breaking'.

the crude form always ends in )) -tin, various.

- j O^OO , u

In Huz. verbs

but in Paz. its terminations are

All other verbal forms are constructed by adding suffixes to

the crude verb, but when the suffix begins with qo t, d,

it often oc-

casions a change in the final of the crude form. 2.

The

INFINITIVE

(anc. Pers. tanaiy,

MOOD

is formed by adding the suffix

mod. Pers. ^^J) to all Huz. crude verbs, excepting

some which adopt the infinitive terminations JJJ^J) -astano -ddano

from their Paz. equivalents.

nerally

-tand,

- i d a n o , or

and

T h e Paz. infinitive suffix is g e -

-tano, -dano, and sometimes j j f t j )

-astand;

but the final of the crude Paz. verb is generally altered before the suffix J -b (or 35JJ -as,

-tand, -v),

-dano; (or

thus the finals j^y -j or - z ,

-and,

-ah, y -in,

u -ash, ) -u, 5) - f , a -kh (sometimes

Su

-ar,

m

-ay,

usually become -sh,), ¿J -as, 3 -t,

341

Verbs.

respectively, as in ddshtano guftano tano

khvdstano

from ^ j y ddr, from

from

numudano

J^J gub,

^

from

taftand

rcj,

from Y yaz,

from

chin.

bastano

from

from

£» amukhtand

yashtand

khvdh,

numdy, tdv,

from

from ^ J J band,

HftJ)^

rostano from

from

from

kun,

forms )*>})?> tfibdn, ^

rod,

dah,

zadano

drastano

from

from f

zan,

shtistano from

shuy,

murda.no from i i ^ mir,

stano from HXS) nishin, A

(¡^chidand

Other more exceptional changes of the crude form (or

dddano kardano

Tilthdmuz,

rather that of the present tense) occur in ardy,

M^HJ-'O

yS

gereftand ziv, uio sah,

nisha-

from i i S gir, etc. The crude dan,

kdm,

varo,

—"

dubdr,

take the infinitive suffix

The infinitives

madano

and

-astano, -island, or -stand. dtdano have no crude (presen-

tial) forms extant, and the crude form y) vcn has no infinitive in use. When a final ) n remains in the crude form of Paz. verbs, the infinitive suffix in

-dand is usually changed into )y -dano,

kandand,

tyfO00*

mandano,

afshdndano,

nakandano,

Jjipo* afgandano,

or y -dan, as and often in

khvandano;

does not, however, apply to Huz. verbs.

this rule

The infinitive is generally

used merely as an abstract substantive, unless it be connected with another verb.

"When connected with the verbs DrCD^O*

sazidand,

and J)Jti)- i J L 00 shdyastano

avayastano,

(which are generally used

impersonally) the infinitive is occasionally contracted into the same form as the past participle. 3.

The

PAST PARTICIPLE

is formed by adding the suffix ^o - d , or

-to, to all Huz. crude verbs, excepting some which adopt the suffixes

-ast, jro)

-asto,

yQ dd, j^J

-ado, from the past participles

342

Verbs

of their Paz. equivalents. -id (or

The past participles of Paz. verbs end in

-ulo, ^o - i , -d (or

-to, -do) and

->asi (or jffj)

-asto) precisely in the same manner as their infinitives end in JJ^J tano, -dano, and

-idano,

-astano;

so that, practically, the

past participles of all Pahlavi verbs differ from the infinitives merely by the loss of the final )) -and, or its alteration into j 6, or o ; and when the past participle is used as an adjective, it takes the additional adj. suf. j -ak instead of the optional final j - o , or -o. 4.

The

PRETERIT

is identical with the past participle, and is used

without change for all persons and numbers.1 5. or

A

FUTURE PARTICIPLE

-ishn,

is formed by adding the suffix ya

to the crude verb, as in

carried', j^-i-iy dahishn,

yedrunishn,

-ishn, 'to be

'to be given'; this form is, however, like the

infinitive, mostly used as an abstract substantive.

Such abstract sub-

stantives will often be found with the additional abstract suffix -ifj -ih; this occurs when they have become the final members of compound adjectives, such as J'KiO-" ayazishn,

'non-worshiping', yi^y*

bisraya-khurishn,

'meat-eating', yo^-XjC^)

ing', y^yi

frdz-khurishn,

rayinishn,

bard-uzdahishn,

'devouring1, yQftjih

^^OfiJ

pcddk-

'publicly urging', etc. which are converted into compound

abstract substantives, by the addition of the abstract suffix 6.

'uplift-

PRESENT

PARTICIPLES

are rare

-ih.

but are generally formed by the

suffix yi -an (see the glossary), and occasionally by the suffix 5) -and which, with the addition of the adj. suf. ^ -ak, adjective

zivandak,

'living'.

forms the participial

Adjectives with the meaning of

present participles are formed from the crude verb by the suffix -ak (see the glossary). > The verb iyo)

yekavimunand

in AY. 70, i. seems an exception to

thi3 rule, but it may probably be taken as the. conjunctive 3 d pi.

343

Verbs.

7.

The

1st sing, and pi. are formed by the suffix ly*

IMPERATIVE

-am, or ¿p -em;

the 2d sing, is the same as the crude form, and the

2d pi. takes the suffix

-cd.

In Huz. verbs the imperative 2d sing,

sometimes takes the suffix 8.

The

-am,

or

PRESENT TENSE

is formed by the following suffixes:

-6m in most Paz. verbs, and occasionally

1ST

-cm), pi. jg

-cm,) 2d sing. _U, or^J, -ih (occasionally -W -ih, OQ -ih, or pi.

- c d ; 3d sing,

-cd (sometimes S -d,

verbs after \ r, j n, S lazed,

z, or g) v, as

yazed and dazed,

5) -end, 9.

or A

or -cd,

-yih),

in a few Paz.

burd,

raved),

sing.

ddned,

pi. 5 -d in Huz. verbs and

-end, in Paz. verbs. FUTURE

signification is given to the present tense by pre-

fixing the particle -MJJ hard (see the glossary), though the object, especially if it be in the dative, often intervenes between it and the verb. As this particle is likewise often used with all forms of certain verbs, to intensify their meaning, its presence before a present tense does not always indicate the future. 10.

A

CONTINUATIVE

meaning is given not only to the present tense,

but also to the preterit, past participle, and perfect tense, by prefixing the adverb 11.

-UIJM

A

hamai,

POTENTIAL,

'ever'. or

CONDITIONAL

meaning sometimes attaches to

the present tense after certain adverbs, as in AY. 1,24. 5,7. 10,12. GF. 1,12. after 5) vad, in GF. 2,41,47. after ^jlu aigh, and in GF. 3,21. after

a dm. 12.

CONJUNCTIVE

rad, yedrtinad; roddnd,

suffixes are: 3d sing, fty -del, as in

tajad, 3d pi. Vw^OO

nand, ift^-uj

vazlfciad, -and, or yatundnd,

vakhshand,

^OMM,^ yemalelitnad,

and, as in -i-^^-OO

shedkundnd,

varzdnd.

khu^OMy^

patand, ketru-

344

Yerbs

13.

OPTATIVE

buresh,

suffixes are: 2d sing, o^ji 1 , or o^y, -esh, as in - i q ^ j yesbekhuncsh,

as in

shedkünyen,

vädünycn,

jjjjjj.iij» yansegünycn, 14.

2

-yen,

vazlünyen.

yedrünycn.

COMPOUND TENSES

are formed by the addition of the

Huz. verbs fiy» homan, kavimünädanö,

3d pi. j p

yedrüncsh;

yehevüntanö,

AUXILIARY

'to be', M^OM^)-^ ye-

'to remain', and occasionally by their Paz. equivalents;

these verbs occur in the following forms: Present tense: 1 st sing. Gfiy» homanam, pi.

homancm;

d

2 sing, - u ^ ^ u

homanih, hömaned; homanend. änd.

hömanöm,

, homanih,

hömanyih,

3d sing, ^ J Ü ait,

.JQ),^

hömand,

hömanöih, pi.

pi. $yo£yo

Conditional for all persons and numbers - u ^ i o , hömanäe, j^y^yo

2d sing, jk^y^yt) homanesh,

homanyac. homanesh,

pi.

hömand,

Conjunctive 3d sing. ^ y ^ M homanäd,

JUi£yo,

'I am',

hömanhömanäe,

Regarding the optative it may be doubted if it

d

can be distinguished from the pres. 2 sing., or the conditional.

All

these forms are used as independent verbs, as well as auxiliaries, especially the pres. 3d sing, which is very rarely used as an auxiliary. Their Päz. equivalents are rarely used, being sometimes suffixed to substantives as independent verbs, and more rarely to verbs as auxiliaries; they are: Present 1 st sing.

1

am,

-am,

-om, pi.

-cm.; 2d sing.

There is some doubt about this suffix which is generally written

in

the old MS. L 4 . a

The reading and uses of this suffix require further investigation; it appears

to occur only in some Huz. verbs, and it is found sometimes also in their imperatives, past participles, and present tenses; in some cases it is probably a miswriting for ^ j .

The Paz. verb

in Z.-Pahl. Glos. 3, 5 , c- is written

fojijnd in both the old MSS. Hr, and K20-

Verbs.

_x>,

y , -ih, (sometimes

pi. ^

and. Conjunctive 3 d sing. numbers Infinitive

yehewundd. 2 a sing.

vunad,

st

pi.

yehevunam,

etc. pi.

yehevund.

ji^

yeheviindnd.

3d sing,

yekavimunad.

yekavimunem;

tf})^**

yehavimuned;

yekavimund.

Present 1 st sing. , £ ) ^ j j ) 2d sing.

y)^j)

yekavimu-

yekavimunih,

yekavimiined, fty)yekavimunad,

or

astddano',

Imperative 2 a sing. jiQp ist, pi. tstSm, pi. J^ft))* tsted;

3 d sing.

junctive 3 a sing.

1

yekavi-

etc.

pi. pi.

Their Paz. equivalents, which are rarely used, are:

sent l r t sing. etc. pi.

'to remain'; past participle

3 d sing,

Infinitive Dfltyjti)'* istddand, Istad,

Present 1 s t pi.

Imperative 2d sing.

Conjunctive 3 d sing,

yekavimxindnd.

bed.

pi. S^wj band.

mun, pl. ^ j j y e k a v i m i i n e d .

pi.

yehe-

bed, P ' - b e n d , SJJJ

yekavimunddand,

nam. pl.

3d sing.

past participle and preterit

hash, pi.

Conjunctive 3d sing. f g y j bad,

and preterit

yehevuncm;

Their Paz. equivalents, which are

Imperative 2 a sing.

Infinitive

pi.

ychevuned;

budand,

bem-, 2 d pi. ^ J J bed;

pi.

Conjunctive 3d sing.

rarely used, are: Infinitive bud.

(sometimes -»(Xj)'

'to be'; past participle and preterit

sing.

y i l W yehevunih,

pi.

-yde

Imperative 2d sing. J ^ j i » ) ) ^ yehevunash

Present 1

ycheVuned,

P1-

Conditional for all persons and

p , -«c,

yehevuntano,

^MJMi yehevund.

-cc?; 3d sing. fQ)-»

ydd.

y , -de, -jjj,

345

istdd,

istem;

tsted.

2d sing,

isted, pi. SjAJftlP

past participle Preistih, istend.

Con-

¿stand.

This exceptional form of the imperative 2 a sing. iB derived from the P4z.

of this particular Huz. verb.

44

346

Verb».

15. These auxiliaries are also used very frequently as independent verbs, and

yehevUntano, J ) ^ ) ^ ) - * » yekavimfinddand,

and their

Paz. syn. form compound tenses with the various forms of

homan,

and with each other, in the same manner as other verbs. 16.

PERFECT

af apparently identical meaning, are formed

TENSES

by adding the present of any of the auxiliaries to the past participle of the verb, as rasid-om,

^HJ'O yehevUnd homanam,

'I have arrived', ^ J J

kard yekavimUncd, 17.

mad bed, 'has come',

'has done', ^jfigiP V-G ma4

PASSIVE PRESENT TENSES

kard homanam,

^O)^

istcd, 'has come'.

are formed in the same manner, as

'I am made',

vUnd, 'they are praised', ^ j )

'I have been',

tfyf?)*»

^ " f t D stdyid andokht

yekavimiincd,

yehe'is

acquired', ^JJtD-i ^agjji guft istSd, 'is said'. 18.

are formed by adding the preterit of any

PLUPERFECT TENSES

of the auxiliaries (except

hdman

ciple of the verb, as kard yekavitnUnad, 19.

yekavimunad, 20.

yehevUnd, 'had come', 'had performed*.

PASSIVE PRETERITS

pardakht

and its Paz. syn.) to the parti-

are formed in the same manner as

yehevund, 'were consumed', ^ y j ^ j o )

yedrtind

'was carried'.

PASSIVE PERFECT

tenses are formed by adding the perfect tenses

of the same auxiliaries to the past participle of the verb, as 4ft»

^yj^jil 21.

^XJJy

ddsht yekavimun&d hdmanam, 'I have been considered'.

PASSIVE PLUPERFECT TENSE

may perhaps be formed by adding

the pluperfect tenses of the same auxiliaries to the past participle of the verb, similarly to

Vf

yekavimUnad,

yehe-

Vilnd, in AY, 89, g. which however, can hardly have a passive meaning. 22»

CONJUNCTIVE PERFECT TENSES

are formed by adding the conjunc-

347

Verbs.

tive of any of the auxiliaries to the past participle of the verb, as

yehev&nd homandd, mad, yekavimunad, 'may, or 23.

PASSIVE

CONJUNCTIVES

'may, or shall, have become',

tfy)

shall, have come'.

are formed in the same manner, as

vakhshid homandd, 'may yedrunycn yad, 'shall be borne', yehevunad, 'may he be destroyed' f t y j ^ H *

it be increased',

1

makhitund hard yekavimunad,

'may be done'. 24. A

CONDITIONAL PRESENT

conditional -n ?

y^ -de, -«»,

tense is formed by adding the auxiliary J* ? -ae, to the present tense of the

vadunSm-de,

verb, as

ycdrunem-

'we shall make',

de, 'we shall carry'. 25.

CONDITIONAL PRETERITS

are formed by adding any of the aux-

f^fi homande, )»,ho-yae, to mande, hdmanyde, -U, y , -de, -m, JM ? the past participle of the verb, as S?)^ hard hdmande, 'would have caused', yfiyt yehabund homande, -ju»,^{j dad homandd, 'should have created', j>^y£ya yeheviind hdmanyde, 'would have been', Mshto-ae, 'would have slaughtered', ycmalelunid-d6, 'would have said'. These forms, like the

iliary conditionals - u ^ o ,

other preterits, are used for all persons without change.

And it is

probable that similar forms may sometimes be used in a passive conditional sense. 26. A verbal form with the meaning of the passive present 3d

1

This form seems to be used here (Tend. 15,9j, i 0 i.) for the past participle.

In Vend. 15, 55, 61, 69- the passive present is used in the same connection, instead of the passive conjunctive, and in Yend. 55, 7 j, form and some the other.

83 , 85,109,114

some MSS. use one

348

Verbs.

sing., is constructed by adding ^JJ» a i i , 'it is* (or its P&z. syn. JtJ)-»» hast) to an abstract substantive consisting of the crude verb with an abstract suffix A -i, as ^ - " ( J ) ) ) ^ yemalclum-ait, ia a saying'),

yedruni-aU,

poured', J t i J ^ S J ^ g J frivt-hast,

'it is said' (lit. 'there

'is borne', ^ J - ^ J O ^ rcji-ait,

'is deceived'.

'is

Similar forms are con-

structed from abstract substantives consisting of an adjective with the abstract suffix A - ? , iti)Jo\iy

azvari-hast,

27.

as ^ . j ^ j i ^ g j

pcddki-ait,

'is

manifested',

'is coveted'.

A form with the meaning of a passive infinitive (but always

used as an abstract substantive) is similarly constructed by using the termination

hastano,

MJti)-OMft2)il hastano,

instead of

khaditdni-hastano,

ait,

or

hast,

as in

'to be seen',

'to be manifested'.

28.

CAUSAL V E R B S

the syllable y -In

have their crude forms constructed by adding

to the crude form of the primitive verb and they

always take the infinitive suffix J J ^ J idand, verb is IIuz., as t t ^ ^ n f C V ^ satunimdano, yamtunimdano, exalt', 29.

even when the primitive 'to make go', DVO^H^^CJ

'to make happen', sojinidano,

DENOMINATIVE

VERBS

afrdsinidano,

'to make

'to make burn'. are formed by adding the same syllable

y -in to substantives, or adjectives, to make a crude verb which likewise takes always the suffix J J ^ J -idand

for its infinitive, as

pcminidano,

'to give milk, suckle, foster', from

sudinidano,

'to cause profit', from f&ft) sud, 'profit';

dakxnidano,

'to manifest', from

rubdkinidand, 30.

'to circulate', from

pgm, 'milk';

pidak,

pe-

'evident';

rubdk,

'current'.

All the regular verbal forms, detailed above, are here collected

in the conjugation of the Paz. verb

pursidand,

'to ask'; and

349

Verbis.

examples of the special Huz. forms are added, from the Huz. verb 'to do'; but it will be necessary to refer to the

vädüntanö,

above notes for all irregular forms. The regular Päzand verb Crude verb:

pürs (used as a final in compound adjectives).

Infinitive:

(used as an abstract substantive).

pürsidanö

Past participle, or preterit: Future participle:

pürsid. (used as an abstract substantive).

pürsishn

Present participle: )*>()))£) pürsand,

pürsSd.

j u .*>))£), or PI. 1st

pürsem;

or

2d

pur send.

-f- present.

Conjunctive: sing. 3d

pur sad;

Optative: sing. 2d

pi. 3d

pürsand.

pürseh.

Perfect, or passive present: sing. 1st f f i » ^j-^Hfi) pürsid •^^Ö^HiJ pürsid-öm, ^

2d -(}))£)

pursed.

sSrn; 2d

bard

pürsand.

or i ^ i i j ^ pur sent,

pürsäni,

Present: sing. 1st

Future:

'to ask'.

pürsidanö,

-fjJJHi

pürsid, yekavimünam,

pürsid or

homanam,

yehevünam,

^jiijj^j

^J- 43 ))^ pürsid

istom;

and similarly with the other persons. Pluperfect, or passive preterit: all persons vünd, münäd,

pürsid

manam,

büd,

pürsid

or ^ y j t } ) ^ ^J-^jJgJ pürsid

Passive perfect: sing. 1»' ^yo tfy*

jojj

flgy)^jjj pürsid

^ ¿ ^ ¿ J pürsid, yeheyekavi-

istäd. ^J^MiJ pürsid

pürsid

büd

yehevünd

homanam,

yekavimünäcfc homanam,

etc.

ho-

350

Verbs.

Passive pluperfect: all persons vund

^O^MgJ pursid yche-

yekavimUndd.

Conjunctive perfect, or passive conjunctive: sing. 3d ptirsid

homandd,

pHrsid

^ t V ) p u r s i d , yehavtmtindd, sid

homandnd,

etc. PI. 3d

$)»)))*{} ^O^HiJ pursid

^jAJ pursid yekavimundnd,

2

ychevundnd,

pHrsom-ae, 2d j^y^p^j pur-

y^Q^Dfl purscd-de;

d

^O^Jlii P^r-

et \

Conditional present: sing 1st sih-de, 3d

yehevtinad,

pursed-ue,

3

pi. 1 st

d

purscm-de, pibrsend-de.

Conditional preterit, or passive conditional: all persons pursid homande,

-utfiyo

pursid

^tJ^MfiJ

homanae,

pUrsid-de, or similar forms. Passive present phrase: ^-"(J-^))^) pursUait, Passive infinitive phrase:

or

pursi-hastano

Causal infinitive:

pHrsi-hast. (abst. sub.).

pursinldano.

Denominative infinitive:

piirsakinidano,

31. The Huzv&resh verb

'to make inquiry'.

vaduntano, 'to do', differs from

the regular Pazand verb only in the following forms : Crude verb : )fig) vadun. Infinitive:

vdduntand.

Past participle, or preterit: ^ajj^yj vddund. Imperative, sing. 2d jj^yj vddun. Present: sing. 1 st

rddunam;

Optative: pi. 3d j p j ^ j

vadunyen.

pi. 3d

vddund.